江战
GitHub
parent
1f46d56c35
commit
c2e9e12d6c
|
|
@ -21,4 +21,6 @@ elseif(APPLE)
|
|||
elseif(IOS)
|
||||
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios/CMakeLists.txt)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
elseif(OHOS)
|
||||
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ohos/CMakeLists.txt)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ elseif(WINDOWS)
|
|||
elseif(MACOSX)
|
||||
set(platform_name mac)
|
||||
set(platform_spec_path mac)
|
||||
elseif(OHOS)
|
||||
set(platform_name ohos)
|
||||
set(platform_spec_path ohos/${OHOS_ARCH})
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
set(platform_spec_path "${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/../${platform_spec_path}")
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
|||
|
||||
set(ohos_lib_dir ${platform_spec_path}/lib)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(crypto STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(crypto PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libcrypto.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(freetype STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(freetype PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libfreetype.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(jpeg STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(jpeg PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libjpeg.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(png STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(png PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libpng16.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(ssl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(ssl PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libssl.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(uv STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(uv PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libuv_a.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(webp STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(webp PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebp.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(websockets STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(websockets PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebsockets.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(sqlite3 STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(sqlite3 PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libsqlite3.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(z STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(z PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libz.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(OpenALSoft SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(OpenALSoft PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libopenal.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(mpg123 SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(mpg123 PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmpg123.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
set(se_libs_name)
|
||||
|
||||
if(USE_SE_V8)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(v8_monolith STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(v8_monolith PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libv8_monolith.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
set(OHOS_ARM64_MACROS
|
||||
V8_TYPED_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE_IN_HEAP=64
|
||||
ENABLE_MINOR_MC
|
||||
V8_INTL_SUPPORT
|
||||
V8_CONCURRENT_MARKING
|
||||
V8_ENABLE_LAZY_SOURCE_POSITIONS
|
||||
V8_EMBEDDED_BUILTINS
|
||||
V8_WIN64_UNWINDING_INFO
|
||||
V8_ENABLE_REGEXP_INTERPRETER_THREADED_DISPATCH
|
||||
V8_SNAPSHOT_COMPRESSION
|
||||
V8_31BIT_SMIS_ON_64BIT_ARCH
|
||||
V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
|
||||
V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
|
||||
V8_TARGET_ARCH_ARM64
|
||||
V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS
|
||||
V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX
|
||||
DISABLE_UNTRUSTED_CODE_MITIGATIONS
|
||||
V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS
|
||||
U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE=0
|
||||
U_ENABLE_DYLOAD=0
|
||||
USE_CHROMIUM_ICU=1
|
||||
U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
if(OHOS_ARCH STREQUAL "arm64-v8a")
|
||||
set_property(TARGET v8_monolith
|
||||
APPEND PROPERTY INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${OHOS_ARM64_MACROS}
|
||||
)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(v8_inspector STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(v8_inspector PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libinspector.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
set(se_libs_name v8_monolith v8_inspector)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
if(USE_SOCKET)
|
||||
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
|
||||
websockets
|
||||
ssl
|
||||
crypto
|
||||
)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
if(USE_SE_V8 AND USE_V8_DEBUGGER)
|
||||
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
|
||||
v8_inspector
|
||||
)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(glslang STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(glslang PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(OGLCompiler STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(OGLCompiler PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOGLCompiler.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(OSDependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(OSDependent PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOSDependent.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(SPIRV STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(SPIRV PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libSPIRV.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
|
||||
set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES
|
||||
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a
|
||||
)
|
||||
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
|
||||
z
|
||||
freetype
|
||||
jpeg
|
||||
png
|
||||
webp
|
||||
sqlite3
|
||||
${se_libs_name}
|
||||
${glslang_libs_name}
|
||||
OpenALSoft
|
||||
mpg123
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER OR USE_WEBSOCKET_SERVER)
|
||||
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
|
||||
uv
|
||||
)
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES
|
||||
${platform_spec_path}/include
|
||||
${platform_spec_path}/include/v8
|
||||
${platform_spec_path}/include/glslang
|
||||
)
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,655 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AL_AL_H
|
||||
#define AL_AL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_API
|
||||
#if defined(AL_LIBTYPE_STATIC)
|
||||
#define AL_API
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
#define AL_API __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define AL_API extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
#define AL_APIENTRY __cdecl
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define AL_APIENTRY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deprecated macros. */
|
||||
#define OPENAL
|
||||
#define ALAPI AL_API
|
||||
#define ALAPIENTRY AL_APIENTRY
|
||||
#define AL_INVALID (-1)
|
||||
#define AL_ILLEGAL_ENUM AL_INVALID_ENUM
|
||||
#define AL_ILLEGAL_COMMAND AL_INVALID_OPERATION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Supported AL versions. */
|
||||
#define AL_VERSION_1_0
|
||||
#define AL_VERSION_1_1
|
||||
|
||||
/** 8-bit boolean */
|
||||
typedef char ALboolean;
|
||||
|
||||
/** character */
|
||||
typedef char ALchar;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 8-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef signed char ALbyte;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 8-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned char ALubyte;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 16-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef short ALshort;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 16-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned short ALushort;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 32-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef int ALint;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 32-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned int ALuint;
|
||||
|
||||
/** non-negative 32-bit binary integer size */
|
||||
typedef int ALsizei;
|
||||
|
||||
/** enumerated 32-bit value */
|
||||
typedef int ALenum;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 32-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
|
||||
typedef float ALfloat;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 64-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
|
||||
typedef double ALdouble;
|
||||
|
||||
/** void type (for opaque pointers only) */
|
||||
typedef void ALvoid;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** "no distance model" or "no buffer" */
|
||||
#define AL_NONE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Boolean False. */
|
||||
#define AL_FALSE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Boolean True. */
|
||||
#define AL_TRUE 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Relative source.
|
||||
* Type: ALboolean
|
||||
* Range: [AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE]
|
||||
* Default: AL_FALSE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifies if the Source has relative coordinates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_RELATIVE 0x202
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Inner cone angle, in degrees.
|
||||
* Type: ALint, ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0 - 360]
|
||||
* Default: 360
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The angle covered by the inner cone, where the source will not attenuate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_CONE_INNER_ANGLE 0x1001
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Outer cone angle, in degrees.
|
||||
* Range: [0 - 360]
|
||||
* Default: 360
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The angle covered by the outer cone, where the source will be fully
|
||||
* attenuated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_ANGLE 0x1002
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source pitch.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.5 - 2.0]
|
||||
* Default: 1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A multiplier for the frequency (sample rate) of the source's buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH 0x1003
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source or listener position.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
|
||||
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The source or listener location in three dimensional space.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* OpenAL, like OpenGL, uses a right handed coordinate system, where in a
|
||||
* frontal default view X (thumb) points right, Y points up (index finger), and
|
||||
* Z points towards the viewer/camera (middle finger).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To switch from a left handed coordinate system, flip the sign on the Z
|
||||
* coordinate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_POSITION 0x1004
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source direction.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
|
||||
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifies the current direction in local space.
|
||||
* A zero-length vector specifies an omni-directional source (cone is ignored).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_DIRECTION 0x1005
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source or listener velocity.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
|
||||
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifies the current velocity in local space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_VELOCITY 0x1006
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source looping.
|
||||
* Type: ALboolean
|
||||
* Range: [AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE]
|
||||
* Default: AL_FALSE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifies whether source is looping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_LOOPING 0x1007
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source buffer.
|
||||
* Type: ALuint
|
||||
* Range: any valid Buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifies the buffer to provide sound samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_BUFFER 0x1009
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source or listener gain.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - ]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A value of 1.0 means unattenuated. Each division by 2 equals an attenuation
|
||||
* of about -6dB. Each multiplicaton by 2 equals an amplification of about
|
||||
* +6dB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A value of 0.0 is meaningless with respect to a logarithmic scale; it is
|
||||
* silent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_GAIN 0x100A
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum source gain.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The minimum gain allowed for a source, after distance and cone attenation is
|
||||
* applied (if applicable).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_GAIN 0x100D
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum source gain.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The maximum gain allowed for a source, after distance and cone attenation is
|
||||
* applied (if applicable).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_GAIN 0x100E
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Listener orientation.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat[6]
|
||||
* Default: {0.0, 0.0, -1.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Effectively two three dimensional vectors. The first vector is the front (or
|
||||
* "at") and the second is the top (or "up").
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Both vectors are in local space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_ORIENTATION 0x100F
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source state (query only).
|
||||
* Type: ALint
|
||||
* Range: [AL_INITIAL, AL_PLAYING, AL_PAUSED, AL_STOPPED]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_STATE 0x1010
|
||||
|
||||
/* Source state values. */
|
||||
#define AL_INITIAL 0x1011
|
||||
#define AL_PLAYING 0x1012
|
||||
#define AL_PAUSED 0x1013
|
||||
#define AL_STOPPED 0x1014
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source Buffer Queue size (query only).
|
||||
* Type: ALint
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The number of buffers queued using alSourceQueueBuffers, minus the buffers
|
||||
* removed with alSourceUnqueueBuffers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_BUFFERS_QUEUED 0x1015
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source Buffer Queue processed count (query only).
|
||||
* Type: ALint
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The number of queued buffers that have been fully processed, and can be
|
||||
* removed with alSourceUnqueueBuffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Looping sources will never fully process buffers because they will be set to
|
||||
* play again for when the source loops.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_BUFFERS_PROCESSED 0x1016
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source reference distance.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - ]
|
||||
* Default: 1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The distance in units that no attenuation occurs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At 0.0, no distance attenuation ever occurs on non-linear attenuation models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE 0x1020
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source rolloff factor.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - ]
|
||||
* Default: 1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiplier to exaggerate or diminish distance attenuation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At 0.0, no distance attenuation ever occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x1021
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Outer cone gain.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
|
||||
* Default: 0.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The gain attenuation applied when the listener is outside of the source's
|
||||
* outer cone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_GAIN 0x1022
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source maximum distance.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - ]
|
||||
* Default: FLT_MAX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The distance above which the source is not attenuated any further with a
|
||||
* clamped distance model, or where attenuation reaches 0.0 gain for linear
|
||||
* distance models with a default rolloff factor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_DISTANCE 0x1023
|
||||
|
||||
/** Source buffer position, in seconds */
|
||||
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET 0x1024
|
||||
/** Source buffer position, in sample frames */
|
||||
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET 0x1025
|
||||
/** Source buffer position, in bytes */
|
||||
#define AL_BYTE_OFFSET 0x1026
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Source type (query only).
|
||||
* Type: ALint
|
||||
* Range: [AL_STATIC, AL_STREAMING, AL_UNDETERMINED]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A Source is Static if a Buffer has been attached using AL_BUFFER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A Source is Streaming if one or more Buffers have been attached using
|
||||
* alSourceQueueBuffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A Source is Undetermined when it has the NULL buffer attached using
|
||||
* AL_BUFFER.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_TYPE 0x1027
|
||||
|
||||
/* Source type values. */
|
||||
#define AL_STATIC 0x1028
|
||||
#define AL_STREAMING 0x1029
|
||||
#define AL_UNDETERMINED 0x1030
|
||||
|
||||
/** Unsigned 8-bit mono buffer format. */
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO8 0x1100
|
||||
/** Signed 16-bit mono buffer format. */
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO16 0x1101
|
||||
/** Unsigned 8-bit stereo buffer format. */
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO8 0x1102
|
||||
/** Signed 16-bit stereo buffer format. */
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO16 0x1103
|
||||
|
||||
/** Buffer frequency (query only). */
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY 0x2001
|
||||
/** Buffer bits per sample (query only). */
|
||||
#define AL_BITS 0x2002
|
||||
/** Buffer channel count (query only). */
|
||||
#define AL_CHANNELS 0x2003
|
||||
/** Buffer data size (query only). */
|
||||
#define AL_SIZE 0x2004
|
||||
|
||||
/* Buffer state. Not for public use. */
|
||||
#define AL_UNUSED 0x2010
|
||||
#define AL_PENDING 0x2011
|
||||
#define AL_PROCESSED 0x2012
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** No error. */
|
||||
#define AL_NO_ERROR 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid name paramater passed to AL call. */
|
||||
#define AL_INVALID_NAME 0xA001
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid enum parameter passed to AL call. */
|
||||
#define AL_INVALID_ENUM 0xA002
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid value parameter passed to AL call. */
|
||||
#define AL_INVALID_VALUE 0xA003
|
||||
|
||||
/** Illegal AL call. */
|
||||
#define AL_INVALID_OPERATION 0xA004
|
||||
|
||||
/** Not enough memory. */
|
||||
#define AL_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context string: Vendor ID. */
|
||||
#define AL_VENDOR 0xB001
|
||||
/** Context string: Version. */
|
||||
#define AL_VERSION 0xB002
|
||||
/** Context string: Renderer ID. */
|
||||
#define AL_RENDERER 0xB003
|
||||
/** Context string: Space-separated extension list. */
|
||||
#define AL_EXTENSIONS 0xB004
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Doppler scale.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0 - ]
|
||||
* Default: 1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Scale for source and listener velocities.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_DOPPLER_FACTOR 0xC000
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDopplerFactor(ALfloat value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Doppler velocity (deprecated).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A multiplier applied to the Speed of Sound.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_DOPPLER_VELOCITY 0xC001
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDopplerVelocity(ALfloat value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Speed of Sound, in units per second.
|
||||
* Type: ALfloat
|
||||
* Range: [0.0001 - ]
|
||||
* Default: 343.3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The speed at which sound waves are assumed to travel, when calculating the
|
||||
* doppler effect.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_SPEED_OF_SOUND 0xC003
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSpeedOfSound(ALfloat value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Distance attenuation model.
|
||||
* Type: ALint
|
||||
* Range: [AL_NONE, AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE, AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED,
|
||||
* AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE, AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE_CLAMPED,
|
||||
* AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE, AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE_CLAMPED]
|
||||
* Default: AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The model by which sources attenuate with distance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* None - No distance attenuation.
|
||||
* Inverse - Doubling the distance halves the source gain.
|
||||
* Linear - Linear gain scaling between the reference and max distances.
|
||||
* Exponent - Exponential gain dropoff.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Clamped variations work like the non-clamped counterparts, except the
|
||||
* distance calculated is clamped between the reference and max distances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_DISTANCE_MODEL 0xD000
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDistanceModel(ALenum distanceModel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Distance model values. */
|
||||
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE 0xD001
|
||||
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD002
|
||||
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE 0xD003
|
||||
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD004
|
||||
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE 0xD005
|
||||
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD006
|
||||
|
||||
/* Renderer State management. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEnable(ALenum capability);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDisable(ALenum capability);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsEnabled(ALenum capability);
|
||||
|
||||
/* State retrieval. */
|
||||
AL_API const ALchar* AL_APIENTRY alGetString(ALenum param);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBooleanv(ALenum param, ALboolean *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetIntegerv(ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFloatv(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetDoublev(ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alGetBoolean(ALenum param);
|
||||
AL_API ALint AL_APIENTRY alGetInteger(ALenum param);
|
||||
AL_API ALfloat AL_APIENTRY alGetFloat(ALenum param);
|
||||
AL_API ALdouble AL_APIENTRY alGetDouble(ALenum param);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error retrieval. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Obtain the first error generated in the AL context since the last check. */
|
||||
AL_API ALenum AL_APIENTRY alGetError(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Query for the presence of an extension on the AL context. */
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsExtensionPresent(const ALchar *extname);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieve the address of a function. The returned function may be context-
|
||||
* specific.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AL_API void* AL_APIENTRY alGetProcAddress(const ALchar *fname);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieve the value of an enum. The returned value may be context-specific.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AL_API ALenum AL_APIENTRY alGetEnumValue(const ALchar *ename);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Listener parameters */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListenerf(ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListener3f(ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListenerfv(ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListeneri(ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListener3i(ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListeneriv(ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Listener parameters */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListenerf(ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListener3f(ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListenerfv(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListeneri(ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListener3i(ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListeneriv(ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create Source objects. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenSources(ALsizei n, ALuint *sources);
|
||||
/** Delete Source objects. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteSources(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
/** Verify a handle is a valid Source. */
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsSource(ALuint source);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Source parameters. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcef(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3f(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcefv(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3i(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceiv(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Source parameters. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcef(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3f(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcefv(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3i(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourceiv(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Play, replay, or resume (if paused) a list of Sources */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePlayv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
/** Stop a list of Sources */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceStopv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
/** Rewind a list of Sources */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceRewindv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
/** Pause a list of Sources */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePausev(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Play, replay, or resume a Source */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePlay(ALuint source);
|
||||
/** Stop a Source */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceStop(ALuint source);
|
||||
/** Rewind a Source (set playback postiton to beginning) */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceRewind(ALuint source);
|
||||
/** Pause a Source */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePause(ALuint source);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Queue buffers onto a source */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceQueueBuffers(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, const ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
/** Unqueue processed buffers from a source */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceUnqueueBuffers(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create Buffer objects */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenBuffers(ALsizei n, ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
/** Delete Buffer objects */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteBuffers(ALsizei n, const ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
/** Verify a handle is a valid Buffer */
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsBuffer(ALuint buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Specifies the data to be copied into a buffer */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferData(ALuint buffer, ALenum format, const ALvoid *data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Buffer parameters, */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferf(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBuffer3f(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferfv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferi(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBuffer3i(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferiv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Buffer parameters. */
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferf(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBuffer3f(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferfv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferi(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBuffer3i(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferiv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pointer-to-function type, useful for dynamically getting AL entry points. */
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALENABLE)(ALenum capability);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDISABLE)(ALenum capability);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISENABLED)(ALenum capability);
|
||||
typedef const ALchar* (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSTRING)(ALenum param);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEANV)(ALenum param, ALboolean *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGERV)(ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFLOATV)(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLEV)(ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEAN)(ALenum param);
|
||||
typedef ALint (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGER)(ALenum param);
|
||||
typedef ALfloat (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFLOAT)(ALenum param);
|
||||
typedef ALdouble (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLE)(ALenum param);
|
||||
typedef ALenum (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETERROR)(void);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISEXTENSIONPRESENT)(const ALchar *extname);
|
||||
typedef void* (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETPROCADDRESS)(const ALchar *fname);
|
||||
typedef ALenum (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETENUMVALUE)(const ALchar *ename);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERF)(ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3F)(ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERFV)(ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERI)(ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3I)(ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERIV)(ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERF)(ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3F)(ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERFV)(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERI)(ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3I)(ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERIV)(ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENSOURCES)(ALsizei n, ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETESOURCES)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISSOURCE)(ALuint source);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEF)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3F)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEFV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEI)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3I)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEIV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEF)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3F)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEFV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEI)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3I)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEIV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAYV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOPV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWINDV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSEV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAY)(ALuint source);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOP)(ALuint source);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWIND)(ALuint source);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSE)(ALuint source);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, const ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEUNQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENBUFFERS)(ALsizei n, ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEBUFFERS)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *buffers);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISBUFFER)(ALuint buffer);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERDATA)(ALuint buffer, ALenum format, const ALvoid *data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERF)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3F)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERFV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERI)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3I)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERIV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERF)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3F)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERFV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERI)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3I)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERIV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *values);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERFACTOR)(ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERVELOCITY)(ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSPEEDOFSOUND)(ALfloat value);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDISTANCEMODEL)(ALenum distanceModel);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
} /* extern "C" */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AL_AL_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AL_ALC_H
|
||||
#define AL_ALC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_API
|
||||
#if defined(AL_LIBTYPE_STATIC)
|
||||
#define ALC_API
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
#define ALC_API __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ALC_API extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
#define ALC_APIENTRY __cdecl
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ALC_APIENTRY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deprecated macros. */
|
||||
#define ALCAPI ALC_API
|
||||
#define ALCAPIENTRY ALC_APIENTRY
|
||||
#define ALC_INVALID 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported ALC version? */
|
||||
#define ALC_VERSION_0_1 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Opaque device handle */
|
||||
typedef struct ALCdevice ALCdevice;
|
||||
/** Opaque context handle */
|
||||
typedef struct ALCcontext ALCcontext;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 8-bit boolean */
|
||||
typedef char ALCboolean;
|
||||
|
||||
/** character */
|
||||
typedef char ALCchar;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 8-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef signed char ALCbyte;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 8-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned char ALCubyte;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 16-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef short ALCshort;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 16-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned short ALCushort;
|
||||
|
||||
/** signed 32-bit 2's complement integer */
|
||||
typedef int ALCint;
|
||||
|
||||
/** unsigned 32-bit integer */
|
||||
typedef unsigned int ALCuint;
|
||||
|
||||
/** non-negative 32-bit binary integer size */
|
||||
typedef int ALCsizei;
|
||||
|
||||
/** enumerated 32-bit value */
|
||||
typedef int ALCenum;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 32-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
|
||||
typedef float ALCfloat;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 64-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
|
||||
typedef double ALCdouble;
|
||||
|
||||
/** void type (for opaque pointers only) */
|
||||
typedef void ALCvoid;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Boolean False. */
|
||||
#define ALC_FALSE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Boolean True. */
|
||||
#define ALC_TRUE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute: <int> Hz. */
|
||||
#define ALC_FREQUENCY 0x1007
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute: <int> Hz. */
|
||||
#define ALC_REFRESH 0x1008
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute: AL_TRUE or AL_FALSE synchronous context? */
|
||||
#define ALC_SYNC 0x1009
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute: <int> requested Mono (3D) Sources. */
|
||||
#define ALC_MONO_SOURCES 0x1010
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute: <int> requested Stereo Sources. */
|
||||
#define ALC_STEREO_SOURCES 0x1011
|
||||
|
||||
/** No error. */
|
||||
#define ALC_NO_ERROR 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid device handle. */
|
||||
#define ALC_INVALID_DEVICE 0xA001
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid context handle. */
|
||||
#define ALC_INVALID_CONTEXT 0xA002
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid enum parameter passed to an ALC call. */
|
||||
#define ALC_INVALID_ENUM 0xA003
|
||||
|
||||
/** Invalid value parameter passed to an ALC call. */
|
||||
#define ALC_INVALID_VALUE 0xA004
|
||||
|
||||
/** Out of memory. */
|
||||
#define ALC_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Runtime ALC major version. */
|
||||
#define ALC_MAJOR_VERSION 0x1000
|
||||
/** Runtime ALC minor version. */
|
||||
#define ALC_MINOR_VERSION 0x1001
|
||||
|
||||
/** Context attribute list size. */
|
||||
#define ALC_ATTRIBUTES_SIZE 0x1002
|
||||
/** Context attribute list properties. */
|
||||
#define ALC_ALL_ATTRIBUTES 0x1003
|
||||
|
||||
/** String for the default device specifier. */
|
||||
#define ALC_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1004
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String for the given device's specifier.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
|
||||
* strings of known device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ALC_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1005
|
||||
/** String for space-separated list of ALC extensions. */
|
||||
#define ALC_EXTENSIONS 0x1006
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Capture extension */
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_CAPTURE 1
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String for the given capture device's specifier.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
|
||||
* strings of known capture device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x310
|
||||
/** String for the default capture device specifier. */
|
||||
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x311
|
||||
/** Number of sample frames available for capture. */
|
||||
#define ALC_CAPTURE_SAMPLES 0x312
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Enumerate All extension */
|
||||
#define ALC_ENUMERATE_ALL_EXT 1
|
||||
/** String for the default extended device specifier. */
|
||||
#define ALC_DEFAULT_ALL_DEVICES_SPECIFIER 0x1012
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String for the given extended device's specifier.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
|
||||
* strings of known extended device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ALC_ALL_DEVICES_SPECIFIER 0x1013
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Context management. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create and attach a context to the given device. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcCreateContext(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attrlist);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Makes the given context the active process-wide context. Passing NULL clears
|
||||
* the active context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcMakeContextCurrent(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
/** Resumes processing updates for the given context. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcProcessContext(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
/** Suspends updates for the given context. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcSuspendContext(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
/** Remove a context from its device and destroys it. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDestroyContext(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
/** Returns the currently active context. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetCurrentContext(void);
|
||||
/** Returns the device that a particular context is attached to. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetContextsDevice(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Device management. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Opens the named playback device. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcOpenDevice(const ALCchar *devicename);
|
||||
/** Closes the given playback device. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcCloseDevice(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error support. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Obtain the most recent Device error. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCenum ALC_APIENTRY alcGetError(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extension support. */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Query for the presence of an extension on the device. Pass a NULL device to
|
||||
* query a device-inspecific extension.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcIsExtensionPresent(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieve the address of a function. Given a non-NULL device, the returned
|
||||
* function may be device-specific.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ALC_API ALCvoid* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetProcAddress(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieve the value of an enum. Given a non-NULL device, the returned value
|
||||
* may be device-specific.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ALC_API ALCenum ALC_APIENTRY alcGetEnumValue(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Query functions. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns information about the device, and error strings. */
|
||||
ALC_API const ALCchar* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetString(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param);
|
||||
/** Returns information about the device and the version of OpenAL. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcGetIntegerv(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *values);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Capture functions. */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opens the named capture device with the given frequency, format, and buffer
|
||||
* size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureOpenDevice(const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize);
|
||||
/** Closes the given capture device. */
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureCloseDevice(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
/** Starts capturing samples into the device buffer. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureStart(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
/** Stops capturing samples. Samples in the device buffer remain available. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureStop(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
/** Reads samples from the device buffer. */
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureSamples(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pointer-to-function type, useful for dynamically getting ALC entry points. */
|
||||
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCREATECONTEXT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attrlist);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCMAKECONTEXTCURRENT)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCPROCESSCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCSUSPENDCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCDESTROYCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETCURRENTCONTEXT)(void);
|
||||
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETCONTEXTSDEVICE)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCOPENDEVICE)(const ALCchar *devicename);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCLOSEDEVICE)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef ALCenum (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETERROR)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCISEXTENSIONPRESENT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname);
|
||||
typedef ALCvoid* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETPROCADDRESS)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname);
|
||||
typedef ALCenum (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETENUMVALUE)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname);
|
||||
typedef const ALCchar* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETSTRING)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETINTEGERV)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *values);
|
||||
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTUREOPENDEVICE)(const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURECLOSEDEVICE)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTART)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTOP)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESAMPLES)(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AL_ALC_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* OpenAL cross platform audio library
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008 by authors.
|
||||
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
|
||||
* Or go to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_ALEXT_H
|
||||
#define AL_ALEXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
/* Define int64 and uint64 types */
|
||||
#if (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \
|
||||
(defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L)
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
typedef int64_t _alsoft_int64_t;
|
||||
typedef uint64_t _alsoft_uint64_t;
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
typedef __int64 _alsoft_int64_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int64 _alsoft_uint64_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Fallback if nothing above works */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
typedef int64_t _alsoft_int64_t;
|
||||
typedef uint64_t _alsoft_uint64_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alc.h"
|
||||
#include "al.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_LOKI_IMA_ADPCM_format
|
||||
#define AL_LOKI_IMA_ADPCM_format 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_IMA_ADPCM_MONO16_EXT 0x10000
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_IMA_ADPCM_STEREO16_EXT 0x10001
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_LOKI_WAVE_format
|
||||
#define AL_LOKI_WAVE_format 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_WAVE_EXT 0x10002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_vorbis
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_vorbis 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_VORBIS_EXT 0x10003
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_LOKI_quadriphonic
|
||||
#define AL_LOKI_quadriphonic 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD8_LOKI 0x10004
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD16_LOKI 0x10005
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_float32
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_float32 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_FLOAT32 0x10010
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_FLOAT32 0x10011
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_double
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_double 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_DOUBLE_EXT 0x10012
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_DOUBLE_EXT 0x10013
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_MULAW 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MULAW_EXT 0x10014
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MULAW_EXT 0x10015
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_ALAW
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_ALAW 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_ALAW_EXT 0x10016
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_ALAW_EXT 0x10017
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_LOKI_audio_channel
|
||||
#define ALC_LOKI_audio_channel 1
|
||||
#define ALC_CHAN_MAIN_LOKI 0x500001
|
||||
#define ALC_CHAN_PCM_LOKI 0x500002
|
||||
#define ALC_CHAN_CD_LOKI 0x500003
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_MCFORMATS
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_MCFORMATS 1
|
||||
/* Provides support for surround sound buffer formats with 8, 16, and 32-bit
|
||||
* samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QUAD8: Unsigned 8-bit, Quadraphonic (Front Left, Front Right, Rear Left,
|
||||
* Rear Right).
|
||||
* QUAD16: Signed 16-bit, Quadraphonic.
|
||||
* QUAD32: 32-bit float, Quadraphonic.
|
||||
* REAR8: Unsigned 8-bit, Rear Stereo (Rear Left, Rear Right).
|
||||
* REAR16: Signed 16-bit, Rear Stereo.
|
||||
* REAR32: 32-bit float, Rear Stereo.
|
||||
* 51CHN8: Unsigned 8-bit, 5.1 Surround (Front Left, Front Right, Front Center,
|
||||
* LFE, Side Left, Side Right). Note that some audio systems may label
|
||||
* 5.1's Side channels as Rear or Surround; they are equivalent for the
|
||||
* purposes of this extension.
|
||||
* 51CHN16: Signed 16-bit, 5.1 Surround.
|
||||
* 51CHN32: 32-bit float, 5.1 Surround.
|
||||
* 61CHN8: Unsigned 8-bit, 6.1 Surround (Front Left, Front Right, Front Center,
|
||||
* LFE, Rear Center, Side Left, Side Right).
|
||||
* 61CHN16: Signed 16-bit, 6.1 Surround.
|
||||
* 61CHN32: 32-bit float, 6.1 Surround.
|
||||
* 71CHN8: Unsigned 8-bit, 7.1 Surround (Front Left, Front Right, Front Center,
|
||||
* LFE, Rear Left, Rear Right, Side Left, Side Right).
|
||||
* 71CHN16: Signed 16-bit, 7.1 Surround.
|
||||
* 71CHN32: 32-bit float, 7.1 Surround.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD8 0x1204
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD16 0x1205
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD32 0x1206
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR8 0x1207
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR16 0x1208
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR32 0x1209
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN8 0x120A
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN16 0x120B
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN32 0x120C
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN8 0x120D
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN16 0x120E
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN32 0x120F
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN8 0x1210
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN16 0x1211
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN32 0x1212
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW_MCFORMATS
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_MULAW_MCFORMATS 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MULAW 0x10014
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MULAW 0x10015
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD_MULAW 0x10021
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR_MULAW 0x10022
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN_MULAW 0x10023
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN_MULAW 0x10024
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN_MULAW 0x10025
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_IMA4
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_IMA4 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_IMA4 0x1300
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_IMA4 0x1301
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_STATIC_BUFFER
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_STATIC_BUFFER 1
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*PFNALBUFFERDATASTATICPROC)(const ALint,ALenum,ALvoid*,ALsizei,ALsizei);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferDataStatic(const ALint buffer, ALenum format, ALvoid *data, ALsizei len, ALsizei freq);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_EXT_EFX
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_EFX 1
|
||||
#include "efx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_EXT_disconnect
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_disconnect 1
|
||||
#define ALC_CONNECTED 0x313
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_EXT_thread_local_context
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_thread_local_context 1
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*PFNALCSETTHREADCONTEXTPROC)(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY*PFNALCGETTHREADCONTEXTPROC)(void);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcSetThreadContext(ALCcontext *context);
|
||||
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetThreadContext(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_source_distance_model
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_source_distance_model 1
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_DISTANCE_MODEL 0x200
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_buffer_sub_data
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_buffer_sub_data 1
|
||||
#define AL_BYTE_RW_OFFSETS_SOFT 0x1031
|
||||
#define AL_SAMPLE_RW_OFFSETS_SOFT 0x1032
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*PFNALBUFFERSUBDATASOFTPROC)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALvoid*,ALsizei,ALsizei);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferSubDataSOFT(ALuint buffer,ALenum format,const ALvoid *data,ALsizei offset,ALsizei length);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_loop_points
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_loop_points 1
|
||||
#define AL_LOOP_POINTS_SOFT 0x2015
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_FOLDBACK
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_FOLDBACK 1
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_FOLDBACK_NAME "AL_EXT_FOLDBACK"
|
||||
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_BLOCK 0x4112
|
||||
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_START 0x4111
|
||||
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_STOP 0x4113
|
||||
#define AL_FOLDBACK_MODE_MONO 0x4101
|
||||
#define AL_FOLDBACK_MODE_STEREO 0x4102
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK)(ALenum,ALsizei);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALREQUESTFOLDBACKSTART)(ALenum,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALfloat*,LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALREQUESTFOLDBACKSTOP)(void);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alRequestFoldbackStart(ALenum mode,ALsizei count,ALsizei length,ALfloat *mem,LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK callback);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alRequestFoldbackStop(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_EXT_DEDICATED
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_DEDICATED 1
|
||||
#define AL_DEDICATED_GAIN 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_DEDICATED_DIALOGUE 0x9001
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_DEDICATED_LOW_FREQUENCY_EFFECT 0x9000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_buffer_samples
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_buffer_samples 1
|
||||
/* Channel configurations */
|
||||
#define AL_MONO_SOFT 0x1500
|
||||
#define AL_STEREO_SOFT 0x1501
|
||||
#define AL_REAR_SOFT 0x1502
|
||||
#define AL_QUAD_SOFT 0x1503
|
||||
#define AL_5POINT1_SOFT 0x1504
|
||||
#define AL_6POINT1_SOFT 0x1505
|
||||
#define AL_7POINT1_SOFT 0x1506
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sample types */
|
||||
#define AL_BYTE_SOFT 0x1400
|
||||
#define AL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_SOFT 0x1401
|
||||
#define AL_SHORT_SOFT 0x1402
|
||||
#define AL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_SOFT 0x1403
|
||||
#define AL_INT_SOFT 0x1404
|
||||
#define AL_UNSIGNED_INT_SOFT 0x1405
|
||||
#define AL_FLOAT_SOFT 0x1406
|
||||
#define AL_DOUBLE_SOFT 0x1407
|
||||
#define AL_BYTE3_SOFT 0x1408
|
||||
#define AL_UNSIGNED_BYTE3_SOFT 0x1409
|
||||
|
||||
/* Storage formats */
|
||||
#define AL_MONO8_SOFT 0x1100
|
||||
#define AL_MONO16_SOFT 0x1101
|
||||
#define AL_MONO32F_SOFT 0x10010
|
||||
#define AL_STEREO8_SOFT 0x1102
|
||||
#define AL_STEREO16_SOFT 0x1103
|
||||
#define AL_STEREO32F_SOFT 0x10011
|
||||
#define AL_QUAD8_SOFT 0x1204
|
||||
#define AL_QUAD16_SOFT 0x1205
|
||||
#define AL_QUAD32F_SOFT 0x1206
|
||||
#define AL_REAR8_SOFT 0x1207
|
||||
#define AL_REAR16_SOFT 0x1208
|
||||
#define AL_REAR32F_SOFT 0x1209
|
||||
#define AL_5POINT1_8_SOFT 0x120A
|
||||
#define AL_5POINT1_16_SOFT 0x120B
|
||||
#define AL_5POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x120C
|
||||
#define AL_6POINT1_8_SOFT 0x120D
|
||||
#define AL_6POINT1_16_SOFT 0x120E
|
||||
#define AL_6POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x120F
|
||||
#define AL_7POINT1_8_SOFT 0x1210
|
||||
#define AL_7POINT1_16_SOFT 0x1211
|
||||
#define AL_7POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x1212
|
||||
|
||||
/* Buffer attributes */
|
||||
#define AL_INTERNAL_FORMAT_SOFT 0x2008
|
||||
#define AL_BYTE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x2009
|
||||
#define AL_SAMPLE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200A
|
||||
#define AL_SEC_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200B
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALBUFFERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALuint,ALenum,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,const ALvoid*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALBUFFERSUBSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,const ALvoid*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETBUFFERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,ALvoid*);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY*LPALISBUFFERFORMATSUPPORTEDSOFT)(ALenum);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALuint samplerate, ALenum internalformat, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, const ALvoid *data);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferSubSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALsizei offset, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, const ALvoid *data);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALsizei offset, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, ALvoid *data);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsBufferFormatSupportedSOFT(ALenum format);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_direct_channels
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_direct_channels 1
|
||||
#define AL_DIRECT_CHANNELS_SOFT 0x1033
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_loopback
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_loopback 1
|
||||
#define ALC_FORMAT_CHANNELS_SOFT 0x1990
|
||||
#define ALC_FORMAT_TYPE_SOFT 0x1991
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sample types */
|
||||
#define ALC_BYTE_SOFT 0x1400
|
||||
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_BYTE_SOFT 0x1401
|
||||
#define ALC_SHORT_SOFT 0x1402
|
||||
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_SHORT_SOFT 0x1403
|
||||
#define ALC_INT_SOFT 0x1404
|
||||
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_INT_SOFT 0x1405
|
||||
#define ALC_FLOAT_SOFT 0x1406
|
||||
|
||||
/* Channel configurations */
|
||||
#define ALC_MONO_SOFT 0x1500
|
||||
#define ALC_STEREO_SOFT 0x1501
|
||||
#define ALC_QUAD_SOFT 0x1503
|
||||
#define ALC_5POINT1_SOFT 0x1504
|
||||
#define ALC_6POINT1_SOFT 0x1505
|
||||
#define ALC_7POINT1_SOFT 0x1506
|
||||
|
||||
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCLOOPBACKOPENDEVICESOFT)(const ALCchar*);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCISRENDERFORMATSUPPORTEDSOFT)(ALCdevice*,ALCsizei,ALCenum,ALCenum);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCRENDERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALCdevice*,ALCvoid*,ALCsizei);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcLoopbackOpenDeviceSOFT(const ALCchar *deviceName);
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcIsRenderFormatSupportedSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCsizei freq, ALCenum channels, ALCenum type);
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcRenderSamplesSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_STEREO_ANGLES
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_STEREO_ANGLES 1
|
||||
#define AL_STEREO_ANGLES 0x1030
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_SOURCE_RADIUS
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_SOURCE_RADIUS 1
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_RADIUS 0x1031
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_latency
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_source_latency 1
|
||||
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1200
|
||||
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1201
|
||||
typedef _alsoft_int64_t ALint64SOFT;
|
||||
typedef _alsoft_uint64_t ALuint64SOFT;
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEDSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCE3DSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble,ALdouble,ALdouble);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEDVSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALdouble*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEDSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCE3DSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*,ALdouble*,ALdouble*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEDVSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEI64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCE3I64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT,ALint64SOFT,ALint64SOFT);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEI64VSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALint64SOFT*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEI64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCE3I64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*,ALint64SOFT*,ALint64SOFT*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEI64VSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcedSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3dSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble value1, ALdouble value2, ALdouble value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcedvSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALdouble *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcedSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3dSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *value1, ALdouble *value2, ALdouble *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcedvSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3i64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT value1, ALint64SOFT value2, ALint64SOFT value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei64vSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint64SOFT *values);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *value);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3i64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *value1, ALint64SOFT *value2, ALint64SOFT *value3);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei64vSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *values);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_EXT_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER 1
|
||||
#define ALC_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER 0x1100
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_deferred_updates
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_deferred_updates 1
|
||||
#define AL_DEFERRED_UPDATES_SOFT 0xC002
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALDEFERUPDATESSOFT)(void);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALPROCESSUPDATESSOFT)(void);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeferUpdatesSOFT(void);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alProcessUpdatesSOFT(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_block_alignment
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_block_alignment 1
|
||||
#define AL_UNPACK_BLOCK_ALIGNMENT_SOFT 0x200C
|
||||
#define AL_PACK_BLOCK_ALIGNMENT_SOFT 0x200D
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_MSADPCM
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_MSADPCM 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MSADPCM_SOFT 0x1302
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MSADPCM_SOFT 0x1303
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_length
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_source_length 1
|
||||
/*#define AL_BYTE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x2009*/
|
||||
/*#define AL_SAMPLE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200A*/
|
||||
/*#define AL_SEC_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200B*/
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_pause_device
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_pause_device 1
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCDEVICEPAUSESOFT)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCDEVICERESUMESOFT)(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDevicePauseSOFT(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDeviceResumeSOFT(ALCdevice *device);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_BFORMAT
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_BFORMAT 1
|
||||
/* Provides support for B-Format ambisonic buffers (first-order, FuMa scaling
|
||||
* and layout).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* BFORMAT2D_8: Unsigned 8-bit, 3-channel non-periphonic (WXY).
|
||||
* BFORMAT2D_16: Signed 16-bit, 3-channel non-periphonic (WXY).
|
||||
* BFORMAT2D_FLOAT32: 32-bit float, 3-channel non-periphonic (WXY).
|
||||
* BFORMAT3D_8: Unsigned 8-bit, 4-channel periphonic (WXYZ).
|
||||
* BFORMAT3D_16: Signed 16-bit, 4-channel periphonic (WXYZ).
|
||||
* BFORMAT3D_FLOAT32: 32-bit float, 4-channel periphonic (WXYZ).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_8 0x20021
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_16 0x20022
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_FLOAT32 0x20023
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_8 0x20031
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_16 0x20032
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_FLOAT32 0x20033
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW_BFORMAT
|
||||
#define AL_EXT_MULAW_BFORMAT 1
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_MULAW 0x10031
|
||||
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_MULAW 0x10032
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_HRTF
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_HRTF 1
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_SOFT 0x1992
|
||||
#define ALC_DONT_CARE_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_STATUS_SOFT 0x1993
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_DISABLED_SOFT 0x0000
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_ENABLED_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_DENIED_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_REQUIRED_SOFT 0x0003
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_HEADPHONES_DETECTED_SOFT 0x0004
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_UNSUPPORTED_FORMAT_SOFT 0x0005
|
||||
#define ALC_NUM_HRTF_SPECIFIERS_SOFT 0x1994
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_SPECIFIER_SOFT 0x1995
|
||||
#define ALC_HRTF_ID_SOFT 0x1996
|
||||
typedef const ALCchar* (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCGETSTRINGISOFT)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum paramName, ALCsizei index);
|
||||
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCRESETDEVICESOFT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attribs);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
ALC_API const ALCchar* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetStringiSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum paramName, ALCsizei index);
|
||||
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcResetDeviceSOFT(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attribs);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_gain_clamp_ex
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_gain_clamp_ex 1
|
||||
#define AL_GAIN_LIMIT_SOFT 0x200E
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_resampler
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_source_resampler
|
||||
#define AL_NUM_RESAMPLERS_SOFT 0x1210
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_RESAMPLER_SOFT 0x1211
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_RESAMPLER_SOFT 0x1212
|
||||
#define AL_RESAMPLER_NAME_SOFT 0x1213
|
||||
typedef const ALchar* (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSTRINGISOFT)(ALenum pname, ALsizei index);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API const ALchar* AL_APIENTRY alGetStringiSOFT(ALenum pname, ALsizei index);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_spatialize
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_source_spatialize
|
||||
#define AL_SOURCE_SPATIALIZE_SOFT 0x1214
|
||||
#define AL_AUTO_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_output_limiter
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_output_limiter
|
||||
#define ALC_OUTPUT_LIMITER_SOFT 0x199A
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_device_clock
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_device_clock 1
|
||||
typedef _alsoft_int64_t ALCint64SOFT;
|
||||
typedef _alsoft_uint64_t ALCuint64SOFT;
|
||||
#define ALC_DEVICE_CLOCK_SOFT 0x1600
|
||||
#define ALC_DEVICE_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1601
|
||||
#define ALC_DEVICE_CLOCK_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1602
|
||||
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET_CLOCK_SOFT 0x1202
|
||||
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET_CLOCK_SOFT 0x1203
|
||||
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCGETINTEGER64VSOFT)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum pname, ALsizei size, ALCint64SOFT *values);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcGetInteger64vSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum pname, ALsizei size, ALCint64SOFT *values);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_direct_channels_remix
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_direct_channels_remix 1
|
||||
#define AL_DROP_UNMATCHED_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_REMIX_UNMATCHED_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_bformat_ex
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_bformat_ex 1
|
||||
#define AL_AMBISONIC_LAYOUT_SOFT 0x1997
|
||||
#define AL_AMBISONIC_SCALING_SOFT 0x1998
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ambisonic layouts */
|
||||
#define AL_FUMA_SOFT 0x0000
|
||||
#define AL_ACN_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ambisonic scalings (normalization) */
|
||||
/*#define AL_FUMA_SOFT*/
|
||||
#define AL_SN3D_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_N3D_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_loopback_bformat
|
||||
#define ALC_SOFT_loopback_bformat 1
|
||||
#define ALC_AMBISONIC_LAYOUT_SOFT 0x1997
|
||||
#define ALC_AMBISONIC_SCALING_SOFT 0x1998
|
||||
#define ALC_AMBISONIC_ORDER_SOFT 0x1999
|
||||
#define ALC_MAX_AMBISONIC_ORDER_SOFT 0x199B
|
||||
|
||||
#define ALC_BFORMAT3D_SOFT 0x1507
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ambisonic layouts */
|
||||
#define ALC_FUMA_SOFT 0x0000
|
||||
#define ALC_ACN_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ambisonic scalings (normalization) */
|
||||
/*#define ALC_FUMA_SOFT*/
|
||||
#define ALC_SN3D_SOFT 0x0001
|
||||
#define ALC_N3D_SOFT 0x0002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_effect_target
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_effect_target
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_TARGET_SOFT 0x199C
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AL_SOFT_events
|
||||
#define AL_SOFT_events 1
|
||||
#define AL_EVENT_CALLBACK_FUNCTION_SOFT 0x19A2
|
||||
#define AL_EVENT_CALLBACK_USER_PARAM_SOFT 0x19A3
|
||||
#define AL_EVENT_TYPE_BUFFER_COMPLETED_SOFT 0x19A4
|
||||
#define AL_EVENT_TYPE_SOURCE_STATE_CHANGED_SOFT 0x19A5
|
||||
#define AL_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECTED_SOFT 0x19A6
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*ALEVENTPROCSOFT)(ALenum eventType, ALuint object, ALuint param,
|
||||
ALsizei length, const ALchar *message,
|
||||
void *userParam);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALEVENTCONTROLSOFT)(ALsizei count, const ALenum *types, ALboolean enable);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALEVENTCALLBACKSOFT)(ALEVENTPROCSOFT callback, void *userParam);
|
||||
typedef void* (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETPOINTERSOFT)(ALenum pname);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETPOINTERVSOFT)(ALenum pname, void **values);
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEventControlSOFT(ALsizei count, const ALenum *types, ALboolean enable);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEventCallbackSOFT(ALEVENTPROCSOFT callback, void *userParam);
|
||||
AL_API void* AL_APIENTRY alGetPointerSOFT(ALenum pname);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetPointervSOFT(ALenum pname, void **values);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
|||
/* The tokens that would be defined here are already defined in efx.h. This
|
||||
* empty file is here to provide compatibility with Windows-based projects
|
||||
* that would include it. */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
|
|||
/* Reverb presets for EFX */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EFX_PRESETS_H
|
||||
#define EFX_PRESETS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES_DEFINED
|
||||
#define EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES_DEFINED
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
float flDensity;
|
||||
float flDiffusion;
|
||||
float flGain;
|
||||
float flGainHF;
|
||||
float flGainLF;
|
||||
float flDecayTime;
|
||||
float flDecayHFRatio;
|
||||
float flDecayLFRatio;
|
||||
float flReflectionsGain;
|
||||
float flReflectionsDelay;
|
||||
float flReflectionsPan[3];
|
||||
float flLateReverbGain;
|
||||
float flLateReverbDelay;
|
||||
float flLateReverbPan[3];
|
||||
float flEchoTime;
|
||||
float flEchoDepth;
|
||||
float flModulationTime;
|
||||
float flModulationDepth;
|
||||
float flAirAbsorptionGainHF;
|
||||
float flHFReference;
|
||||
float flLFReference;
|
||||
float flRoomRolloffFactor;
|
||||
int iDecayHFLimit;
|
||||
} EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES, *LPEFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_GENERIC \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.8913f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.0500f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PADDEDCELL \
|
||||
{ 0.1715f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0010f, 1.0000f, 0.1700f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0010f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2691f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5929f, 1.0000f, 0.4000f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.1503f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0629f, 0.0030f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_BATHROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.1715f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.2512f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5400f, 1.0000f, 0.6531f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.2734f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_LIVINGROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.9766f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0010f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.2051f, 0.0030f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2805f, 0.0040f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_STONEROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 1.0000f, 2.3100f, 0.6400f, 1.0000f, 0.4411f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1003f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_AUDITORIUM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5781f, 1.0000f, 4.3200f, 0.5900f, 1.0000f, 0.4032f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7170f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CONCERTHALL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 1.0000f, 3.9200f, 0.7000f, 1.0000f, 0.2427f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.9977f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CAVE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 2.9100f, 1.3000f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7063f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ARENA \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.4477f, 1.0000f, 7.2400f, 0.3300f, 1.0000f, 0.2612f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0186f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_HANGAR \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 10.0500f, 0.2300f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2560f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CARPETEDHALLWAY \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0100f, 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.1215f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1531f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_HALLWAY \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5900f, 1.0000f, 0.2458f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.6615f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_STONECORRIDOR \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7612f, 1.0000f, 2.7000f, 0.7900f, 1.0000f, 0.2472f, 0.0130f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5758f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ALLEY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.3162f, 0.7328f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8600f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.9954f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.9500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FOREST \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.3162f, 0.0224f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5400f, 1.0000f, 0.0525f, 0.1620f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7682f, 0.0880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.6700f, 1.0000f, 0.0730f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1427f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOUNTAINS \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.2700f, 0.3162f, 0.0562f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.2100f, 1.0000f, 0.0407f, 0.3000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1919f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_QUARRY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0610f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0250f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.7000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PLAIN \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.2100f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5000f, 1.0000f, 0.0585f, 0.1790f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1089f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PARKINGLOT \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 1.6500f, 1.5000f, 1.0000f, 0.2082f, 0.0080f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2652f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SEWERPIPE \
|
||||
{ 0.3071f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 2.8100f, 0.1400f, 1.0000f, 1.6387f, 0.0140f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.2471f, 0.0210f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_UNDERWATER \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0100f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.5963f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 7.0795f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 1.1800f, 0.3480f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRUGGED \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 8.3900f, 1.3900f, 1.0000f, 0.8760f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.1081f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DIZZY \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.6000f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 1.0000f, 17.2300f, 0.5600f, 1.0000f, 0.1392f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.4937f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PSYCHOTIC \
|
||||
{ 0.0625f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 0.8404f, 1.0000f, 7.5600f, 0.9100f, 1.0000f, 0.4864f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 2.4378f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 4.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Castle Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_SMALLROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, 1.2200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_SHORTPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 2.3200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_MEDIUMROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.9300f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1000f, 2.0400f, 0.8300f, 0.4600f, 0.6310f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1550f, 0.0300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_LARGEROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1259f, 2.5300f, 0.8300f, 0.5000f, 0.4467f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1850f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_LONGPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, 3.4200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_HALL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1778f, 3.1400f, 0.7900f, 0.6200f, 0.1778f, 0.0560f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_CUPBOARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1000f, 0.6700f, 0.8700f, 0.3100f, 1.4125f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.5481f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_COURTYARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.4200f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.1995f, 2.1300f, 0.6100f, 0.2300f, 0.2239f, 0.1600f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0360f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.3700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_ALCOVE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.5012f, 0.1000f, 1.6400f, 0.8700f, 0.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Factory Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_SMALLROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 1.7200f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1190f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_SHORTPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.6400f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 2.5300f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1350f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_MEDIUMROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.8200f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 2.7600f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 0.2818f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1740f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_LARGEROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.7500f, 0.2512f, 0.7079f, 0.6310f, 4.2400f, 0.5100f, 1.3100f, 0.1778f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2310f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_LONGPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.6400f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 4.0600f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0370f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1350f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_HALL \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.6310f, 7.4300f, 0.5100f, 1.3100f, 0.0631f, 0.0730f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_CUPBOARD \
|
||||
{ 0.3071f, 0.6300f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 0.4900f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.2589f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1070f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_COURTYARD \
|
||||
{ 0.3071f, 0.5700f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 2.3200f, 0.2900f, 0.5600f, 0.2239f, 0.1400f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_ALCOVE \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.5900f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 3.1400f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.4125f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1140f, 0.1000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ice Palace Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_SMALLROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 1.5100f, 1.5300f, 0.2700f, 0.8913f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1640f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_SHORTPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 1.7900f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 0.5012f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1770f, 0.0900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_MEDIUMROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.4467f, 2.2200f, 1.5300f, 0.3200f, 0.3981f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1860f, 0.1200f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_LARGEROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.4467f, 3.1400f, 1.5300f, 0.3200f, 0.2512f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2140f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_LONGPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7700f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.3981f, 3.0100f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 0.7943f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0250f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1860f, 0.0400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_HALL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7600f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.5623f, 5.4900f, 1.5300f, 0.3800f, 0.1122f, 0.0540f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0520f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2260f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_CUPBOARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8300f, 0.3162f, 0.5012f, 0.2239f, 0.7600f, 1.5300f, 0.2600f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1430f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_COURTYARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.5900f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.3162f, 2.0400f, 1.2000f, 0.3800f, 0.3162f, 0.1730f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3162f, 0.0430f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2350f, 0.4800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_ALCOVE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 2.7600f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 1.1220f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1610f, 0.0900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Space Station Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_SMALLROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.2109f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.7200f, 0.8200f, 0.5500f, 0.7943f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0130f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1880f, 0.2600f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_SHORTPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 0.2109f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.5700f, 0.5000f, 0.5500f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1720f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_MEDIUMROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.2109f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.0100f, 0.5000f, 0.5500f, 0.3981f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0350f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2090f, 0.3100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_LARGEROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.8900f, 0.3800f, 0.6100f, 0.3162f, 0.0560f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0350f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2330f, 0.2800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_LONGPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 4.6200f, 0.6200f, 0.5500f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0310f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_HALL \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 7.1100f, 0.3800f, 0.6100f, 0.1778f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0470f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_CUPBOARD \
|
||||
{ 0.1715f, 0.5600f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 0.7900f, 0.8100f, 0.5500f, 1.4125f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0180f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1810f, 0.3100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_ALCOVE \
|
||||
{ 0.2109f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.1600f, 0.8100f, 0.5500f, 1.4125f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0180f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1920f, 0.2100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wooden Galleon Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_SMALLROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1122f, 0.3162f, 0.7900f, 0.3200f, 0.8700f, 1.0000f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_SHORTPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1259f, 0.3162f, 1.7500f, 0.5000f, 0.8700f, 0.8913f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_MEDIUMROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.2818f, 1.4700f, 0.4200f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_LARGEROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0891f, 0.2818f, 2.6500f, 0.3300f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0660f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_LONGPASSAGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.3162f, 1.9900f, 0.4000f, 0.7900f, 1.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.4467f, 0.0360f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_HALL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0794f, 0.2818f, 3.4500f, 0.3000f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_CUPBOARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1413f, 0.3162f, 0.5600f, 0.4600f, 0.9100f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_COURTYARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.6500f, 0.3162f, 0.0794f, 0.3162f, 1.7900f, 0.3500f, 0.7900f, 0.5623f, 0.1230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1000f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_ALCOVE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1259f, 0.3162f, 1.2200f, 0.6200f, 0.9100f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sports Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_EMPTYSTADIUM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.7943f, 6.2600f, 0.5100f, 1.1000f, 0.0631f, 0.1830f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_SQUASHCOURT \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 2.2200f, 0.9100f, 1.1600f, 0.4467f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1260f, 0.1900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_SMALLSWIMMINGPOOL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.8913f, 2.7600f, 1.2500f, 1.1400f, 0.6310f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1790f, 0.1500f, 0.8950f, 0.1900f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_LARGESWIMMINGPOOL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 1.0000f, 5.4900f, 1.3100f, 1.1400f, 0.4467f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5012f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2220f, 0.5500f, 1.1590f, 0.2100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_GYMNASIUM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.8913f, 3.1400f, 1.0600f, 1.3500f, 0.3981f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5623f, 0.0450f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1460f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_FULLSTADIUM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0708f, 0.7943f, 5.2500f, 0.1700f, 0.8000f, 0.1000f, 0.1880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2818f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_STADIUMTANNOY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.5012f, 2.5300f, 0.8800f, 0.6800f, 0.2818f, 0.2300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5012f, 0.0630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prefab Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_WORKSHOP \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1413f, 0.3981f, 0.7600f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_SCHOOLROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.4022f, 0.6900f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.5012f, 0.9800f, 0.4500f, 0.1800f, 1.4125f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.0950f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_PRACTISEROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.4022f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.5012f, 1.1200f, 0.5600f, 0.1800f, 1.2589f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.0950f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_OUTHOUSE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.1122f, 0.1585f, 1.3800f, 0.3800f, 0.3500f, 0.8913f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0440f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1210f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_CARAVAN \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0891f, 0.1259f, 0.4300f, 1.5000f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Dome and Pipe Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DOME_TOMB \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7900f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 4.1800f, 0.2100f, 0.1000f, 0.3868f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.6788f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1770f, 0.1900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_SMALL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 5.0400f, 0.1000f, 0.1000f, 0.5012f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 2.5119f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DOME_SAINTPAULS \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 10.4800f, 0.1900f, 0.1000f, 0.1778f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0420f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1200f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_LONGTHIN \
|
||||
{ 0.2560f, 0.9100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.2818f, 9.2100f, 0.1800f, 0.1000f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_LARGE \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 8.4500f, 0.1000f, 0.1000f, 0.3981f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_RESONANT \
|
||||
{ 0.1373f, 0.9100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.2818f, 6.8100f, 0.1800f, 0.1000f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Outdoors Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_BACKYARD \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.4500f, 0.3162f, 0.2512f, 0.5012f, 1.1200f, 0.3400f, 0.4600f, 0.4467f, 0.0690f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2180f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_ROLLINGPLAINS \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0112f, 0.6310f, 2.1300f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.1778f, 0.3000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.4467f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_DEEPCANYON \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7400f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.6310f, 3.8900f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.3162f, 0.2230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.3548f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_CREEK \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.3500f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.5012f, 2.1300f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.3981f, 0.1150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.1995f, 0.0310f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2180f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_VALLEY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.2800f, 0.3162f, 0.0282f, 0.1585f, 2.8800f, 0.2600f, 0.3500f, 0.1413f, 0.2630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mood Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_HEAVEN \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.9400f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.4467f, 5.0400f, 1.1200f, 0.5600f, 0.2427f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0800f, 2.7420f, 0.0500f, 0.9977f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_HELL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.5700f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.4467f, 3.5700f, 0.4900f, 2.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1100f, 0.0400f, 2.1090f, 0.5200f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_MEMORY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8500f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.3548f, 4.0600f, 0.8200f, 0.5600f, 0.0398f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.4740f, 0.4500f, 0.9886f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Driving Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_COMMENTATOR \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.5012f, 2.4200f, 0.8800f, 0.6800f, 0.1995f, 0.0930f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2512f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9886f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_PITGARAGE \
|
||||
{ 0.4287f, 0.5900f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.5623f, 1.7200f, 0.9300f, 0.8700f, 0.5623f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_RACER \
|
||||
{ 0.0832f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 0.7943f, 0.1700f, 2.0000f, 0.4100f, 1.7783f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_SPORTS \
|
||||
{ 0.0832f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 1.0000f, 0.1700f, 0.7500f, 0.4100f, 1.0000f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5623f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_LUXURY \
|
||||
{ 0.2560f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.5012f, 0.1300f, 0.4100f, 0.4600f, 0.7943f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_FULLGRANDSTAND \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.6310f, 3.0100f, 1.3700f, 1.2800f, 0.3548f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1778f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10420.2002f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_EMPTYGRANDSTAND \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 0.7943f, 4.6200f, 1.7500f, 1.4000f, 0.2082f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2512f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10420.2002f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_TUNNEL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.8913f, 3.4200f, 0.9400f, 1.3100f, 0.7079f, 0.0510f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0470f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2140f, 0.0500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 155.3000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* City Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_STREETS \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.7900f, 1.1200f, 0.9100f, 0.2818f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1995f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_SUBWAY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7400f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 3.0100f, 1.2300f, 0.9100f, 0.7079f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.2100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_MUSEUM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.1778f, 3.2800f, 1.4000f, 0.5700f, 0.2512f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1300f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_LIBRARY \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.0891f, 2.7600f, 0.8900f, 0.4100f, 0.3548f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1300f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_UNDERPASS \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.8913f, 3.5700f, 1.1200f, 0.9100f, 0.3981f, 0.0590f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0370f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9920f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_ABANDONED \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.6900f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.8913f, 3.2800f, 1.1700f, 0.9100f, 0.4467f, 0.0440f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2818f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9966f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Misc. Presets */
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DUSTYROOM \
|
||||
{ 0.3645f, 0.5600f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.7079f, 1.7900f, 0.3800f, 0.2100f, 0.5012f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0060f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2020f, 0.0500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9886f, 13046.0000f, 163.3000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CHAPEL \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 1.0000f, 4.6200f, 0.6400f, 1.2300f, 0.4467f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.1100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SMALLWATERROOM \
|
||||
{ 1.0000f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.4477f, 1.0000f, 1.5100f, 1.2500f, 1.1400f, 0.8913f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1790f, 0.1500f, 0.8950f, 0.1900f, 0.9920f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* EFX_PRESETS_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AL_EFX_H
|
||||
#define AL_EFX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alc.h"
|
||||
#include "al.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ALC_EXT_EFX_NAME "ALC_EXT_EFX"
|
||||
|
||||
#define ALC_EFX_MAJOR_VERSION 0x20001
|
||||
#define ALC_EFX_MINOR_VERSION 0x20002
|
||||
#define ALC_MAX_AUXILIARY_SENDS 0x20003
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Listener properties. */
|
||||
#define AL_METERS_PER_UNIT 0x20004
|
||||
|
||||
/* Source properties. */
|
||||
#define AL_DIRECT_FILTER 0x20005
|
||||
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER 0x20006
|
||||
#define AL_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR 0x20007
|
||||
#define AL_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x20008
|
||||
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF 0x20009
|
||||
#define AL_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO 0x2000A
|
||||
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO 0x2000B
|
||||
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO 0x2000C
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Effect properties. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reverb effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DENSITY 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DIFFUSION 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_GAIN 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_GAINHF 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_TIME 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_HFRATIO 0x0006
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_REFLECTIONS_GAIN 0x0007
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_REFLECTIONS_DELAY 0x0008
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_LATE_REVERB_GAIN 0x0009
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_LATE_REVERB_DELAY 0x000A
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF 0x000B
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x000C
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_HFLIMIT 0x000D
|
||||
|
||||
/* EAX Reverb effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DENSITY 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DIFFUSION 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAIN 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAINHF 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAINLF 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_TIME 0x0006
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_HFRATIO 0x0007
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_LFRATIO 0x0008
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_GAIN 0x0009
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_DELAY 0x000A
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_PAN 0x000B
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_GAIN 0x000C
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_DELAY 0x000D
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_PAN 0x000E
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ECHO_TIME 0x000F
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ECHO_DEPTH 0x0010
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MODULATION_TIME 0x0011
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MODULATION_DEPTH 0x0012
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF 0x0013
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_HFREFERENCE 0x0014
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LFREFERENCE 0x0015
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x0016
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_HFLIMIT 0x0017
|
||||
|
||||
/* Chorus effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_PHASE 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_RATE 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEPTH 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_FEEDBACK 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DELAY 0x0006
|
||||
|
||||
/* Distortion effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_EDGE 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_GAIN 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_LOWPASS_CUTOFF 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_EQCENTER 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_EQBANDWIDTH 0x0005
|
||||
|
||||
/* Echo effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DELAY 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_LRDELAY 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DAMPING 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_FEEDBACK 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_SPREAD 0x0005
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flanger effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_PHASE 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_RATE 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEPTH 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_FEEDBACK 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DELAY 0x0006
|
||||
|
||||
/* Frequency shifter effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_FREQUENCY 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_LEFT_DIRECTION 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_RIGHT_DIRECTION 0x0003
|
||||
|
||||
/* Vocal morpher effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEA 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEB 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_RATE 0x0006
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pitchshifter effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_COARSE_TUNE 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_FINE_TUNE 0x0002
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ringmodulator effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_FREQUENCY 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_WAVEFORM 0x0003
|
||||
|
||||
/* Autowah effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_ATTACK_TIME 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_RELEASE_TIME 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_RESONANCE 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_PEAK_GAIN 0x0004
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compressor effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_ONOFF 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/* Equalizer effect parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_LOW_GAIN 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_LOW_CUTOFF 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_GAIN 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_CENTER 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_WIDTH 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_GAIN 0x0006
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_CENTER 0x0007
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_WIDTH 0x0008
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_HIGH_GAIN 0x0009
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_HIGH_CUTOFF 0x000A
|
||||
|
||||
/* Effect type */
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_FIRST_PARAMETER 0x0000
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_LAST_PARAMETER 0x8000
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_TYPE 0x8001
|
||||
|
||||
/* Effect types, used with the AL_EFFECT_TYPE property */
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_NULL 0x0000
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_REVERB 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_CHORUS 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_DISTORTION 0x0003
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_ECHO 0x0004
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_FLANGER 0x0005
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER 0x0006
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_VOCAL_MORPHER 0x0007
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_PITCH_SHIFTER 0x0008
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_RING_MODULATOR 0x0009
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_AUTOWAH 0x000A
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_COMPRESSOR 0x000B
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_EQUALIZER 0x000C
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECT_EAXREVERB 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/* Auxiliary Effect Slot properties. */
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_EFFECT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_GAIN 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_AUXILIARY_SEND_AUTO 0x0003
|
||||
|
||||
/* NULL Auxiliary Slot ID to disable a source send. */
|
||||
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_NULL 0x0000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filter properties. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lowpass filter parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_GAIN 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_GAINHF 0x0002
|
||||
|
||||
/* Highpass filter parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_GAIN 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_GAINLF 0x0002
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bandpass filter parameters */
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAIN 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAINLF 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAINHF 0x0003
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filter type */
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_FIRST_PARAMETER 0x0000
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_LAST_PARAMETER 0x8000
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_TYPE 0x8001
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filter types, used with the AL_FILTER_TYPE property */
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_NULL 0x0000
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_LOWPASS 0x0001
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_HIGHPASS 0x0002
|
||||
#define AL_FILTER_BANDPASS 0x0003
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Effect object function types. */
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENEFFECTS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEEFFECTS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISEFFECT)(ALuint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filter object function types. */
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENFILTERS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEFILTERS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISFILTER)(ALuint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Auxiliary Effect Slot object function types. */
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
|
||||
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOT)(ALuint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenEffects(ALsizei n, ALuint *effects);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteEffects(ALsizei n, const ALuint *effects);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsEffect(ALuint effect);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEffecti(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEffectiv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEffectf(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEffectfv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetEffecti(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectiv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectf(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectfv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenFilters(ALsizei n, ALuint *filters);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteFilters(ALsizei n, const ALuint *filters);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsFilter(ALuint filter);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alFilteri(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alFilteriv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alFilterf(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alFilterfv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFilteri(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFilteriv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFilterf(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFilterfv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenAuxiliaryEffectSlots(ALsizei n, ALuint *effectslots);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteAuxiliaryEffectSlots(ALsizei n, const ALuint *effectslots);
|
||||
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsAuxiliaryEffectSlot(ALuint effectslot);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSloti(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotiv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotf(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotfv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSloti(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotiv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotf(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
|
||||
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotfv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filter ranges and defaults. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lowpass filter */
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_LOWPASS_DEFAULT_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Highpass filter */
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_HIGHPASS_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bandpass filter */
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Effect parameter ranges and defaults. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard reverb effect */
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DENSITY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DENSITY (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DENSITY (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DIFFUSION (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.32f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_GAINHF (0.89f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_TIME (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_TIME (20.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_TIME (1.49f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFRATIO (2.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.83f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (3.16f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.05f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.3f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.007f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (1.26f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.011f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.892f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.994f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_FALSE
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
|
||||
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
|
||||
|
||||
/* EAX reverb effect */
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DENSITY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DENSITY (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DENSITY (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DIFFUSION (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.32f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAINHF (0.89f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_TIME (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_TIME (20.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_TIME (1.49f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFRATIO (2.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.83f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_LFRATIO (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_LFRATIO (2.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_LFRATIO (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (3.16f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.05f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.3f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.007f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_PAN_XYZ (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (1.26f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.1f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.011f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_PAN_XYZ (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ECHO_TIME (0.075f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ECHO_TIME (0.25f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ECHO_TIME (0.25f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ECHO_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ECHO_DEPTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ECHO_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_MODULATION_TIME (0.04f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_MODULATION_TIME (4.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_MODULATION_TIME (0.25f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_MODULATION_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_MODULATION_DEPTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_MODULATION_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.892f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.994f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_HFREFERENCE (1000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_HFREFERENCE (20000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_HFREFERENCE (5000.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LFREFERENCE (20.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LFREFERENCE (1000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LFREFERENCE (250.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_FALSE
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
|
||||
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Chorus effect */
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_WAVEFORM (1)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_PHASE (-180)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_PHASE (180)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_PHASE (90)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_RATE (1.1f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_DEPTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_DEPTH (0.1f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_FEEDBACK (-1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (0.25f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_DELAY (0.016f)
|
||||
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.016f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Distortion effect */
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EDGE (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EDGE (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EDGE (0.2f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_GAIN (0.01f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.05f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (80.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (24000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (8000.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EQCENTER (80.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EQCENTER (24000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EQCENTER (3600.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EQBANDWIDTH (80.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EQBANDWIDTH (24000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EQBANDWIDTH (3600.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Echo effect */
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_DELAY (0.207f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.1f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_LRDELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_LRDELAY (0.404f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_LRDELAY (0.1f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_DAMPING (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_DAMPING (0.99f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_DAMPING (0.5f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_FEEDBACK (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (0.5f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_SPREAD (-1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_SPREAD (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_SPREAD (-1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flanger effect */
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_WAVEFORM (1)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_PHASE (-180)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_PHASE (180)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_PHASE (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_RATE (0.27f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_DEPTH (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_DEPTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_DEPTH (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_FEEDBACK (-1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (-0.5f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_DELAY (0.004f)
|
||||
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.002f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Frequency shifter effect */
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_FREQUENCY (24000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_LEFT_DIRECTION (0)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_LEFT_DIRECTION (2)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_LEFT_DIRECTION (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_DOWN (0)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_UP (1)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_OFF (2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_RIGHT_DIRECTION (0)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_RIGHT_DIRECTION (2)
|
||||
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_RIGHT_DIRECTION (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Vocal morpher effect */
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEA (0)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEA (29)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEA (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (-24)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (24)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEB (0)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEB (29)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEB (10)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (-24)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (24)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_A (0)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_E (1)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_I (2)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_O (3)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_U (4)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AA (5)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AE (6)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AH (7)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AO (8)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_EH (9)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_ER (10)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_IH (11)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_IY (12)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_UH (13)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_UW (14)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_B (15)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_D (16)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_F (17)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_G (18)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_J (19)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_K (20)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_L (21)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_M (22)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_N (23)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_P (24)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_R (25)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_S (26)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_T (27)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_V (28)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_Z (29)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_SAWTOOTH (2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_WAVEFORM (2)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_RATE (1.41f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pitch shifter effect */
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MIN_COARSE_TUNE (-12)
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MAX_COARSE_TUNE (12)
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_COARSE_TUNE (12)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MIN_FINE_TUNE (-50)
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MAX_FINE_TUNE (50)
|
||||
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_FINE_TUNE (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ring modulator effect */
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_FREQUENCY (8000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY (440.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (24000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (800.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SINUSOID (0)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SAWTOOTH (1)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SQUARE (2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_WAVEFORM (2)
|
||||
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Autowah effect */
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_ATTACK_TIME (0.0001f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_ATTACK_TIME (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_ATTACK_TIME (0.06f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_RELEASE_TIME (0.0001f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_RELEASE_TIME (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_RELEASE_TIME (0.06f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_RESONANCE (2.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_RESONANCE (1000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_RESONANCE (1000.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_PEAK_GAIN (0.00003f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_PEAK_GAIN (31621.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_PEAK_GAIN (11.22f)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compressor effect */
|
||||
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_MIN_ONOFF (0)
|
||||
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_MAX_ONOFF (1)
|
||||
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_DEFAULT_ONOFF (1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Equalizer effect */
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_LOW_GAIN (0.126f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_LOW_GAIN (7.943f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_LOW_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_LOW_CUTOFF (50.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_LOW_CUTOFF (800.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_LOW_CUTOFF (200.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_GAIN (0.126f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_GAIN (7.943f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_CENTER (200.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_CENTER (3000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_CENTER (500.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_WIDTH (0.01f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_WIDTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_WIDTH (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_GAIN (0.126f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_GAIN (7.943f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_CENTER (1000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_CENTER (8000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_CENTER (3000.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_WIDTH (0.01f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_WIDTH (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_WIDTH (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_HIGH_GAIN (0.126f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_HIGH_GAIN (7.943f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_HIGH_GAIN (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_HIGH_CUTOFF (4000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_HIGH_CUTOFF (16000.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_HIGH_CUTOFF (6000.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Source parameter value ranges and defaults. */
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (0.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_FALSE
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_FALSE
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_FALSE
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Listener parameter value ranges and defaults. */
|
||||
#define AL_MIN_METERS_PER_UNIT FLT_MIN
|
||||
#define AL_MAX_METERS_PER_UNIT FLT_MAX
|
||||
#define AL_DEFAULT_METERS_PER_UNIT (1.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
} /* extern "C" */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AL_EFX_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
|
||||
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
|
||||
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
|
||||
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||
** IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLextAMD_H
|
||||
#define GLSLextAMD_H
|
||||
|
||||
static const int GLSLextAMDVersion = 100;
|
||||
static const int GLSLextAMDRevision = 7;
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_shader_ballot
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_ballot = "SPV_AMD_shader_ballot";
|
||||
|
||||
enum ShaderBallotAMD {
|
||||
ShaderBallotBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
|
||||
|
||||
SwizzleInvocationsAMD = 1,
|
||||
SwizzleInvocationsMaskedAMD = 2,
|
||||
WriteInvocationAMD = 3,
|
||||
MbcntAMD = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
ShaderBallotCountAMD
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax = "SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax";
|
||||
|
||||
enum ShaderTrinaryMinMaxAMD {
|
||||
ShaderTrinaryMinMaxBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
|
||||
|
||||
FMin3AMD = 1,
|
||||
UMin3AMD = 2,
|
||||
SMin3AMD = 3,
|
||||
FMax3AMD = 4,
|
||||
UMax3AMD = 5,
|
||||
SMax3AMD = 6,
|
||||
FMid3AMD = 7,
|
||||
UMid3AMD = 8,
|
||||
SMid3AMD = 9,
|
||||
|
||||
ShaderTrinaryMinMaxCountAMD
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter = "SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter";
|
||||
|
||||
enum ShaderExplicitVertexParameterAMD {
|
||||
ShaderExplicitVertexParameterBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
|
||||
|
||||
InterpolateAtVertexAMD = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
ShaderExplicitVertexParameterCountAMD
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_gcn_shader
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gcn_shader = "SPV_AMD_gcn_shader";
|
||||
|
||||
enum GcnShaderAMD {
|
||||
GcnShaderBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
|
||||
|
||||
CubeFaceIndexAMD = 1,
|
||||
CubeFaceCoordAMD = 2,
|
||||
TimeAMD = 3,
|
||||
|
||||
GcnShaderCountAMD
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float";
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod = "SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod";
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16";
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod = "SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod";
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask = "SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask";
|
||||
|
||||
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch";
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextAMD_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
|
||||
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
|
||||
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
|
||||
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||
** IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLextEXT_H
|
||||
#define GLSLextEXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
static const int GLSLextEXTVersion = 100;
|
||||
static const int GLSLextEXTRevision = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export = "SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer = "SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered = "SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density = "SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation = "SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation";
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextEXT_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
** Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
|
||||
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
|
||||
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
|
||||
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||
** IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLextKHR_H
|
||||
#define GLSLextKHR_H
|
||||
|
||||
static const int GLSLextKHRVersion = 100;
|
||||
static const int GLSLextKHRRevision = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_ballot = "SPV_KHR_shader_ballot";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_device_group = "SPV_KHR_device_group";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_multiview = "SPV_KHR_multiview";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters = "SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_16bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_16bit_storage";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_8bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_8bit_storage";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class = "SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage = "SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model = "SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock = "SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_clock = "SPV_KHR_shader_clock";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info = "SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing";
|
||||
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_query = "SPV_KHR_ray_query";
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextKHR_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2014-2017 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
|
||||
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
|
||||
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
|
||||
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||
** IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLextNV_H
|
||||
#define GLSLextNV_H
|
||||
|
||||
enum BuiltIn;
|
||||
enum Decoration;
|
||||
enum Op;
|
||||
enum Capability;
|
||||
|
||||
static const int GLSLextNVVersion = 100;
|
||||
static const int GLSLextNVRevision = 11;
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage = "SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough = "SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_viewport_array2
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_viewport_array2 = "SPV_NV_viewport_array2";
|
||||
const char* const E_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array = "SPV_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering = "SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes = "SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned = "SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives = "SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint = "SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_mesh_shader
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_mesh_shader = "SPV_NV_mesh_shader";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_raytracing
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_shading_rate
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shading_rate = "SPV_NV_shading_rate";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix";
|
||||
|
||||
//SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins
|
||||
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins = "SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins";
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextNV_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
|
||||
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
|
||||
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
|
||||
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||
** IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLstd450_H
|
||||
#define GLSLstd450_H
|
||||
|
||||
static const int GLSLstd450Version = 100;
|
||||
static const int GLSLstd450Revision = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
enum GLSLstd450 {
|
||||
GLSLstd450Bad = 0, // Don't use
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Round = 1,
|
||||
GLSLstd450RoundEven = 2,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Trunc = 3,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FAbs = 4,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SAbs = 5,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FSign = 6,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SSign = 7,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Floor = 8,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Ceil = 9,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Fract = 10,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Radians = 11,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Degrees = 12,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Sin = 13,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Cos = 14,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Tan = 15,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Asin = 16,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Acos = 17,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Atan = 18,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Sinh = 19,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Cosh = 20,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Tanh = 21,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Asinh = 22,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Acosh = 23,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Atanh = 24,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Atan2 = 25,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Pow = 26,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Exp = 27,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Log = 28,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Exp2 = 29,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Log2 = 30,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Sqrt = 31,
|
||||
GLSLstd450InverseSqrt = 32,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Determinant = 33,
|
||||
GLSLstd450MatrixInverse = 34,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Modf = 35, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to
|
||||
GLSLstd450ModfStruct = 36, // no OpVariable operand
|
||||
GLSLstd450FMin = 37,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UMin = 38,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SMin = 39,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FMax = 40,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UMax = 41,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SMax = 42,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FClamp = 43,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UClamp = 44,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SClamp = 45,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FMix = 46,
|
||||
GLSLstd450IMix = 47, // Reserved
|
||||
GLSLstd450Step = 48,
|
||||
GLSLstd450SmoothStep = 49,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Fma = 50,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Frexp = 51, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to
|
||||
GLSLstd450FrexpStruct = 52, // no OpVariable operand
|
||||
GLSLstd450Ldexp = 53,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackSnorm4x8 = 54,
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackUnorm4x8 = 55,
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackSnorm2x16 = 56,
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackUnorm2x16 = 57,
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackHalf2x16 = 58,
|
||||
GLSLstd450PackDouble2x32 = 59,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm2x16 = 60,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm2x16 = 61,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackHalf2x16 = 62,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm4x8 = 63,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm4x8 = 64,
|
||||
GLSLstd450UnpackDouble2x32 = 65,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Length = 66,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Distance = 67,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Cross = 68,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Normalize = 69,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FaceForward = 70,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Reflect = 71,
|
||||
GLSLstd450Refract = 72,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450FindILsb = 73,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FindSMsb = 74,
|
||||
GLSLstd450FindUMsb = 75,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtCentroid = 76,
|
||||
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtSample = 77,
|
||||
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtOffset = 78,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450NMin = 79,
|
||||
GLSLstd450NMax = 80,
|
||||
GLSLstd450NClamp = 81,
|
||||
|
||||
GLSLstd450Count
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef GLSLstd450_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1900
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4464) // relative include path contains '..'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SpvTools.h"
|
||||
#include "glslang/Include/intermediate.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Logger.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
void GetSpirvVersion(std::string&);
|
||||
int GetSpirvGeneratorVersion();
|
||||
void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
|
||||
SpvOptions* options = nullptr);
|
||||
void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
|
||||
spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger, SpvOptions* options = nullptr);
|
||||
void OutputSpvBin(const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv, const char* baseName);
|
||||
void OutputSpvHex(const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv, const char* baseName, const char* varName);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2016 Google, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H
|
||||
#define GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
// A class for holding all SPIR-V build status messages, including
|
||||
// missing/TBD functionalities, warnings, and errors.
|
||||
class SpvBuildLogger {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SpvBuildLogger() {}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f) { }
|
||||
void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f) { }
|
||||
void warning(const std::string& w) { }
|
||||
void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); }
|
||||
std::string getAllMessages() { return ""; }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// Registers a TBD functionality.
|
||||
void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f);
|
||||
// Registers a missing functionality.
|
||||
void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Logs a warning.
|
||||
void warning(const std::string& w) { warnings.push_back(w); }
|
||||
// Logs an error.
|
||||
void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns all messages accumulated in the order of:
|
||||
// TBD functionalities, missing functionalities, warnings, errors.
|
||||
std::string getAllMessages() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
SpvBuildLogger(const SpvBuildLogger&);
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> tbdFeatures;
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> missingFeatures;
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> warnings;
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> errors;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end spv namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
// Copyright (c) 2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
// copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
|
||||
// "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
|
||||
// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
|
||||
// permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
|
||||
// the following conditions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
|
||||
// in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS
|
||||
// KHRONOS STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS
|
||||
// SPECIFICATIONS AND HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT
|
||||
// https://www.khronos.org/registry/
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
|
||||
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
|
||||
// TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
|
||||
// MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_
|
||||
#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision = 1,
|
||||
NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructions {
|
||||
NonSemanticDebugPrintfDebugPrintf = 1,
|
||||
NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2015 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SPIRVREMAPPER_H
|
||||
#define SPIRVREMAPPER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <cstdlib>
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
// MSVC defines __cplusplus as an older value, even when it supports almost all of 11.
|
||||
// We handle that here by making our own symbol.
|
||||
#if __cplusplus >= 201103L || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
|
||||
# define use_cpp11 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class spirvbin_base_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum Options {
|
||||
NONE = 0,
|
||||
STRIP = (1<<0),
|
||||
MAP_TYPES = (1<<1),
|
||||
MAP_NAMES = (1<<2),
|
||||
MAP_FUNCS = (1<<3),
|
||||
DCE_FUNCS = (1<<4),
|
||||
DCE_VARS = (1<<5),
|
||||
DCE_TYPES = (1<<6),
|
||||
OPT_LOADSTORE = (1<<7),
|
||||
OPT_FWD_LS = (1<<8), // EXPERIMENTAL: PRODUCES INVALID SCHEMA-0 SPIRV
|
||||
MAP_ALL = (MAP_TYPES | MAP_NAMES | MAP_FUNCS),
|
||||
DCE_ALL = (DCE_FUNCS | DCE_VARS | DCE_TYPES),
|
||||
OPT_ALL = (OPT_LOADSTORE),
|
||||
|
||||
ALL_BUT_STRIP = (MAP_ALL | DCE_ALL | OPT_ALL),
|
||||
DO_EVERYTHING = (STRIP | ALL_BUT_STRIP)
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace SPV
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (use_cpp11)
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
#include <cstdint>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
spirvbin_t(int /*verbose = 0*/) { }
|
||||
|
||||
void remap(std::vector<std::uint32_t>& /*spv*/, unsigned int /*opts = 0*/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Tool not compiled for C++11, which is required for SPIR-V remapping.\n");
|
||||
exit(5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace SPV
|
||||
|
||||
#else // defined (use_cpp11)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <functional>
|
||||
#include <cstdint>
|
||||
#include <unordered_map>
|
||||
#include <unordered_set>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
#include <set>
|
||||
#include <cassert>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spirv.hpp"
|
||||
#include "spvIR.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
// class to hold SPIR-V binary data for remapping, DCE, and debug stripping
|
||||
class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
spirvbin_t(int verbose = 0) : entryPoint(spv::NoResult), largestNewId(0), verbose(verbose), errorLatch(false)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~spirvbin_t() { }
|
||||
|
||||
// remap on an existing binary in memory
|
||||
void remap(std::vector<std::uint32_t>& spv, std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING);
|
||||
|
||||
// Type for error/log handler functions
|
||||
typedef std::function<void(const std::string&)> errorfn_t;
|
||||
typedef std::function<void(const std::string&)> logfn_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Register error/log handling functions (can be lambda fn / functor / etc)
|
||||
static void registerErrorHandler(errorfn_t handler) { errorHandler = handler; }
|
||||
static void registerLogHandler(logfn_t handler) { logHandler = handler; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// This can be overridden to provide other message behavior if needed
|
||||
virtual void msg(int minVerbosity, int indent, const std::string& txt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Local to global, or global to local ID map
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, spv::Id> idmap_t;
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_set<spv::Id> idset_t;
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> blockmap_t;
|
||||
|
||||
void remap(std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING);
|
||||
|
||||
// Map of names to IDs
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_map<std::string, spv::Id> namemap_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::uint32_t spirword_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> range_t;
|
||||
typedef std::function<void(spv::Id&)> idfn_t;
|
||||
typedef std::function<bool(spv::Op, unsigned start)> instfn_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Special Values for ID map:
|
||||
static const spv::Id unmapped; // unchanged from default value
|
||||
static const spv::Id unused; // unused ID
|
||||
static const int header_size; // SPIR header = 5 words
|
||||
|
||||
class id_iterator_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// For mapping type entries between different shaders
|
||||
typedef std::vector<spirword_t> typeentry_t;
|
||||
typedef std::map<spv::Id, typeentry_t> globaltypes_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// A set that preserves position order, and a reverse map
|
||||
typedef std::set<int> posmap_t;
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> posmap_rev_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// Maps and ID to the size of its base type, if known.
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, unsigned> typesize_map_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// handle error
|
||||
void error(const std::string& txt) const { errorLatch = true; errorHandler(txt); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool isConstOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
bool isTypeOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
bool isFlowCtrl(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
range_t literalRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
range_t typeRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
range_t constRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
|
||||
unsigned typeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const;
|
||||
unsigned idTypeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const;
|
||||
|
||||
spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) { return spv[word]; }
|
||||
const spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) const { return spv[word]; }
|
||||
spv::Op asOpCode(unsigned word) const { return opOpCode(spv[word]); }
|
||||
std::uint32_t asOpCodeHash(unsigned word);
|
||||
spv::Decoration asDecoration(unsigned word) const { return spv::Decoration(spv[word]); }
|
||||
unsigned asWordCount(unsigned word) const { return opWordCount(spv[word]); }
|
||||
spv::Id asTypeConstId(unsigned word) const { return asId(word + (isTypeOp(asOpCode(word)) ? 1 : 2)); }
|
||||
unsigned idPos(spv::Id id) const;
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned opWordCount(spirword_t data) { return data >> spv::WordCountShift; }
|
||||
static spv::Op opOpCode(spirword_t data) { return spv::Op(data & spv::OpCodeMask); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Header access & set methods
|
||||
spirword_t magic() const { return spv[0]; } // return magic number
|
||||
spirword_t bound() const { return spv[3]; } // return Id bound from header
|
||||
spirword_t bound(spirword_t b) { return spv[3] = b; }
|
||||
spirword_t genmagic() const { return spv[2]; } // generator magic
|
||||
spirword_t genmagic(spirword_t m) { return spv[2] = m; }
|
||||
spirword_t schemaNum() const { return spv[4]; } // schema number from header
|
||||
|
||||
// Mapping fns: get
|
||||
spv::Id localId(spv::Id id) const { return idMapL[id]; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Mapping fns: set
|
||||
inline spv::Id localId(spv::Id id, spv::Id newId);
|
||||
void countIds(spv::Id id);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return next unused new local ID.
|
||||
// NOTE: boost::dynamic_bitset would be more efficient due to find_next(),
|
||||
// which std::vector<bool> doens't have.
|
||||
inline spv::Id nextUnusedId(spv::Id id);
|
||||
|
||||
void buildLocalMaps();
|
||||
std::string literalString(unsigned word) const; // Return literal as a std::string
|
||||
int literalStringWords(const std::string& str) const { return (int(str.size())+4)/4; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool isNewIdMapped(spv::Id newId) const { return isMapped(newId); }
|
||||
bool isOldIdUnmapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unmapped; }
|
||||
bool isOldIdUnused(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unused; }
|
||||
bool isOldIdMapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return !isOldIdUnused(oldId) && !isOldIdUnmapped(oldId); }
|
||||
bool isFunction(spv::Id oldId) const { return fnPos.find(oldId) != fnPos.end(); }
|
||||
|
||||
// bool matchType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt, spv::Id gt) const;
|
||||
// spv::Id findType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt) const;
|
||||
std::uint32_t hashType(unsigned typeStart) const;
|
||||
|
||||
spirvbin_t& process(instfn_t, idfn_t, unsigned begin = 0, unsigned end = 0);
|
||||
int processInstruction(unsigned word, instfn_t, idfn_t);
|
||||
|
||||
void validate() const;
|
||||
void mapTypeConst();
|
||||
void mapFnBodies();
|
||||
void optLoadStore();
|
||||
void dceFuncs();
|
||||
void dceVars();
|
||||
void dceTypes();
|
||||
void mapNames();
|
||||
void foldIds(); // fold IDs to smallest space
|
||||
void forwardLoadStores(); // load store forwarding (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
void offsetIds(); // create relative offset IDs
|
||||
|
||||
void applyMap(); // remap per local name map
|
||||
void mapRemainder(); // map any IDs we haven't touched yet
|
||||
void stripDebug(); // strip all debug info
|
||||
void stripDeadRefs(); // strips debug info for now-dead references after DCE
|
||||
void strip(); // remove debug symbols
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<spirword_t> spv; // SPIR words
|
||||
|
||||
namemap_t nameMap; // ID names from OpName
|
||||
|
||||
// Since we want to also do binary ops, we can't use std::vector<bool>. we could use
|
||||
// boost::dynamic_bitset, but we're trying to avoid a boost dependency.
|
||||
typedef std::uint64_t bits_t;
|
||||
std::vector<bits_t> mapped; // which new IDs have been mapped
|
||||
static const int mBits = sizeof(bits_t) * 4;
|
||||
|
||||
bool isMapped(spv::Id id) const { return id < maxMappedId() && ((mapped[id/mBits] & (1LL<<(id%mBits))) != 0); }
|
||||
void setMapped(spv::Id id) { resizeMapped(id); mapped[id/mBits] |= (1LL<<(id%mBits)); }
|
||||
void resizeMapped(spv::Id id) { if (id >= maxMappedId()) mapped.resize(id/mBits+1, 0); }
|
||||
size_t maxMappedId() const { return mapped.size() * mBits; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a strip range for a given instruction starting at 'start'
|
||||
// Note: avoiding brace initializers to please older versions os MSVC.
|
||||
void stripInst(unsigned start) { stripRange.push_back(range_t(start, start + asWordCount(start))); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Function start and end. use unordered_map because we'll have
|
||||
// many fewer functions than IDs.
|
||||
std::unordered_map<spv::Id, range_t> fnPos;
|
||||
|
||||
// Which functions are called, anywhere in the module, with a call count
|
||||
std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> fnCalls;
|
||||
|
||||
posmap_t typeConstPos; // word positions that define types & consts (ordered)
|
||||
posmap_rev_t idPosR; // reverse map from IDs to positions
|
||||
typesize_map_t idTypeSizeMap; // maps each ID to its type size, if known.
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<spv::Id> idMapL; // ID {M}ap from {L}ocal to {G}lobal IDs
|
||||
|
||||
spv::Id entryPoint; // module entry point
|
||||
spv::Id largestNewId; // biggest new ID we have mapped anything to
|
||||
|
||||
// Sections of the binary to strip, given as [begin,end)
|
||||
std::vector<range_t> stripRange;
|
||||
|
||||
// processing options:
|
||||
std::uint32_t options;
|
||||
int verbose; // verbosity level
|
||||
|
||||
// Error latch: this is set if the error handler is ever executed. It would be better to
|
||||
// use a try/catch block and throw, but that's not desired for certain environments, so
|
||||
// this is the alternative.
|
||||
mutable bool errorLatch;
|
||||
|
||||
static errorfn_t errorHandler;
|
||||
static logfn_t logHandler;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace SPV
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // defined (use_cpp11)
|
||||
#endif // SPIRVREMAPPER_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,838 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2015-2020 Google, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
|
||||
// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// "Builder" is an interface to fully build SPIR-V IR. Allocate one of
|
||||
// these to build (a thread safe) internal SPIR-V representation (IR),
|
||||
// and then dump it as a binary stream according to the SPIR-V specification.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// A Builder has a 1:1 relationship with a SPIR-V module.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
#ifndef SpvBuilder_H
|
||||
#define SpvBuilder_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Logger.h"
|
||||
#include "spirv.hpp"
|
||||
#include "spvIR.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
#include <set>
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
#include <stack>
|
||||
#include <unordered_map>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
Spv_1_0 = (1 << 16),
|
||||
Spv_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8),
|
||||
Spv_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8),
|
||||
Spv_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8),
|
||||
Spv_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8),
|
||||
Spv_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8),
|
||||
} SpvVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
class Builder {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Builder(unsigned int spvVersion, unsigned int userNumber, SpvBuildLogger* logger);
|
||||
virtual ~Builder();
|
||||
|
||||
static const int maxMatrixSize = 4;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int getSpvVersion() const { return spvVersion; }
|
||||
|
||||
void setSource(spv::SourceLanguage lang, int version)
|
||||
{
|
||||
source = lang;
|
||||
sourceVersion = version;
|
||||
}
|
||||
spv::Id getStringId(const std::string& str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto sItr = stringIds.find(str);
|
||||
if (sItr != stringIds.end())
|
||||
return sItr->second;
|
||||
spv::Id strId = getUniqueId();
|
||||
Instruction* fileString = new Instruction(strId, NoType, OpString);
|
||||
const char* file_c_str = str.c_str();
|
||||
fileString->addStringOperand(file_c_str);
|
||||
strings.push_back(std::unique_ptr<Instruction>(fileString));
|
||||
module.mapInstruction(fileString);
|
||||
stringIds[file_c_str] = strId;
|
||||
return strId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void setSourceFile(const std::string& file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sourceFileStringId = getStringId(file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void setSourceText(const std::string& text) { sourceText = text; }
|
||||
void addSourceExtension(const char* ext) { sourceExtensions.push_back(ext); }
|
||||
void addModuleProcessed(const std::string& p) { moduleProcesses.push_back(p.c_str()); }
|
||||
void setEmitOpLines() { emitOpLines = true; }
|
||||
void addExtension(const char* ext) { extensions.insert(ext); }
|
||||
void removeExtension(const char* ext)
|
||||
{
|
||||
extensions.erase(ext);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void addIncorporatedExtension(const char* ext, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (getSpvVersion() < static_cast<unsigned>(incorporatedVersion))
|
||||
addExtension(ext);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void promoteIncorporatedExtension(const char* baseExt, const char* promoExt, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion)
|
||||
{
|
||||
removeExtension(baseExt);
|
||||
addIncorporatedExtension(promoExt, incorporatedVersion);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void addInclude(const std::string& name, const std::string& text)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spv::Id incId = getStringId(name);
|
||||
includeFiles[incId] = &text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Id import(const char*);
|
||||
void setMemoryModel(spv::AddressingModel addr, spv::MemoryModel mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
addressModel = addr;
|
||||
memoryModel = mem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void addCapability(spv::Capability cap) { capabilities.insert(cap); }
|
||||
|
||||
// To get a new <id> for anything needing a new one.
|
||||
Id getUniqueId() { return ++uniqueId; }
|
||||
|
||||
// To get a set of new <id>s, e.g., for a set of function parameters
|
||||
Id getUniqueIds(int numIds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Id id = uniqueId + 1;
|
||||
uniqueId += numIds;
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Generate OpLine for non-filename-based #line directives (ie no filename
|
||||
// seen yet): Log the current line, and if different than the last one,
|
||||
// issue a new OpLine using the new line and current source file name.
|
||||
void setLine(int line);
|
||||
|
||||
// If filename null, generate OpLine for non-filename-based line directives,
|
||||
// else do filename-based: Log the current line and file, and if different
|
||||
// than the last one, issue a new OpLine using the new line and file
|
||||
// name.
|
||||
void setLine(int line, const char* filename);
|
||||
// Low-level OpLine. See setLine() for a layered helper.
|
||||
void addLine(Id fileName, int line, int column);
|
||||
|
||||
// For creating new types (will return old type if the requested one was already made).
|
||||
Id makeVoidType();
|
||||
Id makeBoolType();
|
||||
Id makePointer(StorageClass, Id pointee);
|
||||
Id makeForwardPointer(StorageClass);
|
||||
Id makePointerFromForwardPointer(StorageClass, Id forwardPointerType, Id pointee);
|
||||
Id makeIntegerType(int width, bool hasSign); // generic
|
||||
Id makeIntType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, true); }
|
||||
Id makeUintType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, false); }
|
||||
Id makeFloatType(int width);
|
||||
Id makeStructType(const std::vector<Id>& members, const char*);
|
||||
Id makeStructResultType(Id type0, Id type1);
|
||||
Id makeVectorType(Id component, int size);
|
||||
Id makeMatrixType(Id component, int cols, int rows);
|
||||
Id makeArrayType(Id element, Id sizeId, int stride); // 0 stride means no stride decoration
|
||||
Id makeRuntimeArray(Id element);
|
||||
Id makeFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector<Id>& paramTypes);
|
||||
Id makeImageType(Id sampledType, Dim, bool depth, bool arrayed, bool ms, unsigned sampled, ImageFormat format);
|
||||
Id makeSamplerType();
|
||||
Id makeSampledImageType(Id imageType);
|
||||
Id makeCooperativeMatrixType(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols);
|
||||
|
||||
// accelerationStructureNV type
|
||||
Id makeAccelerationStructureType();
|
||||
// rayQueryEXT type
|
||||
Id makeRayQueryType();
|
||||
|
||||
// For querying about types.
|
||||
Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { return module.getTypeId(resultId); }
|
||||
Id getDerefTypeId(Id resultId) const;
|
||||
Op getOpCode(Id id) const { return module.getInstruction(id)->getOpCode(); }
|
||||
Op getTypeClass(Id typeId) const { return getOpCode(typeId); }
|
||||
Op getMostBasicTypeClass(Id typeId) const;
|
||||
int getNumComponents(Id resultId) const { return getNumTypeComponents(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
int getNumTypeConstituents(Id typeId) const;
|
||||
int getNumTypeComponents(Id typeId) const { return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); }
|
||||
Id getScalarTypeId(Id typeId) const;
|
||||
Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId) const;
|
||||
Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId, int) const;
|
||||
StorageClass getTypeStorageClass(Id typeId) const { return module.getStorageClass(typeId); }
|
||||
ImageFormat getImageTypeFormat(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{ return (ImageFormat)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(6); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPointer(Id resultId) const { return isPointerType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isScalar(Id resultId) const { return isScalarType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isVector(Id resultId) const { return isVectorType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isMatrix(Id resultId) const { return isMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isCooperativeMatrix(Id resultId)const { return isCooperativeMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isAggregate(Id resultId) const { return isAggregateType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isSampledImage(Id resultId) const { return isSampledImageType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool isBoolType(Id typeId)
|
||||
{ return groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].size() > 0 && typeId == groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].back()->getResultId(); }
|
||||
bool isIntType(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) != 0; }
|
||||
bool isUintType(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) == 0; }
|
||||
bool isFloatType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat; }
|
||||
bool isPointerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypePointer; }
|
||||
bool isScalarType(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt ||
|
||||
getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeBool; }
|
||||
bool isVectorType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeVector; }
|
||||
bool isMatrixType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeMatrix; }
|
||||
bool isStructType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeStruct; }
|
||||
bool isArrayType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeArray; }
|
||||
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const { return false; }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
bool isAggregateType(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{ return isArrayType(typeId) || isStructType(typeId) || isCooperativeMatrixType(typeId); }
|
||||
bool isImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeImage; }
|
||||
bool isSamplerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampler; }
|
||||
bool isSampledImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampledImage; }
|
||||
bool containsType(Id typeId, Op typeOp, unsigned int width) const;
|
||||
bool containsPhysicalStorageBufferOrArray(Id typeId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool isConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const;
|
||||
bool isSpecConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const;
|
||||
bool isConstant(Id resultId) const { return isConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); }
|
||||
bool isConstantScalar(Id resultId) const { return getOpCode(resultId) == OpConstant; }
|
||||
bool isSpecConstant(Id resultId) const { return isSpecConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); }
|
||||
unsigned int getConstantScalar(Id resultId) const
|
||||
{ return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getImmediateOperand(0); }
|
||||
StorageClass getStorageClass(Id resultId) const { return getTypeStorageClass(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
|
||||
int getScalarTypeWidth(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
Id scalarTypeId = getScalarTypeId(typeId);
|
||||
assert(getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeInt || getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeFloat);
|
||||
return module.getInstruction(scalarTypeId)->getImmediateOperand(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int getTypeNumColumns(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(isMatrixType(typeId));
|
||||
return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
int getNumColumns(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumColumns(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
int getTypeNumRows(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(isMatrixType(typeId));
|
||||
return getNumTypeComponents(getContainedTypeId(typeId));
|
||||
}
|
||||
int getNumRows(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumRows(getTypeId(resultId)); }
|
||||
|
||||
Dim getTypeDimensionality(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(isImageType(typeId));
|
||||
return (Dim)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Id getImageType(Id resultId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
Id typeId = getTypeId(resultId);
|
||||
assert(isImageType(typeId) || isSampledImageType(typeId));
|
||||
return isSampledImageType(typeId) ? module.getInstruction(typeId)->getIdOperand(0) : typeId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool isArrayedImageType(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(isImageType(typeId));
|
||||
return module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(3) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// For making new constants (will return old constant if the requested one was already made).
|
||||
Id makeBoolConstant(bool b, bool specConstant = false);
|
||||
Id makeInt8Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(8), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeUint8Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(8), u, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeInt16Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(16), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeUint16Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(16), u, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeIntConstant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(32), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeUintConstant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(32), u, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeInt64Constant(long long i, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeInt64Constant(makeIntType(64), (unsigned long long)i, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeUint64Constant(unsigned long long u, bool specConstant = false)
|
||||
{ return makeInt64Constant(makeUintType(64), u, specConstant); }
|
||||
Id makeFloatConstant(float f, bool specConstant = false);
|
||||
Id makeDoubleConstant(double d, bool specConstant = false);
|
||||
Id makeFloat16Constant(float f16, bool specConstant = false);
|
||||
Id makeFpConstant(Id type, double d, bool specConstant = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Turn the array of constants into a proper spv constant of the requested type.
|
||||
Id makeCompositeConstant(Id type, const std::vector<Id>& comps, bool specConst = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods for adding information outside the CFG.
|
||||
Instruction* addEntryPoint(ExecutionModel, Function*, const char* name);
|
||||
void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, int value1 = -1, int value2 = -1, int value3 = -1);
|
||||
void addName(Id, const char* name);
|
||||
void addMemberName(Id, int member, const char* name);
|
||||
void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, int num = -1);
|
||||
void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const char*);
|
||||
void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, Id idDecoration);
|
||||
void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, int num = -1);
|
||||
void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const char*);
|
||||
|
||||
// At the end of what block do the next create*() instructions go?
|
||||
void setBuildPoint(Block* bp) { buildPoint = bp; }
|
||||
Block* getBuildPoint() const { return buildPoint; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Make the entry-point function. The returned pointer is only valid
|
||||
// for the lifetime of this builder.
|
||||
Function* makeEntryPoint(const char*);
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a shader-style function, and create its entry block if entry is non-zero.
|
||||
// Return the function, pass back the entry.
|
||||
// The returned pointer is only valid for the lifetime of this builder.
|
||||
Function* makeFunctionEntry(Decoration precision, Id returnType, const char* name,
|
||||
const std::vector<Id>& paramTypes, const std::vector<std::vector<Decoration>>& precisions, Block **entry = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a return. An 'implicit' return is one not appearing in the source
|
||||
// code. In the case of an implicit return, no post-return block is inserted.
|
||||
void makeReturn(bool implicit, Id retVal = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Generate all the code needed to finish up a function.
|
||||
void leaveFunction();
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a discard.
|
||||
void makeDiscard();
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a global or function local or IO variable.
|
||||
Id createVariable(StorageClass, Id type, const char* name = 0, Id initializer = NoResult);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an intermediate with an undefined value.
|
||||
Id createUndefined(Id type);
|
||||
|
||||
// Store into an Id and return the l-value
|
||||
void createStore(Id rValue, Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
|
||||
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Load from an Id and return it
|
||||
Id createLoad(Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
|
||||
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an OpAccessChain instruction
|
||||
Id createAccessChain(StorageClass, Id base, const std::vector<Id>& offsets);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an OpArrayLength instruction
|
||||
Id createArrayLength(Id base, unsigned int member);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV instruction
|
||||
Id createCooperativeMatrixLength(Id type);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an OpCompositeExtract instruction
|
||||
Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index);
|
||||
Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector<unsigned>& indexes);
|
||||
Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index);
|
||||
Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector<unsigned>& indexes);
|
||||
|
||||
Id createVectorExtractDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id componentIndex);
|
||||
Id createVectorInsertDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id component, Id componentIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
void createNoResultOp(Op);
|
||||
void createNoResultOp(Op, Id operand);
|
||||
void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector<Id>& operands);
|
||||
void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector<IdImmediate>& operands);
|
||||
void createControlBarrier(Scope execution, Scope memory, MemorySemanticsMask);
|
||||
void createMemoryBarrier(unsigned executionScope, unsigned memorySemantics);
|
||||
Id createUnaryOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand);
|
||||
Id createBinOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2);
|
||||
Id createTriOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2, Id operand3);
|
||||
Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& operands);
|
||||
Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<IdImmediate>& operands);
|
||||
Id createFunctionCall(spv::Function*, const std::vector<spv::Id>&);
|
||||
Id createSpecConstantOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<spv::Id>& operands, const std::vector<unsigned>& literals);
|
||||
|
||||
// Take an rvalue (source) and a set of channels to extract from it to
|
||||
// make a new rvalue, which is returned.
|
||||
Id createRvalueSwizzle(Decoration precision, Id typeId, Id source, const std::vector<unsigned>& channels);
|
||||
|
||||
// Take a copy of an lvalue (target) and a source of components, and set the
|
||||
// source components into the lvalue where the 'channels' say to put them.
|
||||
// An updated version of the target is returned.
|
||||
// (No true lvalue or stores are used.)
|
||||
Id createLvalueSwizzle(Id typeId, Id target, Id source, const std::vector<unsigned>& channels);
|
||||
|
||||
// If both the id and precision are valid, the id
|
||||
// gets tagged with the requested precision.
|
||||
// The passed in id is always the returned id, to simplify use patterns.
|
||||
Id setPrecision(Id id, Decoration precision)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (precision != NoPrecision && id != NoResult)
|
||||
addDecoration(id, precision);
|
||||
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Can smear a scalar to a vector for the following forms:
|
||||
// - promoteScalar(scalar, vector) // smear scalar to width of vector
|
||||
// - promoteScalar(vector, scalar) // smear scalar to width of vector
|
||||
// - promoteScalar(pointer, scalar) // smear scalar to width of what pointer points to
|
||||
// - promoteScalar(scalar, scalar) // do nothing
|
||||
// Other forms are not allowed.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generally, the type of 'scalar' does not need to be the same type as the components in 'vector'.
|
||||
// The type of the created vector is a vector of components of the same type as the scalar.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: One of the arguments will change, with the result coming back that way rather than
|
||||
// through the return value.
|
||||
void promoteScalar(Decoration precision, Id& left, Id& right);
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a value by smearing the scalar to fill the type.
|
||||
// vectorType should be the correct type for making a vector of scalarVal.
|
||||
// (No conversions are done.)
|
||||
Id smearScalar(Decoration precision, Id scalarVal, Id vectorType);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a call to a built-in function.
|
||||
Id createBuiltinCall(Id resultType, Id builtins, int entryPoint, const std::vector<Id>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
// List of parameters used to create a texture operation
|
||||
struct TextureParameters {
|
||||
Id sampler;
|
||||
Id coords;
|
||||
Id bias;
|
||||
Id lod;
|
||||
Id Dref;
|
||||
Id offset;
|
||||
Id offsets;
|
||||
Id gradX;
|
||||
Id gradY;
|
||||
Id sample;
|
||||
Id component;
|
||||
Id texelOut;
|
||||
Id lodClamp;
|
||||
Id granularity;
|
||||
Id coarse;
|
||||
bool nonprivate;
|
||||
bool volatil;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Select the correct texture operation based on all inputs, and emit the correct instruction
|
||||
Id createTextureCall(Decoration precision, Id resultType, bool sparse, bool fetch, bool proj, bool gather,
|
||||
bool noImplicit, const TextureParameters&, ImageOperandsMask);
|
||||
|
||||
// Emit the OpTextureQuery* instruction that was passed in.
|
||||
// Figure out the right return value and type, and return it.
|
||||
Id createTextureQueryCall(Op, const TextureParameters&, bool isUnsignedResult);
|
||||
|
||||
Id createSamplePositionCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id);
|
||||
|
||||
Id createBitFieldExtractCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, bool isSigned);
|
||||
Id createBitFieldInsertCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, Id);
|
||||
|
||||
// Reduction comparison for composites: For equal and not-equal resulting in a scalar.
|
||||
Id createCompositeCompare(Decoration precision, Id, Id, bool /* true if for equal, false if for not-equal */);
|
||||
|
||||
// OpCompositeConstruct
|
||||
Id createCompositeConstruct(Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& constituents);
|
||||
|
||||
// vector or scalar constructor
|
||||
Id createConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector<Id>& sources, Id resultTypeId);
|
||||
|
||||
// matrix constructor
|
||||
Id createMatrixConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector<Id>& sources, Id constructee);
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper to use for building nested control flow with if-then-else.
|
||||
class If {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
If(Id condition, unsigned int ctrl, Builder& builder);
|
||||
~If() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void makeBeginElse();
|
||||
void makeEndIf();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
If(const If&);
|
||||
If& operator=(If&);
|
||||
|
||||
Builder& builder;
|
||||
Id condition;
|
||||
unsigned int control;
|
||||
Function* function;
|
||||
Block* headerBlock;
|
||||
Block* thenBlock;
|
||||
Block* elseBlock;
|
||||
Block* mergeBlock;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a switch statement. A switch has 'numSegments' of pieces of code, not containing
|
||||
// any case/default labels, all separated by one or more case/default labels. Each possible
|
||||
// case value v is a jump to the caseValues[v] segment. The defaultSegment is also in this
|
||||
// number space. How to compute the value is given by 'condition', as in switch(condition).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The SPIR-V Builder will maintain the stack of post-switch merge blocks for nested switches.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use a defaultSegment < 0 if there is no default segment (to branch to post switch).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Returns the right set of basic blocks to start each code segment with, so that the caller's
|
||||
// recursion stack can hold the memory for it.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void makeSwitch(Id condition, unsigned int control, int numSegments, const std::vector<int>& caseValues,
|
||||
const std::vector<int>& valueToSegment, int defaultSegment, std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB);
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a branch to the innermost switch's merge block.
|
||||
void addSwitchBreak();
|
||||
|
||||
// Move to the next code segment, passing in the return argument in makeSwitch()
|
||||
void nextSwitchSegment(std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB, int segment);
|
||||
|
||||
// Finish off the innermost switch.
|
||||
void endSwitch(std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB);
|
||||
|
||||
struct LoopBlocks {
|
||||
LoopBlocks(Block& head, Block& body, Block& merge, Block& continue_target) :
|
||||
head(head), body(body), merge(merge), continue_target(continue_target) { }
|
||||
Block &head, &body, &merge, &continue_target;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
LoopBlocks();
|
||||
LoopBlocks& operator=(const LoopBlocks&) = delete;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Start a new loop and prepare the builder to generate code for it. Until
|
||||
// closeLoop() is called for this loop, createLoopContinue() and
|
||||
// createLoopExit() will target its corresponding blocks.
|
||||
LoopBlocks& makeNewLoop();
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a new block in the function containing the build point. Memory is
|
||||
// owned by the function object.
|
||||
Block& makeNewBlock();
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a branch to the continue_target of the current (innermost) loop.
|
||||
void createLoopContinue();
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an exit (e.g. "break") from the innermost loop that we're currently
|
||||
// in.
|
||||
void createLoopExit();
|
||||
|
||||
// Close the innermost loop that you're in
|
||||
void closeLoop();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Access chain design for an R-Value vs. L-Value:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// There is a single access chain the builder is building at
|
||||
// any particular time. Such a chain can be used to either to a load or
|
||||
// a store, when desired.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Expressions can be r-values, l-values, or both, or only r-values:
|
||||
// a[b.c].d = .... // l-value
|
||||
// ... = a[b.c].d; // r-value, that also looks like an l-value
|
||||
// ++a[b.c].d; // r-value and l-value
|
||||
// (x + y)[2]; // r-value only, can't possibly be l-value
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Computing an r-value means generating code. Hence,
|
||||
// r-values should only be computed when they are needed, not speculatively.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Computing an l-value means saving away information for later use in the compiler,
|
||||
// no code is generated until the l-value is later dereferenced. It is okay
|
||||
// to speculatively generate an l-value, just not okay to speculatively dereference it.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The base of the access chain (the left-most variable or expression
|
||||
// from which everything is based) can be set either as an l-value
|
||||
// or as an r-value. Most efficient would be to set an l-value if one
|
||||
// is available. If an expression was evaluated, the resulting r-value
|
||||
// can be set as the chain base.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The users of this single access chain can save and restore if they
|
||||
// want to nest or manage multiple chains.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
struct AccessChain {
|
||||
Id base; // for l-values, pointer to the base object, for r-values, the base object
|
||||
std::vector<Id> indexChain;
|
||||
Id instr; // cache the instruction that generates this access chain
|
||||
std::vector<unsigned> swizzle; // each std::vector element selects the next GLSL component number
|
||||
Id component; // a dynamic component index, can coexist with a swizzle,
|
||||
// done after the swizzle, NoResult if not present
|
||||
Id preSwizzleBaseType; // dereferenced type, before swizzle or component is applied;
|
||||
// NoType unless a swizzle or component is present
|
||||
bool isRValue; // true if 'base' is an r-value, otherwise, base is an l-value
|
||||
unsigned int alignment; // bitwise OR of alignment values passed in. Accumulates worst alignment.
|
||||
// Only tracks base and (optional) component selection alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
// Accumulate whether anything in the chain of structures has coherent decorations.
|
||||
struct CoherentFlags {
|
||||
CoherentFlags() { clear(); }
|
||||
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
void clear() { }
|
||||
bool isVolatile() const { return false; }
|
||||
CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) { return *this; }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool isVolatile() const { return volatil; }
|
||||
bool anyCoherent() const {
|
||||
return coherent || devicecoherent || queuefamilycoherent || workgroupcoherent ||
|
||||
subgroupcoherent || shadercallcoherent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned coherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned devicecoherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned queuefamilycoherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned workgroupcoherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned subgroupcoherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned shadercallcoherent : 1;
|
||||
unsigned nonprivate : 1;
|
||||
unsigned volatil : 1;
|
||||
unsigned isImage : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
void clear() {
|
||||
coherent = 0;
|
||||
devicecoherent = 0;
|
||||
queuefamilycoherent = 0;
|
||||
workgroupcoherent = 0;
|
||||
subgroupcoherent = 0;
|
||||
shadercallcoherent = 0;
|
||||
nonprivate = 0;
|
||||
volatil = 0;
|
||||
isImage = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) {
|
||||
coherent |= other.coherent;
|
||||
devicecoherent |= other.devicecoherent;
|
||||
queuefamilycoherent |= other.queuefamilycoherent;
|
||||
workgroupcoherent |= other.workgroupcoherent;
|
||||
subgroupcoherent |= other.subgroupcoherent;
|
||||
shadercallcoherent |= other.shadercallcoherent;
|
||||
nonprivate |= other.nonprivate;
|
||||
volatil |= other.volatil;
|
||||
isImage |= other.isImage;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
CoherentFlags coherentFlags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// the SPIR-V builder maintains a single active chain that
|
||||
// the following methods operate on
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// for external save and restore
|
||||
AccessChain getAccessChain() { return accessChain; }
|
||||
void setAccessChain(AccessChain newChain) { accessChain = newChain; }
|
||||
|
||||
// clear accessChain
|
||||
void clearAccessChain();
|
||||
|
||||
// set new base as an l-value base
|
||||
void setAccessChainLValue(Id lValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(isPointer(lValue));
|
||||
accessChain.base = lValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set new base value as an r-value
|
||||
void setAccessChainRValue(Id rValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
accessChain.isRValue = true;
|
||||
accessChain.base = rValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// push offset onto the end of the chain
|
||||
void accessChainPush(Id offset, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
accessChain.indexChain.push_back(offset);
|
||||
accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags;
|
||||
accessChain.alignment |= alignment;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// push new swizzle onto the end of any existing swizzle, merging into a single swizzle
|
||||
void accessChainPushSwizzle(std::vector<unsigned>& swizzle, Id preSwizzleBaseType,
|
||||
AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment);
|
||||
|
||||
// push a dynamic component selection onto the access chain, only applicable with a
|
||||
// non-trivial swizzle or no swizzle
|
||||
void accessChainPushComponent(Id component, Id preSwizzleBaseType, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags,
|
||||
unsigned int alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (accessChain.swizzle.size() != 1) {
|
||||
accessChain.component = component;
|
||||
if (accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType == NoType)
|
||||
accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType = preSwizzleBaseType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags;
|
||||
accessChain.alignment |= alignment;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// use accessChain and swizzle to store value
|
||||
void accessChainStore(Id rvalue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
|
||||
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// use accessChain and swizzle to load an r-value
|
||||
Id accessChainLoad(Decoration precision, Decoration nonUniform, Id ResultType,
|
||||
spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax,
|
||||
unsigned int alignment = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return whether or not the access chain can be represented in SPIR-V
|
||||
// as an l-value.
|
||||
// E.g., a[3].yx cannot be, while a[3].y and a[3].y[x] can be.
|
||||
bool isSpvLvalue() const { return accessChain.swizzle.size() <= 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
// get the direct pointer for an l-value
|
||||
Id accessChainGetLValue();
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the inferred SPIR-V type of the result of the current access chain,
|
||||
// based on the type of the base and the chain of dereferences.
|
||||
Id accessChainGetInferredType();
|
||||
|
||||
// Add capabilities, extensions, remove unneeded decorations, etc.,
|
||||
// based on the resulting SPIR-V.
|
||||
void postProcess();
|
||||
|
||||
// Prune unreachable blocks in the CFG and remove unneeded decorations.
|
||||
void postProcessCFG();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
// Add capabilities, extensions based on instructions in the module.
|
||||
void postProcessFeatures();
|
||||
// Hook to visit each instruction in a block in a function
|
||||
void postProcess(Instruction&);
|
||||
// Hook to visit each non-32-bit sized float/int operation in a block.
|
||||
void postProcessType(const Instruction&, spv::Id typeId);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void createBranch(Block* block);
|
||||
void createConditionalBranch(Id condition, Block* thenBlock, Block* elseBlock);
|
||||
void createLoopMerge(Block* mergeBlock, Block* continueBlock, unsigned int control,
|
||||
const std::vector<unsigned int>& operands);
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets to generate opcode for specialization constants.
|
||||
void setToSpecConstCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = true; }
|
||||
// Sets to generate opcode for non-specialization constants (normal mode).
|
||||
void setToNormalCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = false; }
|
||||
// Check if the builder is generating code for spec constants.
|
||||
bool isInSpecConstCodeGenMode() { return generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
Id makeIntConstant(Id typeId, unsigned value, bool specConstant);
|
||||
Id makeInt64Constant(Id typeId, unsigned long long value, bool specConstant);
|
||||
Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned value);
|
||||
Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned v1, unsigned v2);
|
||||
Id findCompositeConstant(Op typeClass, Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& comps);
|
||||
Id findStructConstant(Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& comps);
|
||||
Id collapseAccessChain();
|
||||
void remapDynamicSwizzle();
|
||||
void transferAccessChainSwizzle(bool dynamic);
|
||||
void simplifyAccessChainSwizzle();
|
||||
void createAndSetNoPredecessorBlock(const char*);
|
||||
void createSelectionMerge(Block* mergeBlock, unsigned int control);
|
||||
void dumpSourceInstructions(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
|
||||
void dumpSourceInstructions(const spv::Id fileId, const std::string& text, std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
|
||||
void dumpInstructions(std::vector<unsigned int>&, const std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> >&) const;
|
||||
void dumpModuleProcesses(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
|
||||
spv::MemoryAccessMask sanitizeMemoryAccessForStorageClass(spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess, StorageClass sc)
|
||||
const;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int spvVersion; // the version of SPIR-V to emit in the header
|
||||
SourceLanguage source;
|
||||
int sourceVersion;
|
||||
spv::Id sourceFileStringId;
|
||||
std::string sourceText;
|
||||
int currentLine;
|
||||
const char* currentFile;
|
||||
bool emitOpLines;
|
||||
std::set<std::string> extensions;
|
||||
std::vector<const char*> sourceExtensions;
|
||||
std::vector<const char*> moduleProcesses;
|
||||
AddressingModel addressModel;
|
||||
MemoryModel memoryModel;
|
||||
std::set<spv::Capability> capabilities;
|
||||
int builderNumber;
|
||||
Module module;
|
||||
Block* buildPoint;
|
||||
Id uniqueId;
|
||||
Function* entryPointFunction;
|
||||
bool generatingOpCodeForSpecConst;
|
||||
AccessChain accessChain;
|
||||
|
||||
// special blocks of instructions for output
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > strings;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > imports;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > entryPoints;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > executionModes;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > names;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > decorations;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > constantsTypesGlobals;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > externals;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Function> > functions;
|
||||
|
||||
// not output, internally used for quick & dirty canonical (unique) creation
|
||||
|
||||
// map type opcodes to constant inst.
|
||||
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedConstants;
|
||||
// map struct-id to constant instructions
|
||||
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedStructConstants;
|
||||
// map type opcodes to type instructions
|
||||
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedTypes;
|
||||
|
||||
// stack of switches
|
||||
std::stack<Block*> switchMerges;
|
||||
|
||||
// Our loop stack.
|
||||
std::stack<LoopBlocks> loops;
|
||||
|
||||
// map from strings to their string ids
|
||||
std::unordered_map<std::string, spv::Id> stringIds;
|
||||
|
||||
// map from include file name ids to their contents
|
||||
std::map<spv::Id, const std::string*> includeFiles;
|
||||
|
||||
// The stream for outputting warnings and errors.
|
||||
SpvBuildLogger* logger;
|
||||
}; // end Builder class
|
||||
|
||||
}; // end spv namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SpvBuilder_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014-2016 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2018 Google, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Call into SPIRV-Tools to disassemble, validate, and optimize.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H
|
||||
#define GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_OPT
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <ostream>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "glslang/MachineIndependent/localintermediate.h"
|
||||
#include "Logger.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
struct SpvOptions {
|
||||
SpvOptions() : generateDebugInfo(false), disableOptimizer(true),
|
||||
optimizeSize(false), disassemble(false), validate(false) { }
|
||||
bool generateDebugInfo;
|
||||
bool disableOptimizer;
|
||||
bool optimizeSize;
|
||||
bool disassemble;
|
||||
bool validate;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_OPT
|
||||
|
||||
// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V.
|
||||
void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv);
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply the SPIRV-Tools validator to generated SPIR-V.
|
||||
void SpirvToolsValidate(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
|
||||
spv::SpvBuildLogger*, bool prelegalization);
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to generated SPIR-V, for the purpose of
|
||||
// legalizing HLSL SPIR-V.
|
||||
void SpirvToolsLegalize(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
|
||||
spv::SpvBuildLogger*, const SpvOptions*);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
|||
// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
|
||||
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
//
|
||||
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
|
||||
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
// limitations under the License.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_
|
||||
#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstdint>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spvutils {
|
||||
|
||||
// Performs a bitwise copy of source to the destination type Dest.
|
||||
template <typename Dest, typename Src>
|
||||
Dest BitwiseCast(Src source) {
|
||||
Dest dest;
|
||||
static_assert(sizeof(source) == sizeof(dest),
|
||||
"BitwiseCast: Source and destination must have the same size");
|
||||
std::memcpy(static_cast<void*>(&dest), &source, sizeof(dest));
|
||||
return dest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// SetBits<T, First, Num> returns an integer of type <T> with bits set
|
||||
// for position <First> through <First + Num - 1>, counting from the least
|
||||
// significant bit. In particular when Num == 0, no positions are set to 1.
|
||||
// A static assert will be triggered if First + Num > sizeof(T) * 8, that is,
|
||||
// a bit that will not fit in the underlying type is set.
|
||||
template <typename T, size_t First = 0, size_t Num = 0>
|
||||
struct SetBits {
|
||||
static_assert(First < sizeof(T) * 8,
|
||||
"Tried to set a bit that is shifted too far.");
|
||||
const static T get = (T(1) << First) | SetBits<T, First + 1, Num - 1>::get;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T, size_t Last>
|
||||
struct SetBits<T, Last, 0> {
|
||||
const static T get = T(0);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This is all compile-time so we can put our tests right here.
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 0>::get == uint32_t(0x00000000),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 1>::get == uint32_t(0x00000001),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 31, 1>::get == uint32_t(0x80000000),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 1, 2>::get == uint32_t(0x00000006),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 30, 2>::get == uint32_t(0xc0000000),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 31>::get == uint32_t(0x7FFFFFFF),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 32>::get == uint32_t(0xFFFFFFFF),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 16, 16>::get == uint32_t(0xFFFF0000),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 0, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x0000000000000001LL),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 63, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x8000000000000000LL),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 62, 2>::get == uint64_t(0xc000000000000000LL),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 31, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x0000000080000000LL),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 16, 16>::get == uint64_t(0x00000000FFFF0000LL),
|
||||
"SetBits failed");
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace spvutils
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Disassembler for SPIR-V.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
#ifndef disassembler_H
|
||||
#define disassembler_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
// disassemble with glslang custom disassembler
|
||||
void Disassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector<unsigned int>&);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace spv
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // disassembler_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Parameterize the SPIR-V enumerants.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spirv.hpp"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
// Fill in all the parameters
|
||||
void Parameterize();
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the English names of all the enums.
|
||||
const char* SourceString(int);
|
||||
const char* AddressingString(int);
|
||||
const char* MemoryString(int);
|
||||
const char* ExecutionModelString(int);
|
||||
const char* ExecutionModeString(int);
|
||||
const char* StorageClassString(int);
|
||||
const char* DecorationString(int);
|
||||
const char* BuiltInString(int);
|
||||
const char* DimensionString(int);
|
||||
const char* SelectControlString(int);
|
||||
const char* LoopControlString(int);
|
||||
const char* FunctionControlString(int);
|
||||
const char* SamplerAddressingModeString(int);
|
||||
const char* SamplerFilterModeString(int);
|
||||
const char* ImageFormatString(int);
|
||||
const char* ImageChannelOrderString(int);
|
||||
const char* ImageChannelTypeString(int);
|
||||
const char* ImageChannelDataTypeString(int type);
|
||||
const char* ImageOperandsString(int format);
|
||||
const char* ImageOperands(int);
|
||||
const char* FPFastMathString(int);
|
||||
const char* FPRoundingModeString(int);
|
||||
const char* LinkageTypeString(int);
|
||||
const char* FuncParamAttrString(int);
|
||||
const char* AccessQualifierString(int);
|
||||
const char* MemorySemanticsString(int);
|
||||
const char* MemoryAccessString(int);
|
||||
const char* ExecutionScopeString(int);
|
||||
const char* GroupOperationString(int);
|
||||
const char* KernelEnqueueFlagsString(int);
|
||||
const char* KernelProfilingInfoString(int);
|
||||
const char* CapabilityString(int);
|
||||
const char* OpcodeString(int);
|
||||
const char* ScopeString(int mem);
|
||||
|
||||
// For grouping opcodes into subsections
|
||||
enum OpcodeClass {
|
||||
OpClassMisc,
|
||||
OpClassDebug,
|
||||
OpClassAnnotate,
|
||||
OpClassExtension,
|
||||
OpClassMode,
|
||||
OpClassType,
|
||||
OpClassConstant,
|
||||
OpClassMemory,
|
||||
OpClassFunction,
|
||||
OpClassImage,
|
||||
OpClassConvert,
|
||||
OpClassComposite,
|
||||
OpClassArithmetic,
|
||||
OpClassBit,
|
||||
OpClassRelationalLogical,
|
||||
OpClassDerivative,
|
||||
OpClassFlowControl,
|
||||
OpClassAtomic,
|
||||
OpClassPrimitive,
|
||||
OpClassBarrier,
|
||||
OpClassGroup,
|
||||
OpClassDeviceSideEnqueue,
|
||||
OpClassPipe,
|
||||
|
||||
OpClassCount,
|
||||
OpClassMissing // all instructions start out as missing
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// For parameterizing operands.
|
||||
enum OperandClass {
|
||||
OperandNone,
|
||||
OperandId,
|
||||
OperandVariableIds,
|
||||
OperandOptionalLiteral,
|
||||
OperandOptionalLiteralString,
|
||||
OperandVariableLiterals,
|
||||
OperandVariableIdLiteral,
|
||||
OperandVariableLiteralId,
|
||||
OperandLiteralNumber,
|
||||
OperandLiteralString,
|
||||
OperandSource,
|
||||
OperandExecutionModel,
|
||||
OperandAddressing,
|
||||
OperandMemory,
|
||||
OperandExecutionMode,
|
||||
OperandStorage,
|
||||
OperandDimensionality,
|
||||
OperandSamplerAddressingMode,
|
||||
OperandSamplerFilterMode,
|
||||
OperandSamplerImageFormat,
|
||||
OperandImageChannelOrder,
|
||||
OperandImageChannelDataType,
|
||||
OperandImageOperands,
|
||||
OperandFPFastMath,
|
||||
OperandFPRoundingMode,
|
||||
OperandLinkageType,
|
||||
OperandAccessQualifier,
|
||||
OperandFuncParamAttr,
|
||||
OperandDecoration,
|
||||
OperandBuiltIn,
|
||||
OperandSelect,
|
||||
OperandLoop,
|
||||
OperandFunction,
|
||||
OperandMemorySemantics,
|
||||
OperandMemoryAccess,
|
||||
OperandScope,
|
||||
OperandGroupOperation,
|
||||
OperandKernelEnqueueFlags,
|
||||
OperandKernelProfilingInfo,
|
||||
OperandCapability,
|
||||
|
||||
OperandOpcode,
|
||||
|
||||
OperandCount
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Any specific enum can have a set of capabilities that allow it:
|
||||
typedef std::vector<Capability> EnumCaps;
|
||||
|
||||
// Parameterize a set of operands with their OperandClass(es) and descriptions.
|
||||
class OperandParameters {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
OperandParameters() { }
|
||||
void push(OperandClass oc, const char* d, bool opt = false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
opClass.push_back(oc);
|
||||
desc.push_back(d);
|
||||
optional.push_back(opt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void setOptional();
|
||||
OperandClass getClass(int op) const { return opClass[op]; }
|
||||
const char* getDesc(int op) const { return desc[op]; }
|
||||
bool isOptional(int op) const { return optional[op]; }
|
||||
int getNum() const { return (int)opClass.size(); }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
std::vector<OperandClass> opClass;
|
||||
std::vector<const char*> desc;
|
||||
std::vector<bool> optional;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Parameterize an enumerant
|
||||
class EnumParameters {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
EnumParameters() : desc(0) { }
|
||||
const char* desc;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Parameterize a set of enumerants that form an enum
|
||||
class EnumDefinition : public EnumParameters {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
EnumDefinition() :
|
||||
ceiling(0), bitmask(false), getName(0), enumParams(0), operandParams(0) { }
|
||||
void set(int ceil, const char* (*name)(int), EnumParameters* ep, bool mask = false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ceiling = ceil;
|
||||
getName = name;
|
||||
bitmask = mask;
|
||||
enumParams = ep;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void setOperands(OperandParameters* op) { operandParams = op; }
|
||||
int ceiling; // ceiling of enumerants
|
||||
bool bitmask; // true if these enumerants combine into a bitmask
|
||||
const char* (*getName)(int); // a function that returns the name for each enumerant value (or shift)
|
||||
EnumParameters* enumParams; // parameters for each individual enumerant
|
||||
OperandParameters* operandParams; // sets of operands
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Parameterize an instruction's logical format, including its known set of operands,
|
||||
// per OperandParameters above.
|
||||
class InstructionParameters {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
InstructionParameters() :
|
||||
opDesc("TBD"),
|
||||
opClass(OpClassMissing),
|
||||
typePresent(true), // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out
|
||||
resultPresent(true) // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
void setResultAndType(bool r, bool t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
resultPresent = r;
|
||||
typePresent = t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasResult() const { return resultPresent != 0; }
|
||||
bool hasType() const { return typePresent != 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
const char* opDesc;
|
||||
OpcodeClass opClass;
|
||||
OperandParameters operands;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int typePresent : 1;
|
||||
int resultPresent : 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// The set of objects that hold all the instruction/operand
|
||||
// parameterization information.
|
||||
extern InstructionParameters InstructionDesc[];
|
||||
|
||||
// These hold definitions of the enumerants used for operands
|
||||
extern EnumDefinition OperandClassParams[];
|
||||
|
||||
const char* GetOperandDesc(OperandClass operand);
|
||||
void PrintImmediateRow(int imm, const char* name, const EnumParameters* enumParams, bool caps, bool hex = false);
|
||||
const char* AccessQualifierString(int attr);
|
||||
|
||||
void PrintOperands(const OperandParameters& operands, int reservedOperands);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace spv
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
// SPIRV-IR
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Simple in-memory representation (IR) of SPIRV. Just for holding
|
||||
// Each function's CFG of blocks. Has this hierarchy:
|
||||
// - Module, which is a list of
|
||||
// - Function, which is a list of
|
||||
// - Block, which is a list of
|
||||
// - Instruction
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
#ifndef spvIR_H
|
||||
#define spvIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spirv.hpp"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <cassert>
|
||||
#include <functional>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace spv {
|
||||
|
||||
class Block;
|
||||
class Function;
|
||||
class Module;
|
||||
|
||||
const Id NoResult = 0;
|
||||
const Id NoType = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
const Decoration NoPrecision = DecorationMax;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
POTENTIALLY_UNUSED
|
||||
const MemorySemanticsMask MemorySemanticsAllMemory =
|
||||
(MemorySemanticsMask)(MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryMask |
|
||||
MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryMask |
|
||||
MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryMask |
|
||||
MemorySemanticsImageMemoryMask);
|
||||
|
||||
struct IdImmediate {
|
||||
bool isId; // true if word is an Id, false if word is an immediate
|
||||
unsigned word;
|
||||
IdImmediate(bool i, unsigned w) : isId(i), word(w) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPIR-V IR instruction.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class Instruction {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Instruction(Id resultId, Id typeId, Op opCode) : resultId(resultId), typeId(typeId), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { }
|
||||
explicit Instruction(Op opCode) : resultId(NoResult), typeId(NoType), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { }
|
||||
virtual ~Instruction() {}
|
||||
void addIdOperand(Id id) {
|
||||
operands.push_back(id);
|
||||
idOperand.push_back(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void addImmediateOperand(unsigned int immediate) {
|
||||
operands.push_back(immediate);
|
||||
idOperand.push_back(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void setImmediateOperand(unsigned idx, unsigned int immediate) {
|
||||
assert(!idOperand[idx]);
|
||||
operands[idx] = immediate;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void addStringOperand(const char* str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int word;
|
||||
char* wordString = (char*)&word;
|
||||
char* wordPtr = wordString;
|
||||
int charCount = 0;
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
c = *(str++);
|
||||
*(wordPtr++) = c;
|
||||
++charCount;
|
||||
if (charCount == 4) {
|
||||
addImmediateOperand(word);
|
||||
wordPtr = wordString;
|
||||
charCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (c != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// deal with partial last word
|
||||
if (charCount > 0) {
|
||||
// pad with 0s
|
||||
for (; charCount < 4; ++charCount)
|
||||
*(wordPtr++) = 0;
|
||||
addImmediateOperand(word);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool isIdOperand(int op) const { return idOperand[op]; }
|
||||
void setBlock(Block* b) { block = b; }
|
||||
Block* getBlock() const { return block; }
|
||||
Op getOpCode() const { return opCode; }
|
||||
int getNumOperands() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(operands.size() == idOperand.size());
|
||||
return (int)operands.size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
Id getResultId() const { return resultId; }
|
||||
Id getTypeId() const { return typeId; }
|
||||
Id getIdOperand(int op) const {
|
||||
assert(idOperand[op]);
|
||||
return operands[op];
|
||||
}
|
||||
unsigned int getImmediateOperand(int op) const {
|
||||
assert(!idOperand[op]);
|
||||
return operands[op];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Write out the binary form.
|
||||
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>& out) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Compute the wordCount
|
||||
unsigned int wordCount = 1;
|
||||
if (typeId)
|
||||
++wordCount;
|
||||
if (resultId)
|
||||
++wordCount;
|
||||
wordCount += (unsigned int)operands.size();
|
||||
|
||||
// Write out the beginning of the instruction
|
||||
out.push_back(((wordCount) << WordCountShift) | opCode);
|
||||
if (typeId)
|
||||
out.push_back(typeId);
|
||||
if (resultId)
|
||||
out.push_back(resultId);
|
||||
|
||||
// Write out the operands
|
||||
for (int op = 0; op < (int)operands.size(); ++op)
|
||||
out.push_back(operands[op]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
Instruction(const Instruction&);
|
||||
Id resultId;
|
||||
Id typeId;
|
||||
Op opCode;
|
||||
std::vector<Id> operands; // operands, both <id> and immediates (both are unsigned int)
|
||||
std::vector<bool> idOperand; // true for operands that are <id>, false for immediates
|
||||
Block* block;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPIR-V IR block.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class Block {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Block(Id id, Function& parent);
|
||||
virtual ~Block()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Id getId() { return instructions.front()->getResultId(); }
|
||||
|
||||
Function& getParent() const { return parent; }
|
||||
void addInstruction(std::unique_ptr<Instruction> inst);
|
||||
void addPredecessor(Block* pred) { predecessors.push_back(pred); pred->successors.push_back(this);}
|
||||
void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr<Instruction> inst) { localVariables.push_back(std::move(inst)); }
|
||||
const std::vector<Block*>& getPredecessors() const { return predecessors; }
|
||||
const std::vector<Block*>& getSuccessors() const { return successors; }
|
||||
const std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> >& getInstructions() const {
|
||||
return instructions;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> >& getLocalVariables() const { return localVariables; }
|
||||
void setUnreachable() { unreachable = true; }
|
||||
bool isUnreachable() const { return unreachable; }
|
||||
// Returns the block's merge instruction, if one exists (otherwise null).
|
||||
const Instruction* getMergeInstruction() const {
|
||||
if (instructions.size() < 2) return nullptr;
|
||||
const Instruction* nextToLast = (instructions.cend() - 2)->get();
|
||||
switch (nextToLast->getOpCode()) {
|
||||
case OpSelectionMerge:
|
||||
case OpLoopMerge:
|
||||
return nextToLast;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Change this block into a canonical dead merge block. Delete instructions
|
||||
// as necessary. A canonical dead merge block has only an OpLabel and an
|
||||
// OpUnreachable.
|
||||
void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableMerge() {
|
||||
assert(localVariables.empty());
|
||||
// Delete all instructions except for the label.
|
||||
assert(instructions.size() > 0);
|
||||
instructions.resize(1);
|
||||
successors.clear();
|
||||
addInstruction(std::unique_ptr<Instruction>(new Instruction(OpUnreachable)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Change this block into a canonical dead continue target branching to the
|
||||
// given header ID. Delete instructions as necessary. A canonical dead continue
|
||||
// target has only an OpLabel and an unconditional branch back to the corresponding
|
||||
// header.
|
||||
void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableContinue(Block* header) {
|
||||
assert(localVariables.empty());
|
||||
// Delete all instructions except for the label.
|
||||
assert(instructions.size() > 0);
|
||||
instructions.resize(1);
|
||||
successors.clear();
|
||||
// Add OpBranch back to the header.
|
||||
assert(header != nullptr);
|
||||
Instruction* branch = new Instruction(OpBranch);
|
||||
branch->addIdOperand(header->getId());
|
||||
addInstruction(std::unique_ptr<Instruction>(branch));
|
||||
successors.push_back(header);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isTerminated() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (instructions.back()->getOpCode()) {
|
||||
case OpBranch:
|
||||
case OpBranchConditional:
|
||||
case OpSwitch:
|
||||
case OpKill:
|
||||
case OpReturn:
|
||||
case OpReturnValue:
|
||||
case OpUnreachable:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>& out) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
instructions[0]->dump(out);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < (int)localVariables.size(); ++i)
|
||||
localVariables[i]->dump(out);
|
||||
for (int i = 1; i < (int)instructions.size(); ++i)
|
||||
instructions[i]->dump(out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
Block(const Block&);
|
||||
Block& operator=(Block&);
|
||||
|
||||
// To enforce keeping parent and ownership in sync:
|
||||
friend Function;
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > instructions;
|
||||
std::vector<Block*> predecessors, successors;
|
||||
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > localVariables;
|
||||
Function& parent;
|
||||
|
||||
// track whether this block is known to be uncreachable (not necessarily
|
||||
// true for all unreachable blocks, but should be set at least
|
||||
// for the extraneous ones introduced by the builder).
|
||||
bool unreachable;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// The different reasons for reaching a block in the inReadableOrder traversal.
|
||||
enum ReachReason {
|
||||
// Reachable from the entry block via transfers of control, i.e. branches.
|
||||
ReachViaControlFlow = 0,
|
||||
// A continue target that is not reachable via control flow.
|
||||
ReachDeadContinue,
|
||||
// A merge block that is not reachable via control flow.
|
||||
ReachDeadMerge
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Traverses the control-flow graph rooted at root in an order suited for
|
||||
// readable code generation. Invokes callback at every node in the traversal
|
||||
// order. The callback arguments are:
|
||||
// - the block,
|
||||
// - the reason we reached the block,
|
||||
// - if the reason was that block is an unreachable continue or unreachable merge block
|
||||
// then the last parameter is the corresponding header block.
|
||||
void inReadableOrder(Block* root, std::function<void(Block*, ReachReason, Block* header)> callback);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPIR-V IR Function.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class Function {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParam, Module& parent);
|
||||
virtual ~Function()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++i)
|
||||
delete parameterInstructions[i];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < (int)blocks.size(); ++i)
|
||||
delete blocks[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
Id getId() const { return functionInstruction.getResultId(); }
|
||||
Id getParamId(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getResultId(); }
|
||||
Id getParamType(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getTypeId(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void addBlock(Block* block) { blocks.push_back(block); }
|
||||
void removeBlock(Block* block)
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto found = find(blocks.begin(), blocks.end(), block);
|
||||
assert(found != blocks.end());
|
||||
blocks.erase(found);
|
||||
delete block;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Module& getParent() const { return parent; }
|
||||
Block* getEntryBlock() const { return blocks.front(); }
|
||||
Block* getLastBlock() const { return blocks.back(); }
|
||||
const std::vector<Block*>& getBlocks() const { return blocks; }
|
||||
void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr<Instruction> inst);
|
||||
Id getReturnType() const { return functionInstruction.getTypeId(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void setImplicitThis() { implicitThis = true; }
|
||||
bool hasImplicitThis() const { return implicitThis; }
|
||||
|
||||
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>& out) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// OpFunction
|
||||
functionInstruction.dump(out);
|
||||
|
||||
// OpFunctionParameter
|
||||
for (int p = 0; p < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++p)
|
||||
parameterInstructions[p]->dump(out);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blocks
|
||||
inReadableOrder(blocks[0], [&out](const Block* b, ReachReason, Block*) { b->dump(out); });
|
||||
Instruction end(0, 0, OpFunctionEnd);
|
||||
end.dump(out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
Function(const Function&);
|
||||
Function& operator=(Function&);
|
||||
|
||||
Module& parent;
|
||||
Instruction functionInstruction;
|
||||
std::vector<Instruction*> parameterInstructions;
|
||||
std::vector<Block*> blocks;
|
||||
bool implicitThis; // true if this is a member function expecting to be passed a 'this' as the first argument
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPIR-V IR Module.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class Module {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Module() {}
|
||||
virtual ~Module()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO delete things
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void addFunction(Function *fun) { functions.push_back(fun); }
|
||||
|
||||
void mapInstruction(Instruction *instruction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spv::Id resultId = instruction->getResultId();
|
||||
// map the instruction's result id
|
||||
if (resultId >= idToInstruction.size())
|
||||
idToInstruction.resize(resultId + 16);
|
||||
idToInstruction[resultId] = instruction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Instruction* getInstruction(Id id) const { return idToInstruction[id]; }
|
||||
const std::vector<Function*>& getFunctions() const { return functions; }
|
||||
spv::Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const {
|
||||
return idToInstruction[resultId] == nullptr ? NoType : idToInstruction[resultId]->getTypeId();
|
||||
}
|
||||
StorageClass getStorageClass(Id typeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(idToInstruction[typeId]->getOpCode() == spv::OpTypePointer);
|
||||
return (StorageClass)idToInstruction[typeId]->getImmediateOperand(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>& out) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int f = 0; f < (int)functions.size(); ++f)
|
||||
functions[f]->dump(out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
Module(const Module&);
|
||||
std::vector<Function*> functions;
|
||||
|
||||
// map from result id to instruction having that result id
|
||||
std::vector<Instruction*> idToInstruction;
|
||||
|
||||
// map from a result id to its type id
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Implementation (it's here due to circular type definitions).
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// Add both
|
||||
// - the OpFunction instruction
|
||||
// - all the OpFunctionParameter instructions
|
||||
__inline Function::Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParamId, Module& parent)
|
||||
: parent(parent), functionInstruction(id, resultType, OpFunction), implicitThis(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// OpFunction
|
||||
functionInstruction.addImmediateOperand(FunctionControlMaskNone);
|
||||
functionInstruction.addIdOperand(functionType);
|
||||
parent.mapInstruction(&functionInstruction);
|
||||
parent.addFunction(this);
|
||||
|
||||
// OpFunctionParameter
|
||||
Instruction* typeInst = parent.getInstruction(functionType);
|
||||
int numParams = typeInst->getNumOperands() - 1;
|
||||
for (int p = 0; p < numParams; ++p) {
|
||||
Instruction* param = new Instruction(firstParamId + p, typeInst->getIdOperand(p + 1), OpFunctionParameter);
|
||||
parent.mapInstruction(param);
|
||||
parameterInstructions.push_back(param);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline void Function::addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr<Instruction> inst)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get();
|
||||
blocks[0]->addLocalVariable(std::move(inst));
|
||||
parent.mapInstruction(raw_instruction);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline Block::Block(Id id, Function& parent) : parent(parent), unreachable(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
instructions.push_back(std::unique_ptr<Instruction>(new Instruction(id, NoType, OpLabel)));
|
||||
instructions.back()->setBlock(this);
|
||||
parent.getParent().mapInstruction(instructions.back().get());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline void Block::addInstruction(std::unique_ptr<Instruction> inst)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get();
|
||||
instructions.push_back(std::move(inst));
|
||||
raw_instruction->setBlock(this);
|
||||
if (raw_instruction->getResultId())
|
||||
parent.getParent().mapInstruction(raw_instruction);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // end spv namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // spvIR_H
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftconfig.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by
|
||||
* the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically
|
||||
* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port
|
||||
* FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise
|
||||
* you to place a modified copy in your build directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains
|
||||
* system-specific files that are always included first when building the
|
||||
* library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This ANSI version should stay in `include/config/`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
|
||||
#define FTCONFIG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
|
||||
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current ones
|
||||
* are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment (16bit
|
||||
* compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own
|
||||
* `builds/<system>` directory, and edit it to port the engine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */
|
||||
/* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */
|
||||
/* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */
|
||||
/* is probably unexpected. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */
|
||||
/* `char` type. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
|
||||
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of an `int` type. */
|
||||
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */
|
||||
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
|
||||
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
|
||||
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- */
|
||||
/* this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings. */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
|
||||
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch
|
||||
* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No
|
||||
* porter should need to mess with them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mac support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead
|
||||
* providing a new configuration file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
|
||||
/* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */
|
||||
/* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
|
||||
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
|
||||
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
|
||||
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
|
||||
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
|
||||
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
|
||||
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
|
||||
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
|
||||
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler. */
|
||||
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
|
||||
#pragma set woff 3505
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* basic_types
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Int16
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UInt16
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Int32
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
|
||||
* configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UInt32
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
|
||||
* configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Int64
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
|
||||
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
|
||||
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UInt64
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
|
||||
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
|
||||
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
|
||||
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
|
||||
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */
|
||||
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int FT_Fast;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
|
||||
typedef long FT_Fast;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit `int` type for platforms without */
|
||||
/* Autoconf */
|
||||
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
|
||||
|
||||
/* `FT_LONG64` must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 long
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in
|
||||
* strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if
|
||||
* `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the
|
||||
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 long long int
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 __int64
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */
|
||||
/* to test the compiler version. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 __int64
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 long long int
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
|
||||
/* GCC provides the `long long` type */
|
||||
#define FT_LONG64
|
||||
#define FT_INT64 long long int
|
||||
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_LONG64
|
||||
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
|
||||
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN64
|
||||
/* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
|
||||
/* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */
|
||||
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* miscellaneous
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
|
||||
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
|
||||
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* `typeof` condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h` header file */
|
||||
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \
|
||||
( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \
|
||||
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \
|
||||
( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
|
||||
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use `FT_LOCAL` and `FT_LOCAL_DEF` to declare and define, */
|
||||
/* respectively, a function that gets used only within the scope of a */
|
||||
/* module. Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */
|
||||
/* function are within a single module directory. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY` and */
|
||||
/* `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF`. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
|
||||
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use `FT_BASE` and `FT_BASE_DEF` to declare and define, respectively, */
|
||||
/* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */
|
||||
/* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header file */
|
||||
/* in the `include/freetype/internal` directory, and the function body */
|
||||
/* is in a file in `src/base`. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */
|
||||
/* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */
|
||||
/* the return type of function declarations. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
|
||||
/* exported library functions: `FT_EXPORT` and `FT_EXPORT_DEF`. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - `FT_EXPORT( return_type )` */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
|
||||
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - `FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )` */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
|
||||
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
|
||||
/* { */
|
||||
/* ... some code ... */
|
||||
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
|
||||
/* } */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* You can provide your own implementation of `FT_EXPORT` and */
|
||||
/* `FT_EXPORT_DEF` here if you want. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* To export a variable, use `FT_EXPORT_VAR`. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x
|
||||
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x
|
||||
#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __global x
|
||||
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_IMPORT )
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x
|
||||
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
|
||||
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"` for */
|
||||
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
|
||||
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
|
||||
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
|
||||
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */
|
||||
/* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
|
||||
/* it. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */
|
||||
/* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */
|
||||
/* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
|
||||
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
|
||||
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
|
||||
/* the infamous `_cdecl` or `__fastcall` declarations. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x
|
||||
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
|
||||
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftheader.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
|
||||
#define FTHEADER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*@***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* <Macro> */
|
||||
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* <Description> */
|
||||
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
|
||||
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
|
||||
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
|
||||
/* C++ compiler. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*@***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* <Macro> */
|
||||
/* FT_END_HEADER */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* <Description> */
|
||||
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
|
||||
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
|
||||
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
|
||||
/* C++ compiler. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_END_HEADER }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* header_file_macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Header File Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType~2
|
||||
* header files. They can be used directly in `#include` statements as
|
||||
* in:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
|
||||
* #include FT_GLYPH_H
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public
|
||||
* header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to
|
||||
* the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and
|
||||
* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way
|
||||
* FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* configuration files */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
|
||||
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* public headers */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* base FreeType~2 API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ERRORS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_SYSTEM_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
|
||||
* and stream i/o).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_IMAGE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type
|
||||
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
|
||||
* scan-converter parameters).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TYPES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_LIST_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* list management API of FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_OUTLINE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_SIZES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_MODULE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* module management API of FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_RENDER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_DRIVER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
|
||||
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
|
||||
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
|
||||
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in
|
||||
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_BDF_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CID_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_GZIP_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_LZW_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_BZIP2_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_WINFONTS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* API of the optional glyph management component.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_BITMAP_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_BBOX_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_MAC_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts
|
||||
* embedded in resource forks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
|
||||
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in
|
||||
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',
|
||||
* 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',
|
||||
* 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_PFR_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated */
|
||||
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
|
||||
* cosines and arc tangents).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_GASP_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ADVANCES_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_COLOR_H
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
|
||||
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_COLOR_H <freetype/ftcolor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
|
||||
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
|
||||
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deprecated macros. */
|
||||
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
|
||||
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
|
||||
/* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */
|
||||
/* of no rogue client that uses them. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Include internal headers definitions from `<internal/...>` only when
|
||||
* building the library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
|
||||
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
|
||||
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
|
||||
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
|
||||
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/`) based on information
|
||||
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile
|
||||
* FreeType without GNU make.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
|
||||
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
|
||||
|
||||
/* EOF */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftoption.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
|
||||
#define FTOPTION_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for a
|
||||
* standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to use
|
||||
* this file to build project-specific versions of the library:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in
|
||||
* cases where you would like to build several versions of the library
|
||||
* from a single source directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more
|
||||
* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h`, where `$BUILD` is
|
||||
* the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include
|
||||
* path during compilation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build directory
|
||||
* `builds/<system>` by default, but you can easily change that for your
|
||||
* own projects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h` and modify it
|
||||
* slightly to pre-define the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H` used to locate
|
||||
* this file during the build. For example,
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h>
|
||||
* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h` instead of this file for macro
|
||||
* definitions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro
|
||||
* `FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H` used to locate the file listing of the modules
|
||||
* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By
|
||||
* default, this file is `<freetype/config/ftmodule.h>`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*#************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an
|
||||
* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES`, which can be used to
|
||||
* control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable
|
||||
* properties are listed in the section @properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack
|
||||
* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the `getenv`
|
||||
* function), for example Windows CE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
|
||||
* multiple lines for better readability).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* <optional whitespace>
|
||||
* <module-name1> ':'
|
||||
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
|
||||
* <whitespace>
|
||||
* <module-name2> ':'
|
||||
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
|
||||
* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \
|
||||
* autofitter:warping=1
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering
|
||||
* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This
|
||||
* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. To
|
||||
* mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need to
|
||||
* explicitly set up LCD filtering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents and
|
||||
* should not be activated in any default build of the library. When this
|
||||
* macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD rendering
|
||||
* technology that produces excellent output without LCD filtering.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used by
|
||||
* FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create some
|
||||
* problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when
|
||||
* the `__STDC__` macro is defined. You can however disable this by
|
||||
* defining the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when
|
||||
* building the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the
|
||||
* file `ftconfig.h` either statically or through the `configure`
|
||||
* script on supported platforms.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of
|
||||
* performance-critical functions (e.g., @FT_MulFix). You should only do
|
||||
* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to execute
|
||||
* benchmark tests of the various implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of the
|
||||
* @FT_MulFix function, which is a 'hotspot' when loading and hinting
|
||||
* glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default to
|
||||
* the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LZW-compressed file support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
|
||||
* `compress` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF
|
||||
* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation
|
||||
* uses NetBSD's `zopen` to partially uncompress the file on the fly (see
|
||||
* `src/lzw/ftgzip.c`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Gzip-compressed file support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
|
||||
* `gzip` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
|
||||
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses 'zlib' to partially
|
||||
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/gzip/ftgzip.c`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. See also the
|
||||
* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB` below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ZLib library selection
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro is only used when `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB` is defined.
|
||||
* It allows FreeType's 'ftgzip' component to link to the system's
|
||||
* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like
|
||||
* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy of the
|
||||
* zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be included
|
||||
* directly within the component and **not** export external function
|
||||
* names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType _and_ ZLib
|
||||
* without linking conflicts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define
|
||||
* it for certain configurations only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
|
||||
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
|
||||
* here with the configured one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bzip2-compressed file support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
|
||||
* `bzip2` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
|
||||
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2` to partially
|
||||
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c`). Contrary
|
||||
* to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use the system
|
||||
* available bzip2 implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
|
||||
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
|
||||
* here with the configured one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, `FILE`,
|
||||
* `fopen`, etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded
|
||||
* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without file
|
||||
* stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not necessary
|
||||
* such as memory loading of font files.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PNG bitmap support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format.
|
||||
* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed
|
||||
* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be supported
|
||||
* regardless of this configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
|
||||
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
|
||||
* here with the configured one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* HarfBuzz support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of OpenType
|
||||
* fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable by a font's
|
||||
* character map will be hinted also.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
|
||||
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
|
||||
* here with the configured one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Glyph Postscript Names handling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the 'psnames' module. This
|
||||
* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a Unicode
|
||||
* value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the use with the
|
||||
* TrueType 'post' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Undefine this macro if you do not want 'psnames' compiled in your
|
||||
* build of FreeType. This has the following effects:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, if you
|
||||
* build it to support postscript names in the TrueType 'post' table,
|
||||
* but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The Type~1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode charmap
|
||||
* out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building a
|
||||
* version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type~1 or CFF driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, FreeType~2 is built with the 'psnames' module compiled in.
|
||||
* Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name into a
|
||||
* Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to synthesize on
|
||||
* the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type~1 driver through a big
|
||||
* table named the 'Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List compiled
|
||||
* in your 'psnames' module. The Type~1 driver will not be able to
|
||||
* synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support for Mac fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac format
|
||||
* (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac resource) on
|
||||
* non-Mac platforms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the 'FOND' resource isn't checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g., GNU/Linux).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in
|
||||
* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases,
|
||||
* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In
|
||||
* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different from
|
||||
* what the user specifies. If this option is activated, FreeType tries
|
||||
* to guess whether such offsets or different file names must be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via
|
||||
* the `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS` option.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allow the use of `FT_Incremental_Interface` to load typefaces that
|
||||
* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. This is
|
||||
* required by clients supporting document formats which supply font data
|
||||
* incrementally as the document is parsed, such as the Ghostscript
|
||||
* interpreter for the PostScript language.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter to
|
||||
* do all of its work.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_MAX_MODULES
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single
|
||||
* FreeType library object. 32~is the default.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Debug level
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode,
|
||||
* errors are reported through the 'ftdebug' component. In trace mode,
|
||||
* additional messages are sent to the standard output during execution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to build the library in debug mode.
|
||||
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` to build it in trace mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Don't define any of these macros to compile in 'release' mode!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
|
||||
* them for certain configurations only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
|
||||
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Autofitter debugging
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT` is defined, FreeType provides some means to
|
||||
* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global
|
||||
* boolean variables (consequently, you should **never** enable this
|
||||
* while compiling in 'release' mode):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints
|
||||
* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints
|
||||
* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various
|
||||
* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf`):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* af_glyph_hints_dump_points
|
||||
* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments
|
||||
* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges
|
||||
* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments
|
||||
* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As an argument, they use another global variable:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* _af_debug_hints
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please have a look at the `ftgrid` demo program to see how those
|
||||
* variables and macros should be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
|
||||
* them for certain configurations only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Memory Debugging
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is capable
|
||||
* of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double deletes. To
|
||||
* compile it within your build of the library, you should define
|
||||
* `FT_DEBUG_MEMORY` here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when when
|
||||
* the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY` is defined also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define it
|
||||
* for certain configurations only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Module errors
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte of
|
||||
* an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, while
|
||||
* the lower byte is the real error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since it
|
||||
* would break source compatibility of certain programs that use
|
||||
* FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* More details can be found in the files `ftmoderr.h` and `fterrors.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Error Strings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this macro is set, `FT_Error_String` will return meaningful
|
||||
* descriptions. This is not enabled by default to reduce the overall
|
||||
* size of FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* More details can be found in the file `fterrors.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS` if you want to support
|
||||
* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the 'sfnt' module (namely
|
||||
* TrueType~& OpenType).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` if you want to support coloured
|
||||
* outlines (from the 'COLR'/'CPAL' tables) in all formats using the 'sfnt'
|
||||
* module (namely TrueType~& OpenType).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES` if you want to be able to
|
||||
* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or OpenType
|
||||
* file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that when you do not compile the 'psnames' module by undefining the
|
||||
* above `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES`, the 'sfnt' module will
|
||||
* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (By default, the module uses 'psnames' to extract glyph names.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` if your applications need to access
|
||||
* the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType or
|
||||
* OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to describe the
|
||||
* font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It does not contain
|
||||
* any glyph name though.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in
|
||||
* `ftsnames.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TrueType CMap support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be
|
||||
* supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` if you want to compile a
|
||||
* bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load
|
||||
* TrueType glyphs without hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not `#undef` this macro here, since the build system might define it
|
||||
* for certain configurations only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` if you want to compile
|
||||
* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the
|
||||
* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but `FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO` is
|
||||
* requested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or
|
||||
* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look like
|
||||
* they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See [1] for a
|
||||
* technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h` for more
|
||||
* details on the LEAN option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are three possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value 1:
|
||||
* This value is associated with the 'Infinality' moniker, contributed by
|
||||
* an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of making TrueType
|
||||
* fonts render better than on Windows. A high amount of configurability
|
||||
* and flexibility, down to rules for single glyphs in fonts, but also
|
||||
* very slow. Its experimental and slow nature and the original
|
||||
* developer losing interest meant that this option was never enabled in
|
||||
* default builds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The corresponding interpreter version is v38.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value 2:
|
||||
* The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code
|
||||
* base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability removed
|
||||
* in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability was mainly
|
||||
* aimed at legacy fonts like 'Arial', 'Times New Roman', or 'Courier'.
|
||||
* Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to achieve clean
|
||||
* black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on applying a minimal
|
||||
* set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so that modern and web
|
||||
* fonts render well while legacy fonts render okay.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The corresponding interpreter version is v40.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value 3:
|
||||
* Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the
|
||||
* default).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows without
|
||||
* ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and Win9x
|
||||
* (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much hinting blood
|
||||
* and testing tears the font designer put into a given font. If you
|
||||
* define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can switch between
|
||||
* between v35 and the ones you define (using `FT_Property_Set`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option requires `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` to be
|
||||
* defined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [1]
|
||||
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2
|
||||
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED` to compile the
|
||||
* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle
|
||||
* component offsets in composite glyphs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets in
|
||||
* composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling
|
||||
* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) while
|
||||
* MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the composite
|
||||
* flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old fonts will not
|
||||
* have them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm
|
||||
* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT` if you want to include support
|
||||
* for Apple's distortable font technology ('fvar', 'gvar', 'cvar', and
|
||||
* 'avar' tables). Tagged 'Font Variations', this is now part of OpenType
|
||||
* also. This has many similarities to Type~1 Multiple Masters support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF` if you want to include support for an
|
||||
* embedded 'BDF~' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Option `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES` controls the maximum
|
||||
* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the
|
||||
* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't want
|
||||
* to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making a
|
||||
* library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring
|
||||
* script; instead, it gets surrounded with `#ifndef ... #endif` so that
|
||||
* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
|
||||
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH` is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and arrays
|
||||
* in the Type~1 stream (see `t1load.c`). A minimum of~4 is required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS` details the maximum number of nested sub-routine
|
||||
* calls during glyph loading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS` is the charstring stack's capacity. A
|
||||
* minimum of~16 is required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Chinese font 'MingTiEG-Medium' (covering the CNS 11643 character
|
||||
* set) needs 256.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
|
||||
* of the 't1afm' module, which is in charge of reading Type~1 AFM files
|
||||
* into an existing face. Note that if set, the Type~1 driver will be
|
||||
* unable to produce kerning distances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
|
||||
* of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type~1 driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe Type~1
|
||||
* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to
|
||||
* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of
|
||||
* the 'type1' driver module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4}` it is
|
||||
* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that
|
||||
* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For more
|
||||
* details please read the documentation of the `darkening-parameters`
|
||||
* property (file `ftdriver.h`), which allows the control at run-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do **not** undefine these macros!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
|
||||
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
|
||||
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
|
||||
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
|
||||
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF engine
|
||||
* gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to switch
|
||||
* between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of the 'cff'
|
||||
* driver module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely
|
||||
* different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When selecting
|
||||
* 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather random, the
|
||||
* style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot select some
|
||||
* fonts at all. This option makes the 'pcf' module prepend the foundry
|
||||
* name (plus a space) to the family name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We also check whether we have 'wide' characters; all put together, we
|
||||
* get family names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the
|
||||
* `no-long-family-names` property of the 'pcf' driver module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
|
||||
/**** ****/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compile 'autofit' module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compile 'autofit' module with fallback Indic script support, covering
|
||||
* some scripts that the 'latin' submodule of the 'autofit' module doesn't
|
||||
* (yet) handle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compile 'autofit' module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping
|
||||
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension so
|
||||
* that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the grid. To
|
||||
* find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
|
||||
* combinations are tried and scored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can switch warping on and off with the `warping` property of the
|
||||
* auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h` for more information; by default it
|
||||
* is switched off).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This experimental option is not active if the rendering mode is
|
||||
* `FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use TrueType-like size metrics for 'light' auto-hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to
|
||||
* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour with
|
||||
* respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions
|
||||
* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was
|
||||
* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* 2011-07-16 Steven Chu <steven.f.chu@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts.
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType version
|
||||
* 2.5.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The next three macros are defined if native TrueType hinting is
|
||||
* requested by the definitions above. Don't change this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
|
||||
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
|
||||
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
|
||||
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
|
||||
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
|
||||
* `cff_property_set` in file `cffdrivr.c`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
|
||||
\
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
|
||||
\
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
|
||||
\
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
|
||||
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
|
||||
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftstdlib.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification
|
||||
* only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that
|
||||
* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the
|
||||
* standard functions within the FreeType source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
|
||||
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* integer limits
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of
|
||||
* `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all
|
||||
* platforms the library has been tested on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer
|
||||
* types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where
|
||||
* `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct
|
||||
* behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a
|
||||
* message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
|
||||
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
|
||||
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
|
||||
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
|
||||
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
|
||||
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
|
||||
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
|
||||
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* character and string processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_memchr memchr
|
||||
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
|
||||
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
|
||||
#define ft_memmove memmove
|
||||
#define ft_memset memset
|
||||
#define ft_strcat strcat
|
||||
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
|
||||
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
|
||||
#define ft_strlen strlen
|
||||
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
|
||||
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
|
||||
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
|
||||
#define ft_strstr strstr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file handling
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_FILE FILE
|
||||
#define ft_fclose fclose
|
||||
#define ft_fopen fopen
|
||||
#define ft_fread fread
|
||||
#define ft_fseek fseek
|
||||
#define ft_ftell ftell
|
||||
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* sorting
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_qsort qsort
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* memory allocation
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_scalloc calloc
|
||||
#define ft_sfree free
|
||||
#define ft_smalloc malloc
|
||||
#define ft_srealloc realloc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* miscellaneous
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_strtol strtol
|
||||
#define ft_getenv getenv
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* execution control
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
|
||||
/* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */
|
||||
/* on certain platforms */
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
|
||||
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
|
||||
/* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftadvanc.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
|
||||
#define FTADVANC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* quick_advance
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Quick retrieval of advance values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
|
||||
* glyph outlines, if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
|
||||
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Advance
|
||||
* FT_Get_Advances
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags` parameter of the
|
||||
* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the
|
||||
* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick
|
||||
* advance computation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or
|
||||
* light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, and
|
||||
* hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Advance
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an @FT_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source @FT_Face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* gindex ::
|
||||
* The glyph index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* load_flags ::
|
||||
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
|
||||
* @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* padvance ::
|
||||
* The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on the value of
|
||||
* `load_flags`), the advance value is in 16.16 format. Otherwise, it
|
||||
* is in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance
|
||||
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, it is the horizontal
|
||||
* advance in a horizontal layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
|
||||
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
|
||||
* the advances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by
|
||||
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt gindex,
|
||||
FT_Int32 load_flags,
|
||||
FT_Fixed *padvance );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Advances
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an @FT_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source @FT_Face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* start ::
|
||||
* The first glyph index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* count ::
|
||||
* The number of advance values you want to retrieve.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* load_flags ::
|
||||
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
|
||||
* @FT_Load_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* padvance ::
|
||||
* The advance values. This array, to be provided by the caller, must
|
||||
* contain at least `count` elements.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If scaling is performed (based on the value of `load_flags`), the
|
||||
* advance values are in 16.16 format. Otherwise, they are in font
|
||||
* units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances
|
||||
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, they are the
|
||||
* horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
|
||||
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
|
||||
* the advances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by
|
||||
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt start,
|
||||
FT_UInt count,
|
||||
FT_Int32 load_flags,
|
||||
FT_Fixed *padvances );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftbbox.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding
|
||||
* boxes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical
|
||||
* reasons. It may well be integrated in 'ftoutln' later.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
|
||||
#define FTBBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* outline_processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than
|
||||
* computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm
|
||||
* that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise,
|
||||
* the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the source outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* abbox ::
|
||||
* The outline's exact bounding box.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
|
||||
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get
|
||||
* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
|
||||
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
|
||||
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, which can be
|
||||
* eventually converted back to font units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_BBox *abbox );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local Variables: */
|
||||
/* coding: utf-8 */
|
||||
/* End: */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftbdf.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
|
||||
#define FTBDF_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* bdf_fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* BDF and PCF Files
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* BDF and PCF specific API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and
|
||||
* PCF fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* BDF_PropertyType
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of BDF property types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
|
||||
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
|
||||
* Property is a string atom.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
|
||||
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
|
||||
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
|
||||
{
|
||||
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
|
||||
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
|
||||
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
|
||||
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
|
||||
|
||||
} BDF_PropertyType;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* BDF_Property
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF
|
||||
* property.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* BDF_PropertyRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* type ::
|
||||
* The property type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* u.atom ::
|
||||
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
|
||||
* `NULL`, indicating an empty string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* u.integer ::
|
||||
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* u.cardinal ::
|
||||
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
BDF_PropertyType type;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
const char* atom;
|
||||
FT_Int32 integer;
|
||||
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
|
||||
|
||||
} u;
|
||||
|
||||
} BDF_PropertyRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF
|
||||
* specification.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* acharset_encoding ::
|
||||
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* acharset_registry ::
|
||||
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
|
||||
const char* *acharset_encoding,
|
||||
const char* *acharset_registry );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* name ::
|
||||
* The property name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aproperty ::
|
||||
* The property.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
|
||||
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
|
||||
* font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A 'property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
|
||||
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
|
||||
* `info->props` array within a `FontRec` structure of a PCF font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Integer properties are always stored as 'signed' within PCF fonts;
|
||||
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
|
||||
* for BDF fonts only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of error, `aproperty->type` is always set to
|
||||
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
|
||||
const char* prop_name,
|
||||
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftbitmap.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
|
||||
#define FTBITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#include FT_COLOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* bitmap_handling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Bitmap Handling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Handling FT_Bitmap objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects,
|
||||
* automatically adjusting the target's bitmap buffer size as needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's 'flow' (as
|
||||
* indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field in @FT_Bitmap).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To set the flow, assign an appropriate positive or negative value to
|
||||
* the `pitch` field of the target @FT_Bitmap object after calling
|
||||
* @FT_Bitmap_Init but before calling any of the other functions
|
||||
* described here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Init
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* abitmap ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the bitmap structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated */
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Copy a bitmap into another one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* target ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
|
||||
* overlap.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_Bitmap *source,
|
||||
FT_Bitmap *target );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Embolden
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength` pixels
|
||||
* wider and `yStrength` pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are
|
||||
* kept unchanged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xStrength ::
|
||||
* How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6
|
||||
* pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* yStrength ::
|
||||
* How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6
|
||||
* pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* bitmap ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The current implementation restricts `xStrength` to be less than or
|
||||
* equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, you
|
||||
* should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format are
|
||||
* converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
|
||||
FT_Pos xStrength,
|
||||
FT_Pos yStrength );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Convert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp to
|
||||
* a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per
|
||||
* line (a.k.a. the 'pitch') a multiple of `alignment`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* The source bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* alignment ::
|
||||
* The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this argument. Common
|
||||
* values are 1, 2, or 4.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* target ::
|
||||
* The target bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without
|
||||
* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
|
||||
* handling functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
|
||||
* overlap.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_Bitmap *source,
|
||||
FT_Bitmap *target,
|
||||
FT_Int alignment );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Blend
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Blend a bitmap onto another bitmap, using a given color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* The source bitmap, which can have any @FT_Pixel_Mode format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source_offset ::
|
||||
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the source bitmap in
|
||||
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
|
||||
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* color ::
|
||||
* The color used to draw `source` onto `target`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* target ::
|
||||
* A handle to an `FT_Bitmap` object. It should be either initialized
|
||||
* as empty with a call to @FT_Bitmap_Init, or it should be of type
|
||||
* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* atarget_offset ::
|
||||
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the target bitmap in
|
||||
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
|
||||
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function doesn't perform clipping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The bitmap in `target` gets allocated or reallocated as needed; the
|
||||
* vector `atarget_offset` is updated accordingly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of allocation or reallocation, the bitmap's pitch is set to
|
||||
* `4 * width`. Both `source` and `target` must have the same bitmap
|
||||
* flow (as indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
|
||||
* overlap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Blend( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_Bitmap* source,
|
||||
const FT_Vector source_offset,
|
||||
FT_Bitmap* target,
|
||||
FT_Vector *atarget_offset,
|
||||
FT_Color color );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* slot ::
|
||||
* The glyph slot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function is to be used in combination with @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap_Done
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bitmap ::
|
||||
* The bitmap object to be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
|
||||
* handling functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftbzip2.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bzip2-compressed stream support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010-2019 by
|
||||
* Joel Klinghed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
|
||||
#define FTBZIP2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* bzip2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* BZIP2 Streams
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Using bzip2-compressed font files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
|
||||
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2` fonts that come with
|
||||
* XFree86.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stream ::
|
||||
* The target embedding stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* The source stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
|
||||
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
|
||||
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
|
||||
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
|
||||
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
|
||||
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
|
||||
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed
|
||||
* stream from it and re-open the face with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
|
||||
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
|
||||
FT_Stream source );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.
|
||||
* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* general_remarks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* General Remarks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* header_inclusion
|
||||
* user_allocation
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* core_api
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Core API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* version
|
||||
* basic_types
|
||||
* base_interface
|
||||
* glyph_variants
|
||||
* color_management
|
||||
* layer_management
|
||||
* glyph_management
|
||||
* mac_specific
|
||||
* sizes_management
|
||||
* header_file_macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* format_specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Format-Specific API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* multiple_masters
|
||||
* truetype_tables
|
||||
* type1_tables
|
||||
* sfnt_names
|
||||
* bdf_fonts
|
||||
* cid_fonts
|
||||
* pfr_fonts
|
||||
* winfnt_fonts
|
||||
* font_formats
|
||||
* gasp_table
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* module_specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Controlling FreeType Modules
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* auto_hinter
|
||||
* cff_driver
|
||||
* t1_cid_driver
|
||||
* tt_driver
|
||||
* pcf_driver
|
||||
* properties
|
||||
* parameter_tags
|
||||
* lcd_rendering
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* cache_subsystem
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Cache Sub-System
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* cache_subsystem
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* support_api
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Support API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* computations
|
||||
* list_processing
|
||||
* outline_processing
|
||||
* quick_advance
|
||||
* bitmap_handling
|
||||
* raster
|
||||
* glyph_stroker
|
||||
* system_interface
|
||||
* module_management
|
||||
* gzip
|
||||
* lzw
|
||||
* bzip2
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @chapter:
|
||||
* error_codes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Error Codes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @sections:
|
||||
* error_enumerations
|
||||
* error_code_values
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftcid.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by
|
||||
* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTCID_H_
|
||||
#define FTCID_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* cid_fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* CID Fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* CID-keyed font-specific API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font-specific
|
||||
* functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
|
||||
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* registry ::
|
||||
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ordering ::
|
||||
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* supplement ::
|
||||
* The supplement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.6
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
|
||||
const char* *registry,
|
||||
const char* *ordering,
|
||||
FT_Int *supplement );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In contrast
|
||||
* to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also
|
||||
* for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* is_cid ::
|
||||
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
|
||||
* an error otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.9
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Bool *is_cid );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* glyph_index ::
|
||||
* The input glyph index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* cid ::
|
||||
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
|
||||
* an error otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.9
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt glyph_index,
|
||||
FT_UInt *cid );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftcolor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType's glyph color management (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2018-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTCOLOR_H_
|
||||
#define FTCOLOR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* color_management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Glyph Color Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Retrieving and manipulating OpenType's 'CPAL' table data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The functions described here allow access and manipulation of color
|
||||
* palette entries in OpenType's 'CPAL' tables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Color
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This structure models a BGRA color value of a 'CPAL' palette entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The used color space is sRGB; the colors are not pre-multiplied, and
|
||||
* alpha values must be explicitly set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* blue ::
|
||||
* Blue value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* green ::
|
||||
* Green value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* red ::
|
||||
* Red value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* alpha ::
|
||||
* Alpha value, giving the red, green, and blue color's opacity.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Color_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Byte blue;
|
||||
FT_Byte green;
|
||||
FT_Byte red;
|
||||
FT_Byte alpha;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Color;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PALETTE_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of bit field constants used in the `palette_flags` array of the
|
||||
* @FT_Palette_Data structure to indicate for which background a palette
|
||||
* with a given index is usable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND ::
|
||||
* The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a
|
||||
* light background such as white.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND ::
|
||||
* The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a dark
|
||||
* background such as black.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND 0x01
|
||||
#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Palette_Data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This structure holds the data of the 'CPAL' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* num_palettes ::
|
||||
* The number of palettes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* palette_name_ids ::
|
||||
* A read-only array of palette name IDs with `num_palettes` elements,
|
||||
* corresponding to entries like 'dark' or 'light' in the font's 'name'
|
||||
* table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An empty name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value
|
||||
* 0xFFFF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* palette_flags ::
|
||||
* A read-only array of palette flags with `num_palettes` elements.
|
||||
* Possible values are an ORed combination of
|
||||
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND and
|
||||
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_palette_entries ::
|
||||
* The number of entries in a single palette. All palettes have the
|
||||
* same size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* palette_entry_name_ids ::
|
||||
* A read-only array of palette entry name IDs with
|
||||
* `num_palette_entries`. In each palette, entries with the same index
|
||||
* have the same function. For example, index~0 might correspond to
|
||||
* string 'outline' in the font's 'name' table to indicate that this
|
||||
* palette entry is used for outlines, index~1 might correspond to
|
||||
* 'fill' to indicate the filling color palette entry, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An empty entry name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value
|
||||
* 0xFFFF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Use function @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name to map name IDs and entry name IDs to
|
||||
* name strings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Palette_Data_ {
|
||||
FT_UShort num_palettes;
|
||||
const FT_UShort* palette_name_ids;
|
||||
const FT_UShort* palette_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort num_palette_entries;
|
||||
const FT_UShort* palette_entry_name_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Palette_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Palette_Data_Get
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the face's color palette data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* apalette ::
|
||||
* A pointer to an @FT_Palette_Data structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* All arrays in the returned @FT_Palette_Data structure are read-only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Palette_Data_Get( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Palette_Data *apalette );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Palette_Select
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function has two purposes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (1) It activates a palette for rendering color glyphs, and
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (2) it retrieves all (unmodified) color entries of this palette. This
|
||||
* function returns a read-write array, which means that a calling
|
||||
* application can modify the palette entries on demand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A corollary of (2) is that calling the function, then modifying some
|
||||
* values, then calling the function again with the same arguments resets
|
||||
* all color entries to the original 'CPAL' values; all user modifications
|
||||
* are lost.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* palette_index ::
|
||||
* The palette index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* apalette ::
|
||||
* An array of color entries for a palette with index `palette_index`,
|
||||
* having `num_palette_entries` elements (as found in the
|
||||
* `FT_Palette_Data` structure). If `apalette` is set to `NULL`, no
|
||||
* array gets returned (and no color entries can be modified).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case the font doesn't support color palettes, `NULL` is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The array pointed to by `apalette_entries` is owned and managed by
|
||||
* FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Palette_Select( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UShort palette_index,
|
||||
FT_Color* *apalette );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* 'COLR' uses palette index 0xFFFF to indicate a 'text foreground
|
||||
* color'. This function sets this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* foreground_color ::
|
||||
* An `FT_Color` structure to define the text foreground color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If this function isn't called, the text foreground color is set to
|
||||
* white opaque (BGRA value 0xFFFFFFFF) if
|
||||
* @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND is present for the current palette,
|
||||
* and black opaque (BGRA value 0x000000FF) otherwise, including the case
|
||||
* that no palette types are available in the 'CPAL' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Color foreground_color );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTCOLOR_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fterrdef.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType error codes (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* error_code_values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Error Code Values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h` (loaded
|
||||
* automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H`). The first argument of the
|
||||
* `FT_ERROR_DEF_` macro is the error label; by default, the prefix
|
||||
* `FT_Err_` gets added so that you get error names like
|
||||
* `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource`. The second argument is the error code,
|
||||
* and the last argument an error string, which is not used by FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Within your application you should **only** use error names and
|
||||
* **never** its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do)
|
||||
* change in forthcoming FreeType versions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_` defines `FT_Err_Ok`, which is always zero. See
|
||||
* the 'Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically generate a
|
||||
* list of error strings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Err_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* generic errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
|
||||
"no error" )
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
|
||||
"cannot open resource" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
|
||||
"unknown file format" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
|
||||
"broken file" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
|
||||
"invalid FreeType version" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
|
||||
"module version is too low" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
|
||||
"invalid argument" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
|
||||
"unimplemented feature" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
|
||||
"broken table" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
|
||||
"broken offset within table" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
|
||||
"array allocation size too large" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
|
||||
"missing module" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
|
||||
"missing property" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* glyph/character errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
|
||||
"invalid glyph index" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
|
||||
"invalid character code" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
|
||||
"unsupported glyph image format" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
|
||||
"cannot render this glyph format" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
|
||||
"invalid outline" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
|
||||
"invalid composite glyph" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
|
||||
"too many hints" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
|
||||
"invalid pixel size" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* handle errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
|
||||
"invalid object handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
|
||||
"invalid library handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
|
||||
"invalid module handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
|
||||
"invalid face handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
|
||||
"invalid size handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
|
||||
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
|
||||
"invalid charmap handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
|
||||
"invalid cache manager handle" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
|
||||
"invalid stream handle" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* driver errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
|
||||
"too many modules" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
|
||||
"too many extensions" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* memory errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
|
||||
"out of memory" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
|
||||
"unlisted object" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* stream errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
|
||||
"cannot open stream" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
|
||||
"invalid stream seek" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
|
||||
"invalid stream skip" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
|
||||
"invalid stream read" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
|
||||
"invalid stream operation" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
|
||||
"invalid frame operation" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
|
||||
"nested frame access" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
|
||||
"invalid frame read" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* raster errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
|
||||
"raster uninitialized" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
|
||||
"raster corrupted" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
|
||||
"raster overflow" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
|
||||
"negative height while rastering" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* cache errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
|
||||
"too many registered caches" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
|
||||
"invalid opcode" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
|
||||
"too few arguments" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
|
||||
"stack overflow" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
|
||||
"code overflow" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
|
||||
"bad argument" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
|
||||
"division by zero" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
|
||||
"invalid reference" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
|
||||
"found debug opcode" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
|
||||
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
|
||||
"nested DEFS" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
|
||||
"invalid code range" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
|
||||
"execution context too long" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
|
||||
"too many function definitions" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
|
||||
"too many instruction definitions" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
|
||||
"SFNT font table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
|
||||
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
|
||||
"locations (loca) table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
|
||||
"name table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
|
||||
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
|
||||
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
|
||||
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
|
||||
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
|
||||
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
|
||||
"invalid ppem value" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
|
||||
"invalid vertical metrics" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
|
||||
"could not find context" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
|
||||
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
|
||||
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
|
||||
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
|
||||
"missing bitmap in strike" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
|
||||
"opcode syntax error" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
|
||||
"argument stack underflow" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
|
||||
"ignore" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
|
||||
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
|
||||
"glyph too big for hinting" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* BDF errors */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
|
||||
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
|
||||
"`FONT' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
|
||||
"`SIZE' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
|
||||
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
|
||||
"`CHARS' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
|
||||
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
|
||||
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
|
||||
"`BBX' field missing" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
|
||||
"`BBX' too big" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
|
||||
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
|
||||
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fterrors.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType error code handling (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* error_enumerations
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Error Enumerations
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* How to handle errors and error strings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The header file `fterrors.h` (which is automatically included by
|
||||
* `freetype.h` defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration
|
||||
* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings
|
||||
* with a small macro trick explained below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* **Error Formats**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` can be
|
||||
* defined in `ftoption.h` in order to make the higher byte indicate the
|
||||
* module where the error has happened (this is not compatible with
|
||||
* standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file `ftmoderr.h`
|
||||
* for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* **Error Message Strings**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client
|
||||
* applications to build a table of error message strings. The strings
|
||||
* are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save space (most
|
||||
* client applications do not use them).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including
|
||||
* this file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_ERROR_START_LIST
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of the
|
||||
* error list. It is followed by several `FT_ERROR_DEF` calls.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro is called to define one single error. 'e' is the error
|
||||
* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument`), 'v' is the error's
|
||||
* numerical value, and 's' is the corresponding error string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_ERROR_END_LIST
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro ends the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_` before #including
|
||||
* this file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Here is a simple example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
|
||||
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s },
|
||||
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST {
|
||||
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* const struct
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* int err_code;
|
||||
* const char* err_msg;
|
||||
* } ft_errors[] =
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include FT_ERRORS_H
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An alternative to using an array is a switch statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
|
||||
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST switch ( error_code ) {
|
||||
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) case v: return s;
|
||||
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST }
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS`, `error_code` should
|
||||
* be replaced with `FT_ERROR_BASE(error_code)` in the last example.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__`. However, */
|
||||
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
|
||||
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
|
||||
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
|
||||
/* ``` */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* work for backward compatibility. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
|
||||
#define FTERRORS_H_
|
||||
#define __FTERRORS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* include module base error codes */
|
||||
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
|
||||
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_`. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
|
||||
/* enumeration type. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
|
||||
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
|
||||
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* this macro is used to define an error */
|
||||
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
|
||||
|
||||
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
|
||||
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
|
||||
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
|
||||
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* now include the error codes */
|
||||
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
|
||||
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
|
||||
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
|
||||
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
|
||||
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
|
||||
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
|
||||
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS: Control if function prototypes should be */
|
||||
/* included with `#include FT_ERRORS_H'. This is */
|
||||
/* only true where `FT_ERRORDEF` is undefined. */
|
||||
/* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED: Actual multiple-inclusion protection of */
|
||||
/* `fterrors.h`. */
|
||||
#ifdef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
|
||||
#undef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Error_String
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the description of a valid FreeType error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* error_code ::
|
||||
* A valid FreeType error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* A C~string or `NULL`, if any error occurred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* FreeType has to be compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS` or
|
||||
* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to get meaningful descriptions.
|
||||
* 'error_string' will be `NULL` otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Module identification will be ignored:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```c
|
||||
* strcmp( FT_Error_String( FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format ),
|
||||
* FT_Error_String( BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format ) ) == 0;
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
|
||||
FT_Error_String( FT_Error error_code );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftfntfmt.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support functions for font formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
|
||||
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* font_formats
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Font Formats
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Getting the font format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The single function in this section can be used to get the font format.
|
||||
* Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are
|
||||
* special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to
|
||||
* differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Font_Format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible values
|
||||
* are 'TrueType', 'Type~1', 'BDF', 'PCF', 'Type~42', 'CID~Type~1', 'CFF',
|
||||
* 'PFR', and 'Windows~FNT'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* Input face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* Font format string. `NULL` in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
|
||||
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated */
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
|
||||
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftgasp.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Access of TrueType's 'gasp' table (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
|
||||
#define FTGASP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* gasp_table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Gasp Table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Retrieving TrueType 'gasp' table entries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
|
||||
* font for specific entries in its 'gasp' table, if any. This is mainly
|
||||
* useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode
|
||||
* interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_GASP_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
|
||||
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
|
||||
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
|
||||
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
|
||||
* This **really** means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
|
||||
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
|
||||
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
|
||||
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
|
||||
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
|
||||
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are to be
|
||||
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
|
||||
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING` and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT` are to
|
||||
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and
|
||||
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are consequently ignored).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 'ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
|
||||
* protected by patents.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
|
||||
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Gasp
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
|
||||
* flags from the font's 'gasp' table corresponding to a given character
|
||||
* pixel size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* The source face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ppem ::
|
||||
* The vertical character pixel size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
|
||||
* 'gasp' table in the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
|
||||
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
|
||||
* function **after** setting an instance since the return values can
|
||||
* change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
|
||||
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt ppem );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftglyph.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions that
|
||||
* can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph bitmaps and
|
||||
* outlines from a given face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server or
|
||||
* text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty handy
|
||||
* for many other simple uses of the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
|
||||
#define FTGLYPH_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* glyph_management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Glyph Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through
|
||||
* generic @FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap,
|
||||
* a vector outline, or even images in other formats. These objects are
|
||||
* detached from @FT_Face, contrary to @FT_GlyphSlot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* forward declaration to a private type */
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a
|
||||
* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap
|
||||
* or pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release
|
||||
* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling
|
||||
* @FT_Done_FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_GlyphRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance
|
||||
* width in 16.16 fixed-point format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* clazz ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* format ::
|
||||
* The format of the glyph's image.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* advance ::
|
||||
* A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Library library;
|
||||
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Format format;
|
||||
FT_Vector advance;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_GlyphRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_BitmapGlyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a
|
||||
* sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_BitmapGlyphRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a
|
||||
* 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* root ::
|
||||
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* left ::
|
||||
* The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the
|
||||
* current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* top ::
|
||||
* The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current
|
||||
* pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance
|
||||
* is positive for upwards~y!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bitmap ::
|
||||
* A descriptor for the bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have
|
||||
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP`. This lets you access the
|
||||
* bitmap's contents easily.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph and
|
||||
* is thus created and destroyed with it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_GlyphRec root;
|
||||
FT_Int left;
|
||||
FT_Int top;
|
||||
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_OutlineGlyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a
|
||||
* sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_OutlineGlyphRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is
|
||||
* a 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* root ::
|
||||
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A descriptor for the outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have
|
||||
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE`. This lets you access the
|
||||
* outline's content easily.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are
|
||||
* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
|
||||
* was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed
|
||||
* with it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_GlyphRec root;
|
||||
FT_Outline outline;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Glyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to create a new empty glyph image. Note that the
|
||||
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* format ::
|
||||
* The format of the glyph's image.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aglyph ::
|
||||
* A handle to the glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Glyph( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Format format,
|
||||
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Glyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that the
|
||||
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* slot ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source glyph slot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aglyph ::
|
||||
* A handle to the glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Because `*aglyph->advance.x` and `*aglyph->advance.y` are 16.16
|
||||
* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x` and `slot->advance.y` (which
|
||||
* are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range ]-32768;32768[.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
|
||||
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created
|
||||
* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* target ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
|
||||
FT_Glyph *target );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Transform
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* glyph ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* matrix ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* delta ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in
|
||||
* 1/64th of a pixel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance
|
||||
* vector.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
FT_Matrix* matrix,
|
||||
FT_Vector* delta );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::
|
||||
* Return unscaled font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::
|
||||
* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::
|
||||
* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::
|
||||
* Return coordinates in integer pixels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::
|
||||
* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
|
||||
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
|
||||
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
|
||||
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
|
||||
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
|
||||
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode` values instead */
|
||||
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
|
||||
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
|
||||
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
|
||||
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
|
||||
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return a glyph's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
|
||||
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
|
||||
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
|
||||
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
|
||||
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
|
||||
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
|
||||
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
|
||||
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* glyph ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* mode ::
|
||||
* The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* acbox ::
|
||||
* The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in
|
||||
* 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards
|
||||
* convention.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode` must
|
||||
* be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6
|
||||
* pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for
|
||||
* this constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
|
||||
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get
|
||||
* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
|
||||
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
|
||||
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, which can be
|
||||
* eventually converted back to font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one
|
||||
* can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer
|
||||
* or 26.6 pixels) as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
|
||||
* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode` is set to
|
||||
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,
|
||||
* which corresponds to:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);
|
||||
* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);
|
||||
* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);
|
||||
* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
|
||||
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
|
||||
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
|
||||
FT_BBox *acbox );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* the_glyph ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* render_mode ::
|
||||
* An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* origin ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before
|
||||
* rendering. Can be~0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed
|
||||
* in 26.6 pixels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* destroy ::
|
||||
* A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be
|
||||
* destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The glyph image is translated with the `origin` vector before
|
||||
* rendering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will be
|
||||
* _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). Typically,
|
||||
* you would use (omitting error handling):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_Glyph glyph;
|
||||
* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // load glyph
|
||||
* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // extract glyph image
|
||||
* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)
|
||||
* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
|
||||
* 0, 1 );
|
||||
* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // access bitmap content by typecasting
|
||||
* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)
|
||||
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Here is another example, again without error handling:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
|
||||
* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||
|
||||
* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyphs[idx] );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx];
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into
|
||||
* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
|
||||
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
|
||||
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
|
||||
FT_Vector* origin,
|
||||
FT_Bool destroy );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Done_Glyph
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Destroy a given glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* glyph ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target glyph object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* other helpful functions */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* computations
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Matrix_Multiply
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* a ::
|
||||
* A pointer to matrix `a`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* b ::
|
||||
* A pointer to matrix `b`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The result is undefined if either `a` or `b` is zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become
|
||||
* meaningless if the arguments are very large.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
|
||||
FT_Matrix* b );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Matrix_Invert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* matrix ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local Variables: */
|
||||
/* coding: utf-8 */
|
||||
/* End: */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftgxval.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
|
||||
* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.
|
||||
* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology
|
||||
* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
|
||||
#define FTGXVAL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* gx_validation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
|
||||
* TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak,
|
||||
* prop, lcar).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
|
||||
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
|
||||
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Use `FT_VALIDATE_XXX` to validate a table.
|
||||
* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
|
||||
* for the `table-length` argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
|
||||
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
|
||||
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
|
||||
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
|
||||
* Validate 'feat' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
|
||||
* Validate 'mort' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
|
||||
* Validate 'morx' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
|
||||
* Validate 'bsln' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
|
||||
* Validate 'just' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
|
||||
* Validate 'kern' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
|
||||
* Validate 'opbd' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
|
||||
* Validate 'trak' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
|
||||
* Validate 'prop' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
|
||||
* Validate 'lcar' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
|
||||
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
|
||||
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
|
||||
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
|
||||
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
|
||||
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* validation_flags ::
|
||||
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
|
||||
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* table_length ::
|
||||
* The size of the `tables` array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
|
||||
* should be passed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* tables ::
|
||||
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array
|
||||
* itself must be allocated by a client.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
|
||||
* each `tables` element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A `NULL` value
|
||||
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
|
||||
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
|
||||
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt validation_flags,
|
||||
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
|
||||
FT_UInt table_length );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* table ::
|
||||
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
|
||||
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Bytes table );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate to
|
||||
* indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type
|
||||
* doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
|
||||
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
|
||||
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
|
||||
* Handle the 'kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the
|
||||
* offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level
|
||||
* library that actually does the text layout can access those tables
|
||||
* without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The 'kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
|
||||
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
|
||||
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* validation_flags ::
|
||||
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
|
||||
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* ckern_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the kern table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
|
||||
* `ckern_table`, by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A `NULL` value
|
||||
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt validation_flags,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* table ::
|
||||
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
|
||||
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
|
||||
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Bytes table );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftgzip.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Gzip-compressed stream support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
|
||||
#define FTGZIP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* gzip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* GZIP Streams
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Using gzip-compressed font files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly
|
||||
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz` fonts that come with
|
||||
* XFree86.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stream ::
|
||||
* The target embedding stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* The source stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
|
||||
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
|
||||
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
|
||||
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
|
||||
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
|
||||
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
|
||||
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it
|
||||
* and re-open the face with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
|
||||
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
|
||||
FT_Stream source );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
|
||||
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress` function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* A FreeType memory handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* input ::
|
||||
* The input buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* input_len ::
|
||||
* The length of the input buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* output ::
|
||||
* The output buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* output_len ::
|
||||
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
|
||||
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
|
||||
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
|
||||
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len` is the size of
|
||||
* the used data in `output`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
|
||||
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.5.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
FT_Byte* output,
|
||||
FT_ULong* output_len,
|
||||
const FT_Byte* input,
|
||||
FT_ULong input_len );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftincrem.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType incremental loading (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
|
||||
#define FTINCREM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* incremental
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Incremental Loading
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Custom Glyph Loading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
|
||||
* 'incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
|
||||
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
|
||||
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
|
||||
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
|
||||
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
|
||||
* 'incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
|
||||
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript
|
||||
* interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be
|
||||
* overridden by different values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* It is up to client applications to create and implement
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for
|
||||
* the methods @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc,
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
|
||||
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by
|
||||
* the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* bearing_x ::
|
||||
* Left bearing, in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bearing_y ::
|
||||
* Top bearing, in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* advance ::
|
||||
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* advance_v ::
|
||||
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
|
||||
* value of the `vertical` argument to the function
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Long bearing_x;
|
||||
FT_Long bearing_y;
|
||||
FT_Long advance;
|
||||
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
|
||||
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
|
||||
* enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
|
||||
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
|
||||
* the 'glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
|
||||
* **unencrypted** charstring bytes, without any `lenIV` header. It is
|
||||
* undefined for any other format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* incremental ::
|
||||
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
|
||||
* application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* glyph_index ::
|
||||
* Index of relevant glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* adata ::
|
||||
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
|
||||
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If this function returns successfully the method
|
||||
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the
|
||||
* data bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
|
||||
* compound glyphs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
|
||||
FT_UInt glyph_index,
|
||||
FT_Data* adata );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
|
||||
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* incremental ::
|
||||
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
|
||||
* application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data ::
|
||||
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
|
||||
* as a read-only byte block).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
|
||||
FT_Data* data );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
|
||||
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
|
||||
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place
|
||||
* from the glyph images proper.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* incremental ::
|
||||
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
|
||||
* application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* glyph_index ::
|
||||
* Index of relevant glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* vertical ::
|
||||
* If true, return vertical metrics.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ametrics ::
|
||||
* This parameter is used for both input and output. The original
|
||||
* glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available
|
||||
* all the values must be set to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* ametrics ::
|
||||
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
|
||||
( FT_Incremental incremental,
|
||||
FT_UInt glyph_index,
|
||||
FT_Bool vertical,
|
||||
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally.
|
||||
* Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* get_glyph_data ::
|
||||
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* free_glyph_data ::
|
||||
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* get_glyph_metrics ::
|
||||
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not
|
||||
* provide overriding glyph metrics.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
|
||||
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
|
||||
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
|
||||
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
|
||||
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
|
||||
* FT_Parameter parameter;
|
||||
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // set up incremental descriptor
|
||||
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
|
||||
* inc_int.object = my_object;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // set up optional parameter
|
||||
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
|
||||
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
|
||||
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
|
||||
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
|
||||
* open_args.num_params = 1;
|
||||
* open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // open the font
|
||||
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
|
||||
FT_Incremental object;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Incremental_Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftlcdfil.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs
|
||||
* (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
|
||||
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* lcd_rendering
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Subpixel Rendering
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* API to control subpixel rendering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* FreeType provides two alternative subpixel rendering technologies.
|
||||
* Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your
|
||||
* `ftoption.h` file, this enables patented ClearType-style rendering.
|
||||
* Otherwise, Harmony LCD rendering is enabled. These technologies are
|
||||
* controlled differently and API described below, although always
|
||||
* available, performs its function when appropriate method is enabled
|
||||
* and does nothing otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
|
||||
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
|
||||
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Using the
|
||||
* subpixels coverages unfiltered can create severe color fringes
|
||||
* especially when rendering thin features. Indeed, to produce
|
||||
* black-on-white text, the nearby color subpixels must be dimmed
|
||||
* equally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A good 5-tap FIR filter should be applied to subpixel coverages
|
||||
* regardless of pixel boundaries and should have these properties:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. It should be symmetrical, like {~a, b, c, b, a~}, to avoid
|
||||
* any shifts in appearance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. It should be color-balanced, meaning a~+ b~=~c, to reduce color
|
||||
* fringes by distributing the computed coverage for one subpixel to
|
||||
* all subpixels equally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. It should be normalized, meaning 2a~+ 2b~+ c~=~1.0 to maintain
|
||||
* overall brightness.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Boxy 3-tap filter {0, 1/3, 1/3, 1/3, 0} is sharper but is less
|
||||
* forgiving of non-ideal gamma curves of a screen (and viewing angles),
|
||||
* beveled filters are fuzzier but more tolerant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
|
||||
* API to specify a low-pass filter, which is then applied to
|
||||
* subpixel-rendered bitmaps generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Harmony LCD rendering is suitable to panels with any regular subpixel
|
||||
* structure, not just monitors with 3 color striped subpixels, as long
|
||||
* as the color subpixels have fixed positions relative to the pixel
|
||||
* center. In this case, each color channel is then rendered separately
|
||||
* after shifting the outline opposite to the subpixel shift so that the
|
||||
* coverage maps are aligned. This method is immune to color fringes
|
||||
* because the shifts do not change integral coverage.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The subpixel geometry must be specified by xy-coordinates for each
|
||||
* subpixel. By convention they may come in the RGB order: {{-1/3, 0},
|
||||
* {0, 0}, {1/3, 0}} for standard RGB striped panel or {{-1/6, 1/4},
|
||||
* {-1/6, -1/4}, {1/3, 0}} for a certain PenTile panel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry API to specify subpixel positions.
|
||||
* If one follows the RGB order convention, the same order applies to the
|
||||
* resulting @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V bitmaps. Note,
|
||||
* however, that the coordinate frame for the latter must be rotated
|
||||
* clockwise. Harmony with default LCD geometry is equivalent to
|
||||
* ClearType with light filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As a result of ClearType filtering or Harmony rendering, the
|
||||
* dimensions of LCD bitmaps can be either wider or taller than the
|
||||
* dimensions of the corresponding outline with regard to the pixel grid.
|
||||
* For example, for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 2~subpixels to
|
||||
* the left, and 2~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are
|
||||
* adjusted accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout
|
||||
* and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ClearType and Harmony rendering is applicable to glyph bitmaps
|
||||
* rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, and
|
||||
* @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap, when @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
|
||||
* is specified. This API does not control @FT_Outline_Render and
|
||||
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The described algorithms can completely remove color artefacts when
|
||||
* combined with gamma-corrected alpha blending in linear space. Each of
|
||||
* the 3~alpha values (subpixels) must by independently used to blend one
|
||||
* color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the text
|
||||
* color with the red channel of the background pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_LcdFilter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
|
||||
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
|
||||
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
|
||||
* This is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
|
||||
* with weights of [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] in 1/256th units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
|
||||
* this is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter with
|
||||
* weights of [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] in 1/256th units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
|
||||
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
|
||||
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
|
||||
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
|
||||
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
|
||||
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
|
||||
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future. The second value is
|
||||
* provided for compatibility with FontConfig, which historically used
|
||||
* different enumeration, sometimes incorrectly forwarded to FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1` since 2.6.2)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
|
||||
|
||||
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_LcdFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
|
||||
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
|
||||
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* filter ::
|
||||
* The filter type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
|
||||
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well
|
||||
* on most LCD screens.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
|
||||
* explicit call to this function with a `filter` value other than
|
||||
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
|
||||
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the
|
||||
* configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not
|
||||
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
|
||||
* default builds of FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.3.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_LcdFilter filter );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
|
||||
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* weights ::
|
||||
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
|
||||
* uses them to specify the filter weights in 1/256th units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
|
||||
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the
|
||||
* configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not
|
||||
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
|
||||
* default builds of FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
|
||||
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
|
||||
unsigned char *weights );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
|
||||
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function can be used to modify default positions of color
|
||||
* subpixels, which controls Harmony LCD rendering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* sub ::
|
||||
* A pointer to an array of 3 vectors in 26.6 fractional pixel format;
|
||||
* the function modifies the default values, see the note below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Subpixel geometry examples:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - {{-21, 0}, {0, 0}, {21, 0}} is the default, corresponding to 3 color
|
||||
* stripes shifted by a third of a pixel. This could be an RGB panel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - {{21, 0}, {0, 0}, {-21, 0}} looks the same as the default but can
|
||||
* specify a BGR panel instead, while keeping the bitmap in the same
|
||||
* RGB888 format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - {{0, 21}, {0, 0}, {0, -21}} is the vertical RGB, but the bitmap
|
||||
* stays RGB888 as a result.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - {{-11, 16}, {-11, -16}, {22, 0}} is a certain PenTile arrangement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does nothing and returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
|
||||
* in the context of ClearType-style subpixel rendering when
|
||||
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is defined in your build of the
|
||||
* library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Vector sub[3] );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftlist.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Generic list support for FreeType (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its data
|
||||
* structures are defined in `freetype.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
|
||||
#define FTLIST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* list_processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* List Processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Simple management of lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains various definitions related to list processing
|
||||
* using doubly-linked nodes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_List
|
||||
* FT_ListNode
|
||||
* FT_ListRec
|
||||
* FT_ListNodeRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_List_Add
|
||||
* FT_List_Insert
|
||||
* FT_List_Find
|
||||
* FT_List_Remove
|
||||
* FT_List_Up
|
||||
* FT_List_Iterate
|
||||
* FT_List_Iterator
|
||||
* FT_List_Finalize
|
||||
* FT_List_Destructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Find
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Find the list node for a given listed object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the parent list.
|
||||
* data ::
|
||||
* The address of the listed object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* List node. `NULL` if it wasn't found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
|
||||
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
|
||||
void* data );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Add
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Append an element to the end of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the parent list.
|
||||
* node ::
|
||||
* The node to append.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_ListNode node );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Insert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Insert an element at the head of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A pointer to parent list.
|
||||
* node ::
|
||||
* The node to insert.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_ListNode node );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Remove
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the
|
||||
* node is in the list!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* node ::
|
||||
* The node to remove.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the parent list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_ListNode node );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Up
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the parent list.
|
||||
* node ::
|
||||
* The node to move.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_ListNode node );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_List_Iterator
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse by
|
||||
* @FT_List_Iterate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* node ::
|
||||
* The current iteration list node.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point
|
||||
* to the iteration's state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
|
||||
void* user );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Iterate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.
|
||||
* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls
|
||||
* returns a non-zero value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A handle to the list.
|
||||
* iterator ::
|
||||
* An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the second argument to the
|
||||
* iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
|
||||
void* user );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_List_Destructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list
|
||||
* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* system ::
|
||||
* The current system object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data ::
|
||||
* The current object to destroy.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to
|
||||
* point to the iteration's state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
void* data,
|
||||
void* user );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_List_Finalize
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* list ::
|
||||
* A handle to the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* destroy ::
|
||||
* A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
|
||||
* Set this to `NULL` if not needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* The current memory object that handles deallocation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the last argument to the
|
||||
* destructor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or
|
||||
* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
|
||||
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
|
||||
FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
void* user );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftlzw.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LZW-compressed stream support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
|
||||
#define FTLZW_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* lzw
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* LZW Streams
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Using LZW-compressed font files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly
|
||||
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z` fonts that come with XFree86.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stream ::
|
||||
* The target embedding stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* The source stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
|
||||
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
|
||||
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
|
||||
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
|
||||
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
|
||||
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
|
||||
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and
|
||||
* re-open the face with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
|
||||
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
|
||||
FT_Stream source );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftmac.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additional Mac-specific API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: Include this file after `FT_FREETYPE_H` and after any
|
||||
* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as
|
||||
* 'Handle', 'FSSpec', 'FSRef', etc.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
|
||||
#define FTMAC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
|
||||
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
|
||||
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
|
||||
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
|
||||
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
|
||||
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* mac_specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Mac Specific Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Only available on the Macintosh.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled
|
||||
* on a Macintosh.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Face_From_FOND
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* fond ::
|
||||
* A FOND resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* Only supported for the -1 'sanity check' special case.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aface ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new face object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @example:
|
||||
* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts that
|
||||
* are installed in the system as follows.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );
|
||||
* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
|
||||
Handle fond,
|
||||
FT_Long face_index,
|
||||
FT_Face *aface )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* fontName ::
|
||||
* Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* pathSpec ::
|
||||
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
|
||||
FSSpec* pathSpec,
|
||||
FT_Long* face_index )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* fontName ::
|
||||
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* pathSpec ::
|
||||
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
|
||||
FSSpec* pathSpec,
|
||||
FT_Long* face_index )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name
|
||||
* that is handled by ATS framework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* fontName ::
|
||||
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* path ::
|
||||
* Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
|
||||
* The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxPathSize ::
|
||||
* Lengths of the buffer `path` that client allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
|
||||
UInt8* path,
|
||||
UInt32 maxPathSize,
|
||||
FT_Long* face_index )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
|
||||
* using an FSSpec to the font file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* spec ::
|
||||
* FSSpec to the font file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
|
||||
* index~0.
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aface ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new face object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except it
|
||||
* accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FSSpec *spec,
|
||||
FT_Long face_index,
|
||||
FT_Face *aface )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
|
||||
* using an FSRef to the font file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* spec ::
|
||||
* FSRef to the font file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* face_index ::
|
||||
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
|
||||
* index~0.
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aface ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new face object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except it accepts
|
||||
* an FSRef instead of a path.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FSRef *ref,
|
||||
FT_Long face_index,
|
||||
FT_Face *aface )
|
||||
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftmm.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTMM_H_
|
||||
#define FTMM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* multiple_masters
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Multiple Masters
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master
|
||||
* fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting
|
||||
* design axis coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX and
|
||||
* OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with Adobe
|
||||
* MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are similar
|
||||
* enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_MM_Axis
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* name ::
|
||||
* The axis's name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* minimum ::
|
||||
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maximum ::
|
||||
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_String* name;
|
||||
FT_Long minimum;
|
||||
FT_Long maximum;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_MM_Axis;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Multi_Master
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* num_axis ::
|
||||
* Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_designs ::
|
||||
* Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the
|
||||
* Type~1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be
|
||||
* present. This number cannot exceed~16.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* axis ::
|
||||
* A table of axis descriptors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UInt num_axis;
|
||||
FT_UInt num_designs;
|
||||
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Multi_Master;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Var_Axis
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple
|
||||
* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* name ::
|
||||
* The axis's name. Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType
|
||||
* variation fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* minimum ::
|
||||
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* def ::
|
||||
* The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful
|
||||
* default values for Adobe MM fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maximum ::
|
||||
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tag ::
|
||||
* The axis's tag (the equivalent to 'name' for TrueType GX and
|
||||
* OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides default values for
|
||||
* Adobe MM fonts if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strid ::
|
||||
* The axis name entry in the font's 'name' table. This is another
|
||||
* (and often better) version of the 'name' field for TrueType GX or
|
||||
* OpenType variation fonts. Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The fields `minimum`, `def`, and `maximum` are 16.16 fractional values
|
||||
* for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the
|
||||
* values are integers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_String* name;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Fixed minimum;
|
||||
FT_Fixed def;
|
||||
FT_Fixed maximum;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong tag;
|
||||
FT_UInt strid;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Var_Axis;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Var_Named_Style
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType
|
||||
* variation font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* The design coordinates for this instance. This is an array with one
|
||||
* entry for each axis.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strid ::
|
||||
* The entry in 'name' table identifying this instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* psid ::
|
||||
* The entry in 'name' table identifying a PostScript name for this
|
||||
* instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing entry.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords;
|
||||
FT_UInt strid;
|
||||
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_MM_Var
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType GX,
|
||||
* or OpenType variation font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* num_axis ::
|
||||
* The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for Adobe MM fonts; no
|
||||
* limit in TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_designs ::
|
||||
* The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for Adobe MM
|
||||
* fonts. Not meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts
|
||||
* (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_namedstyles ::
|
||||
* The number of named styles; a 'named style' is a tuple of design
|
||||
* coordinates that has a string ID (in the 'name' table) associated
|
||||
* with it. The font can tell the user that, for example,
|
||||
* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is 'Bold'. Another name for 'named style' is
|
||||
* 'named instance'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is always zero because
|
||||
* the format does not support named styles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* axis ::
|
||||
* An axis descriptor table. TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts
|
||||
* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. Memory management
|
||||
* of this pointer is done internally by FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* namedstyle ::
|
||||
* A named style (instance) table. Only meaningful for TrueType GX and
|
||||
* OpenType variation fonts. Memory management of this pointer is done
|
||||
* internally by FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UInt num_axis;
|
||||
FT_UInt num_designs;
|
||||
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
|
||||
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
|
||||
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_MM_Var;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Multi_Master
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* amaster ::
|
||||
* The Multiple Masters descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_MM_Var
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* amaster ::
|
||||
* The variation descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the
|
||||
* user must deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Done_MM_Var
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle of the face's parent library object that was used in the
|
||||
* call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design
|
||||
* coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* num_coords ::
|
||||
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
|
||||
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
|
||||
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* An array of design coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
|
||||
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
|
||||
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
|
||||
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
|
||||
* this bit flag gets unset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Long* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* num_coords ::
|
||||
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
|
||||
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
|
||||
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* An array of design coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
|
||||
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
|
||||
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
|
||||
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
|
||||
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
|
||||
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
|
||||
* this bit flag gets unset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated
|
||||
* font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_coords ::
|
||||
* The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it is larger than
|
||||
* the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* The design coordinates array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.7.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend
|
||||
* coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* num_coords ::
|
||||
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
|
||||
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
|
||||
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0
|
||||
* for Adobe MM fonts, and between -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and
|
||||
* OpenType variation fonts).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
|
||||
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
|
||||
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
|
||||
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
|
||||
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
|
||||
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
|
||||
* this bit flag gets unset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected
|
||||
* interpolated font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_coords ::
|
||||
* The number of normalized blend coordinates to retrieve. If it is
|
||||
* larger than the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.5 for
|
||||
* Adobe MM fonts, and to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* coords ::
|
||||
* The normalized blend coordinates array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.7.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.7.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_coords,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* coords );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_MM_WeightVector
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design by directly
|
||||
* setting the weight vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* len ::
|
||||
* The length of the weight vector array. If it is larger than the
|
||||
* number of designs, the extra values are ignored. If it is less than
|
||||
* the number of designs, the remaining values are set to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* weightvector ::
|
||||
* An array representing the weight vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
|
||||
* length of the weight vector to~16.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `len` is zero and `weightvector` is `NULL`, the weight vector array
|
||||
* is reset to the default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Adobe documentation also states that the values in the
|
||||
* WeightVector array must total 1.0 +/-~0.001. In practice this does
|
||||
* not seem to be enforced, so is not enforced here, either.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt len,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_MM_WeightVector
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* For Adobe MM fonts, retrieve the current weight vector of the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
|
||||
* fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* len ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the size of the array to be filled. If the size of the
|
||||
* array is less than the number of designs, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument`
|
||||
* is returned, and `len` is set to the required size (the number of
|
||||
* designs). If the size of the array is greater than the number of
|
||||
* designs, the remaining entries are set to~0. On successful
|
||||
* completion, `len` is set to the number of designs (i.e., the number
|
||||
* of values written to the array).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* weightvector ::
|
||||
* An array to be filled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
|
||||
* length of the WeightVector to~16.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt* len,
|
||||
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of bit flags used in the return value of
|
||||
* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::
|
||||
* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Get the 'flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags` is always zero).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* master ::
|
||||
* The variation descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* axis_index ::
|
||||
* The index of the requested variation axis.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* flags ::
|
||||
* The 'flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
|
||||
FT_UInt axis_index,
|
||||
FT_UInt* flags );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Named_Instance
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Set or change the current named instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* instance_index ::
|
||||
* The index of the requested instance, starting with value 1. If set
|
||||
* to value 0, FreeType switches to font access without a named
|
||||
* instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The function uses the value of `instance_index` to set bits 16-30 of
|
||||
* the face's `face_index` field. It also resets any variation applied
|
||||
* to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the face's
|
||||
* `face_flags` field gets reset to zero (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will
|
||||
* return false).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function
|
||||
* simply resets the current face to the default instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.9
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt instance_index );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftmodapi.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType modules public interface (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
|
||||
#define FTMODAPI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* module_management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Module Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.
|
||||
* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. Additionally,
|
||||
* some module properties can be controlled also.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name` field in the
|
||||
* @FT_Module_Class structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* autofitter
|
||||
* bdf
|
||||
* cff
|
||||
* gxvalid
|
||||
* otvalid
|
||||
* pcf
|
||||
* pfr
|
||||
* psaux
|
||||
* pshinter
|
||||
* psnames
|
||||
* raster1
|
||||
* sfnt
|
||||
* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv
|
||||
* truetype
|
||||
* type1
|
||||
* type42
|
||||
* t1cid
|
||||
* winfonts
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_Module
|
||||
* FT_Module_Constructor
|
||||
* FT_Module_Destructor
|
||||
* FT_Module_Requester
|
||||
* FT_Module_Class
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Add_Module
|
||||
* FT_Get_Module
|
||||
* FT_Remove_Module
|
||||
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Property_Set
|
||||
* FT_Property_Get
|
||||
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_New_Library
|
||||
* FT_Done_Library
|
||||
* FT_Reference_Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Renderer
|
||||
* FT_Renderer_Class
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Get_Renderer
|
||||
* FT_Set_Renderer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* module bit flags */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
|
||||
/* scalable fonts */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
|
||||
/* support vector outlines */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
|
||||
/* own hinter */
|
||||
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
|
||||
/* produces LIGHT hints */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated values */
|
||||
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
|
||||
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
|
||||
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
|
||||
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
|
||||
|
||||
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
|
||||
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
|
||||
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
|
||||
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Module_Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* module ::
|
||||
* The module to initialize.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Module_Destructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* module ::
|
||||
* The module to finalize.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Module_Requester
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* module ::
|
||||
* The module to be searched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* name ::
|
||||
* The name of the interface in the module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Module_Interface
|
||||
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
|
||||
const char* name );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Module_Class
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The module class descriptor. While being a public structure necessary
|
||||
* for FreeType's module bookkeeping, most of the fields are essentially
|
||||
* internal, not to be used directly by an application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* module_flags ::
|
||||
* Bit flags describing the module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_size ::
|
||||
* The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_name ::
|
||||
* The name of the module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_version ::
|
||||
* The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_requires ::
|
||||
* The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed
|
||||
* number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_interface ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer to a structure (which varies between different
|
||||
* modules) that holds the module's interface functions. This is
|
||||
* essentially what `get_interface` returns.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_init ::
|
||||
* The initializing function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_done ::
|
||||
* The finalizing function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* get_interface ::
|
||||
* The interface requesting function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_ULong module_flags;
|
||||
FT_Long module_size;
|
||||
const FT_String* module_name;
|
||||
FT_Fixed module_version;
|
||||
FT_Fixed module_requires;
|
||||
|
||||
const void* module_interface;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
|
||||
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
|
||||
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Module_Class;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Add_Module
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Add a new module to a given library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* clazz ::
|
||||
* A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
|
||||
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Module
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Find a module by its name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_name ::
|
||||
* The module's name (as an ASCII string).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* A module handle. 0~if none was found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you
|
||||
* should look up the source code for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
|
||||
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const char* module_name );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Remove_Module
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Remove a given module from a library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* module ::
|
||||
* A handle to a module object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Module module );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Property_Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Set a property for a given module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_name ::
|
||||
* The module name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* property_name ::
|
||||
* The property name. Properties are described in section
|
||||
* @properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* value ::
|
||||
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
|
||||
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value` is
|
||||
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
|
||||
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
|
||||
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following example sets property 'bar' (a simple integer) in
|
||||
* module 'foo' to value~1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_UInt bar;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bar = 1;
|
||||
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
|
||||
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
|
||||
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if a
|
||||
* module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache sub-system
|
||||
* itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.11
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_String* module_name,
|
||||
const FT_String* property_name,
|
||||
const void* value );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Property_Get
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Get a module's property value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* module_name ::
|
||||
* The module name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* property_name ::
|
||||
* The property name. Properties are described in section
|
||||
* @properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* value ::
|
||||
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the value
|
||||
* of the property. The exact definition of `value` is dependent on
|
||||
* the property; see section @properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
|
||||
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
|
||||
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following example gets property 'baz' (a range) in module 'foo'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* typedef range_
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* FT_Int32 min;
|
||||
* FT_Int32 max;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* } range;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* range baz;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
|
||||
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.11
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
|
||||
const FT_String* module_name,
|
||||
const FT_String* property_name,
|
||||
void* value );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is
|
||||
* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment
|
||||
* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties for
|
||||
* more.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
|
||||
* multiple lines for better readability).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* <optional whitespace>
|
||||
* <module-name1> ':'
|
||||
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
|
||||
* <whitespace>
|
||||
* <module-name2> ':'
|
||||
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
|
||||
* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \
|
||||
* autofitter:warping=1
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Reference_Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure
|
||||
* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Library
|
||||
* then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply
|
||||
* decrements the counter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that
|
||||
* reference @FT_Library objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a target library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a
|
||||
* given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with
|
||||
* distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, however,
|
||||
* that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain valid for the
|
||||
* life of the @FT_Library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to
|
||||
* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, and a
|
||||
* call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to
|
||||
* initialize the FreeType library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a library
|
||||
* instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* A handle to the original memory object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* alibrary ::
|
||||
* A pointer to handle of a new library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
|
||||
* @FT_Reference_Library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
FT_Library *alibrary );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Done_Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards
|
||||
* all resource objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
|
||||
* @FT_Reference_Library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_DebugHook_Func
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A drop-in replacement (or rather a wrapper) for the bytecode or
|
||||
* charstring interpreter's main loop function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Its job is essentially
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - to activate debug mode to enforce single-stepping,
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - to call the main loop function to interpret the next opcode, and
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - to show the changed context to the user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An example for such a main loop function is `TT_RunIns` (declared in
|
||||
* FreeType's internal header file `src/truetype/ttinterp.h`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
|
||||
* for an example of a drop-in replacement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* arg ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer, to be cast to the main loop function's data
|
||||
* structure (which depends on the font module). For TrueType fonts
|
||||
* it is bytecode interpreter's execution context, `TT_ExecContext`,
|
||||
* which is declared in FreeType's internal header file `tttypes.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of named debug hook indices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE::
|
||||
* This hook index identifies the TrueType bytecode debugger.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font
|
||||
* format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* While this is a public API function, an application needs access to
|
||||
* FreeType's internal header files to do something useful.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
|
||||
* for an example of its usage.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* hook_index ::
|
||||
* The index of the debug hook. You should use defined enumeration
|
||||
* macros like @FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* debug_hook ::
|
||||
* The function used to debug the interpreter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only one (for the
|
||||
* TrueType interpreter) is defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_UInt hook_index,
|
||||
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is
|
||||
* only useful when you create a library object with @FT_New_Library
|
||||
* (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new library object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* truetype_engine
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* The TrueType Engine
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* TrueType bytecode support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
|
||||
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is
|
||||
* implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the
|
||||
* @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
|
||||
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
|
||||
* Deprecated and removed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
|
||||
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full
|
||||
* instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this was governed
|
||||
* by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.2
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
|
||||
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
|
||||
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the
|
||||
* TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A library instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* A value indicating which level is supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.2
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
|
||||
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftmoderr.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType module error offsets (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` in `ftoption.h` is
|
||||
* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as
|
||||
* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For
|
||||
* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x0003, the
|
||||
* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1303, the error
|
||||
* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1403, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that `FT_Err_Ok`, `TT_Err_Ok`, etc. are always equal to zero,
|
||||
* including the high byte.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` isn't set, the higher byte of an
|
||||
* error value is set to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To hide the various `XXX_Err_` prefixes in the source code, FreeType
|
||||
* provides some macros in `fttypes.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ERR( err )
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the `FT_ERR_PREFIX`
|
||||
* macro) to `err`. For example, in the BDF module the line
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* expands to
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok` directly instead of
|
||||
* `FT_ERR( Ok )`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )
|
||||
* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compare error code `errcode` with the error `err` for equality and
|
||||
* inequality, respectively. Example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. Of
|
||||
* course, if module errors are not active, the above example is the
|
||||
* same as
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )
|
||||
* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Get base error and module error code, respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily with
|
||||
* something like
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #undef FTMODERR_H_
|
||||
* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },
|
||||
* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST {
|
||||
* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* const struct
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* int mod_err_offset;
|
||||
* const char* mod_err_msg
|
||||
* } ft_mod_errors[] =
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
|
||||
#define FTMODERR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
|
||||
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
|
||||
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
|
||||
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
|
||||
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
|
||||
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/***** CLEANUP *****/
|
||||
/***** *****/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
/*******************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
|
||||
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
|
||||
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
|
||||
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftotval.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the
|
||||
* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the
|
||||
* OpenType specification.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
|
||||
#define FTOTVAL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* ot_validation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* OpenType Validation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* An API to validate OpenType tables.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
|
||||
* OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_OpenType_Validate
|
||||
* FT_OpenType_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
|
||||
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
|
||||
* Validate BASE table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
|
||||
* Validate GDEF table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
|
||||
* Validate GPOS table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
|
||||
* Validate GSUB table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
|
||||
* Validate JSTF table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
|
||||
* Validate MATH table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
|
||||
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
|
||||
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_OpenType_Validate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
|
||||
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
|
||||
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
|
||||
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* validation_flags ::
|
||||
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
|
||||
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* BASE_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the BASE table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* GDEF_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* GPOS_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* GSUB_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* JSTF_table ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
|
||||
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A `NULL` value indicates that the table either
|
||||
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
|
||||
* validation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt validation_flags,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
|
||||
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_OpenType_Free
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* table ::
|
||||
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
|
||||
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
|
||||
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Bytes table );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftoutln.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of
|
||||
* most scalable font formats (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
|
||||
#define FTOUTLN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* outline_processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Outline Processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable
|
||||
* glyph images known as 'outlines'. These can also be measured,
|
||||
* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_Outline
|
||||
* FT_Outline_New
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Done
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Copy
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Translate
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Transform
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Embolden
|
||||
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Reverse
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Check
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Render
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Decompose
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Funcs
|
||||
* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
|
||||
* FT_Outline_LineToFunc
|
||||
* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
|
||||
* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Orientation
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_OUTLINE_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Decompose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual
|
||||
* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits 'move to'
|
||||
* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the source target.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* func_interface ::
|
||||
* A table of 'emitters', i.e., function pointers called during
|
||||
* decomposition to indicate path operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer that is passed to each emitter during the
|
||||
* decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the
|
||||
* decomposition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a 'move
|
||||
* to' operation followed by 'line to' to the same point. In most cases,
|
||||
* it is best to filter this out before using the outline for stroking
|
||||
* purposes (otherwise it would result in a visible dot when round caps
|
||||
* are used).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also
|
||||
* (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, you
|
||||
* should filter this out, too.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
|
||||
void* user );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_New
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new outline of a given size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated.
|
||||
* Note however that the new outline will **not** necessarily be
|
||||
* **freed**, when destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* numPoints ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of points within the outline. Must be smaller
|
||||
* than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* numContours ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of contours within the outline. This value must
|
||||
* be in the range 0 to `numPoints`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* anoutline ::
|
||||
* A handle to the new outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The reason why this function takes a `library` parameter is simply to
|
||||
* use the library's memory allocator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_UInt numPoints,
|
||||
FT_Int numContours,
|
||||
FT_Outline *anoutline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Done
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If the outline's 'owner' field is not set, only the outline descriptor
|
||||
* will be released.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Check
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A handle to a source outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also
|
||||
* valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return an outline's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
|
||||
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
|
||||
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
|
||||
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
|
||||
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
|
||||
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
|
||||
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
|
||||
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* acbox ::
|
||||
* The outline's control box.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_BBox *acbox );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Translate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* xOffset ::
|
||||
* The horizontal offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* yOffset ::
|
||||
* The vertical offset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_Pos xOffset,
|
||||
FT_Pos yOffset );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same
|
||||
* sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is
|
||||
* called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* source ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* target ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
|
||||
FT_Outline *target );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Transform
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for
|
||||
* applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* matrix ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the transformation matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the
|
||||
* outline's points.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Embolden
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times
|
||||
* `strength` pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and
|
||||
* bottom borders as unchanged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Negative `strength` values to reduce the outline thickness are
|
||||
* possible also.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* strength ::
|
||||
* How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph
|
||||
* doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain
|
||||
* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled
|
||||
* incorrectly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you need 'better' metrics values you should call
|
||||
* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with
|
||||
* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @example:
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_Pos strength );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength` pixels wider
|
||||
* and `ystrength` pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to
|
||||
* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both directions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.10
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_Pos xstrength,
|
||||
FT_Pos ystrength );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Reverse
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure
|
||||
* consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the
|
||||
* outline's `flags` field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows
|
||||
* what it is doing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply
|
||||
* OR-ed to the target bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* abitmap ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function does **not create** the bitmap, it only renders an
|
||||
* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the
|
||||
* various fields in `abitmap` should be set accordingly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The value of the `num_grays` field in `abitmap` is ignored. If you
|
||||
* select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray
|
||||
* levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Render
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.
|
||||
* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument,
|
||||
* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* params ::
|
||||
* A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the
|
||||
* rendering operation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works to
|
||||
* use this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The field `params.source` will be set to `outline` before the scan
|
||||
* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is
|
||||
* actually ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you want
|
||||
* less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. See the
|
||||
* @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags` field in the
|
||||
* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_Raster_Params* params );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Orientation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
|
||||
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
|
||||
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be
|
||||
* filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
|
||||
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise
|
||||
* contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
|
||||
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
|
||||
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the
|
||||
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
|
||||
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
|
||||
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the
|
||||
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
|
||||
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
|
||||
* the glyph have different orientation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
|
||||
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
|
||||
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
|
||||
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
|
||||
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Orientation;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill
|
||||
* orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating the
|
||||
* total area covered by the outline. The positive integral corresponds
|
||||
* to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT is
|
||||
* returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
|
||||
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
|
||||
* outlines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The orientation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
|
||||
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local Variables: */
|
||||
/* coding: utf-8 */
|
||||
/* End: */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftparams.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
|
||||
#define FTPARAMS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* parameter_tags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Parameter Tags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
|
||||
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
|
||||
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
|
||||
* family names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version 1.4).
|
||||
* Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that have a
|
||||
* four-faces-per-family restriction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* this constant is deprecated */
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
|
||||
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
|
||||
* subfamily names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version
|
||||
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
|
||||
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* this constant is deprecated */
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
|
||||
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
|
||||
* incremental glyph loading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
|
||||
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
|
||||
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding the
|
||||
* global default values or the values set up with
|
||||
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
|
||||
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
|
||||
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see @random-seed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
|
||||
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
|
||||
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
|
||||
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver or
|
||||
* autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers always
|
||||
* do, but the autohinter only in 'light' hinting mode (as of version
|
||||
* 2.9).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Deprecated, no effect.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure
|
||||
* to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the
|
||||
* TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
|
||||
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftpfr.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
|
||||
#define FTPFR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* pfr_fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* PFR Fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* PFR/TrueDoc-specific API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aoutline_resolution ::
|
||||
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM` for
|
||||
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ametrics_resolution ::
|
||||
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution` for
|
||||
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ametrics_x_scale ::
|
||||
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in
|
||||
* metrics units to device subpixels. This is equivalent to
|
||||
* `face->size->x_scale`, but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
|
||||
* can be `NULL`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ametrics_y_scale ::
|
||||
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale` but for the vertical direction.
|
||||
* optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
|
||||
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
|
||||
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
|
||||
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
|
||||
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
|
||||
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
|
||||
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* left ::
|
||||
* Index of the left glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* right ::
|
||||
* Index of the right glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* avector ::
|
||||
* A kerning vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units.
|
||||
* This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode,
|
||||
* which always returns distances converted to outline units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can use the value of the `x_scale` and `y_scale` parameters
|
||||
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt left,
|
||||
FT_UInt right,
|
||||
FT_Vector *avector );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
|
||||
* from a PFR font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* gindex ::
|
||||
* The glyph index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aadvance ::
|
||||
* The glyph advance in metrics units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You can use the `x_scale` or `y_scale` results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
|
||||
* to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt gindex,
|
||||
FT_Pos *aadvance );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftrender.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
|
||||
#define FTRENDER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_MODULE_H
|
||||
#include FT_GLYPH_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* module_management
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* create a new glyph object */
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
|
||||
|
||||
/* destroys a given glyph object */
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
|
||||
const FT_Vector* delta );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
FT_BBox* abbox );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
|
||||
FT_Glyph target );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated */
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
|
||||
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Long glyph_size;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
|
||||
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
|
||||
FT_Render_Mode mode,
|
||||
const FT_Vector* origin );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
|
||||
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
|
||||
const FT_Vector* delta );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
|
||||
FT_BBox* cbox );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef FT_Error
|
||||
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
|
||||
FT_ULong mode_tag,
|
||||
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
|
||||
|
||||
/* deprecated identifiers */
|
||||
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
|
||||
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
|
||||
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
|
||||
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Renderer_Class
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The renderer module class descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* root ::
|
||||
* The root @FT_Module_Class fields.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* glyph_format ::
|
||||
* The glyph image format this renderer handles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* render_glyph ::
|
||||
* A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into
|
||||
* a bitmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* transform_glyph ::
|
||||
* A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* get_glyph_cbox ::
|
||||
* A method used to access the glyph's cbox.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set_mode ::
|
||||
* A method used to pass additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* raster_class ::
|
||||
* For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to
|
||||
* its raster's class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Module_Class root;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
|
||||
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
|
||||
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
|
||||
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Renderer_Class;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Renderer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* format ::
|
||||
* The glyph format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* A renderer handle. 0~if none found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
|
||||
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a
|
||||
* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
|
||||
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Format format );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Set_Renderer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* A handle to the library object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* renderer ::
|
||||
* A handle to the renderer object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* num_params ::
|
||||
* The number of additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* parameters ::
|
||||
* Additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images
|
||||
* in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters`; you should
|
||||
* thus always pass `NULL` as the value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Renderer renderer,
|
||||
FT_UInt num_params,
|
||||
FT_Parameter* parameters );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftsizes.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType size objects management (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.
|
||||
* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases where
|
||||
* they are needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
|
||||
#define FTSIZES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* sizes_management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Size Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Managing multiple sizes per face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an @FT_Size
|
||||
* object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size
|
||||
* dependent information, available in the `face->size` field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly
|
||||
* in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font
|
||||
* family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the
|
||||
* contents of the current 'active' size; you thus need to use
|
||||
* @FT_Activate_Size to change it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially
|
||||
* if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_New_Size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new size object from a given face object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to a parent face object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* asize ::
|
||||
* A handle to a new size object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for
|
||||
* upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,
|
||||
* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Size* size );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Done_Size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face automatically
|
||||
* discards all size objects allocated with @FT_New_Size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* size ::
|
||||
* A handle to a target size object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Activate_Size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given
|
||||
* face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like @FT_Load_Glyph or
|
||||
* @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been activated last to
|
||||
* determine the 'current character pixel size'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can be used to 'activate' a previously created size
|
||||
* object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* size ::
|
||||
* A handle to a target size object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If `face` is the size's parent face object, this function changes the
|
||||
* value of `face->size` to the input size handle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftsnames.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Simple interface to access SFNT 'name' tables (which are used
|
||||
* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
|
||||
#define FTSNAMES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* sfnt_names
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* SFNT Names
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of a
|
||||
* special names table ('name') in font files. This table contains
|
||||
* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like
|
||||
* family name, copyright, version, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The definitions below are used to access them if available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_SfntName
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to model an SFNT 'name' table entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* platform_id ::
|
||||
* The platform ID for `string`. See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding_id ::
|
||||
* The encoding ID for `string`. See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,
|
||||
* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX for possible
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* language_id ::
|
||||
* The language ID for `string`. See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and
|
||||
* @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for possible values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Registered OpenType values for `language_id` are always smaller than
|
||||
* 0x8000; values equal or larger than 0x8000 usually indicate a
|
||||
* language tag string (introduced in OpenType version 1.6). Use
|
||||
* function @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id` as its argument to
|
||||
* retrieve the associated language tag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* name_id ::
|
||||
* An identifier for `string`. See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* string ::
|
||||
* The 'name' string. Note that its format differs depending on the
|
||||
* (platform,encoding) pair, being either a string of bytes (without a
|
||||
* terminating `NULL` byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* string_len ::
|
||||
* The length of `string` in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
|
||||
* details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UShort platform_id;
|
||||
FT_UShort encoding_id;
|
||||
FT_UShort language_id;
|
||||
FT_UShort name_id;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
|
||||
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_SfntName;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT 'name' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The number of strings in the 'name' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
|
||||
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a string of the SFNT 'name' table for a given index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* idx ::
|
||||
* The index of the 'name' string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aname ::
|
||||
* The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The `string` array returned in the `aname` structure is not
|
||||
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
|
||||
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available
|
||||
* 'name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform,
|
||||
* encoding, and name ID.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 'name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see
|
||||
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt idx,
|
||||
FT_SfntName *aname );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_SfntLangTag
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT 'name' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* string ::
|
||||
* The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE (without trailing
|
||||
* `NULL` bytes).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* string_len ::
|
||||
* The length of `string` in **bytes**.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
|
||||
* details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_SfntLangTag_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
|
||||
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_SfntLangTag;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT
|
||||
* 'name' table entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* langID ::
|
||||
* The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name. This is always a
|
||||
* value larger than 0x8000.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* alangTag ::
|
||||
* The language tag associated with the 'name' table entry's language
|
||||
* ID.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The `string` array returned in the `alangTag` structure is not
|
||||
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
|
||||
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only 'name' table format~1 supports language tags. For format~0
|
||||
* tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table. For
|
||||
* invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is
|
||||
* returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
|
||||
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt langID,
|
||||
FT_SfntLangTag *alangTag );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftstroke.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType path stroker (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
|
||||
#define FTSTROKE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
|
||||
#include FT_GLYPH_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* glyph_stroker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Glyph Stroker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph.
|
||||
* It also allows you to retrieve the 'outside' and/or the 'inside'
|
||||
* borders of the stroke.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can be useful to generate 'bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
|
||||
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
|
||||
* shape.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
|
||||
* FT_StrokerBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
|
||||
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_New
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Set
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Done
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Export
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a
|
||||
* stroker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
|
||||
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used to join
|
||||
* two lines smoothly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
|
||||
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of the joined
|
||||
* lines is filled by enclosing the triangular region of the corner
|
||||
* with a straight line between the outer corners of each stroke.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
|
||||
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the miter
|
||||
* limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes for the two
|
||||
* segments are extended until they meet at an angle. If the segments
|
||||
* meet at too sharp an angle (such that the miter would extend from
|
||||
* the intersection of the segments a distance greater than the product
|
||||
* of the miter limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join
|
||||
* (see above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
|
||||
* created. `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` generates a miter line
|
||||
* join as used in PostScript and PDF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
|
||||
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if the miter
|
||||
* limit is exceeded. The intersection of the strokes is clipped at a
|
||||
* line perpendicular to the bisector of the angle between the strokes,
|
||||
* at the distance from the intersection of the segments equal to the
|
||||
* product of the miter limit value and the border radius. This
|
||||
* prevents long spikes being created.
|
||||
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` generates a mitered line join
|
||||
* as used in XPS. `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER` is an alias for
|
||||
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE`, retained for backward
|
||||
* compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in
|
||||
* a stroke.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
|
||||
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point
|
||||
* itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
|
||||
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
|
||||
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_StrokerBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* These values are used to select a given stroke border in
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
|
||||
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
|
||||
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Applications are generally interested in the 'inside' and 'outside'
|
||||
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
|
||||
* 'left' and 'right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
|
||||
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
|
||||
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
|
||||
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_StrokerBorder;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'inside'
|
||||
* borders of a given outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* The source outline handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
|
||||
* outlines.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
|
||||
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'outside'
|
||||
* borders of a given outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* The source outline handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
|
||||
* outlines.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
|
||||
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_New
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Create a new stroker object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* library ::
|
||||
* FreeType library handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* astroker ::
|
||||
* A new stroker object handle. `NULL` in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
|
||||
FT_Stroker *astroker );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* radius ::
|
||||
* The border radius.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* line_cap ::
|
||||
* The line cap style.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* line_join ::
|
||||
* The line join style.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* miter_limit ::
|
||||
* The miter limit for the `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` and
|
||||
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` line join styles, expressed as
|
||||
* 16.16 fixed-point value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Fixed radius,
|
||||
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
|
||||
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
|
||||
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. You should
|
||||
* call this function before beginning a new series of calls to
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker.
|
||||
* The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* The source outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* opened ::
|
||||
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of
|
||||
* a closed one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If `opened` is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
|
||||
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct 'border' outlines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `opened` is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
|
||||
* stroker generates a single 'stroke' outline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline,
|
||||
FT_Bool opened );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* to ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the start vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* open ::
|
||||
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not
|
||||
* stored as an @FT_Outline object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Vector* to,
|
||||
FT_Bool open );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. If the
|
||||
* subpath was not 'opened', this function 'draws' a single line segment
|
||||
* to the start position when needed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* 'Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from
|
||||
* the last position.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* to ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the destination point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Vector* to );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* 'Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
|
||||
* from the last position.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* control ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a Bezier control point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* to ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the destination point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Vector* control,
|
||||
FT_Vector* to );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* 'Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path, from
|
||||
* the last position.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* control1 ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* control2 ::
|
||||
* A pointer to second Bezier control point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* to ::
|
||||
* A pointer to the destination point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
|
||||
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Vector* control1,
|
||||
FT_Vector* control2,
|
||||
FT_Vector* to );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
|
||||
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
|
||||
* export one of the 'border' or 'stroke' outlines generated by the
|
||||
* stroker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* border ::
|
||||
* The border index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* anum_points ::
|
||||
* The number of points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* anum_contours ::
|
||||
* The number of contours.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
|
||||
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
|
||||
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
|
||||
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve
|
||||
* the counts associated to both borders.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_StrokerBorder border,
|
||||
FT_UInt *anum_points,
|
||||
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the
|
||||
* corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
|
||||
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* border ::
|
||||
* The border index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* The target outline handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get
|
||||
* sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to receive
|
||||
* all new data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
|
||||
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
|
||||
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
|
||||
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve
|
||||
* all borders at once.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_StrokerBorder border,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
|
||||
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
|
||||
* export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* anum_points ::
|
||||
* The number of points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* anum_contours ::
|
||||
* The number of contours.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_UInt *anum_points,
|
||||
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Export
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export all
|
||||
* borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
|
||||
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* The target stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* outline ::
|
||||
* The target outline handle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Outline* outline );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Stroker_Done
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Destroy a stroker object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* A stroker handle. Can be `NULL`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* pglyph ::
|
||||
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* A stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* destroy ::
|
||||
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
|
||||
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
|
||||
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
|
||||
* account for this added size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
|
||||
FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Bool destroy );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only
|
||||
* return either its inside or outside border.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* pglyph ::
|
||||
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stroker ::
|
||||
* A stroker handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* inside ::
|
||||
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside
|
||||
* border.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* destroy ::
|
||||
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
|
||||
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
|
||||
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
|
||||
* account for this added size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
|
||||
FT_Stroker stroker,
|
||||
FT_Bool inside,
|
||||
FT_Bool destroy );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local Variables: */
|
||||
/* coding: utf-8 */
|
||||
/* End: */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftsynth.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting
|
||||
* (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2000-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/********* *********/
|
||||
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
|
||||
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
|
||||
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
|
||||
/********* *********/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
|
||||
/* 'standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
|
||||
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
|
||||
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
|
||||
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
|
||||
#define FTSYNTH_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Embolden a glyph by a 'reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
|
||||
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
|
||||
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
|
||||
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
|
||||
/* mono-width fonts! */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftsystem.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
|
||||
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* system_interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* System Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* How FreeType manages memory and i/o.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains various definitions related to memory management
|
||||
* and i/o access. You need to understand this information if you want to
|
||||
* use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Memory
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
|
||||
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Alloc_Func
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to allocate `size` bytes from `memory`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source memory manager.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size ::
|
||||
* The size in bytes to allocate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void*
|
||||
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
long size );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Free_Func
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source memory manager.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* block ::
|
||||
* The address of the target memory block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
void* block );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Realloc_Func
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source memory manager.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* cur_size ::
|
||||
* The block's current size in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* new_size ::
|
||||
* The block's requested new size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* block ::
|
||||
* The block's current address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void*
|
||||
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
|
||||
long cur_size,
|
||||
long new_size,
|
||||
void* block );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_MemoryRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* user ::
|
||||
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* alloc ::
|
||||
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* free ::
|
||||
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* realloc ::
|
||||
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct FT_MemoryRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* user;
|
||||
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
|
||||
FT_Free_Func free;
|
||||
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* I / O M A N A G E M E N T
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Stream
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to an input stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @also:
|
||||
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given stream
|
||||
* object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_StreamDesc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
|
||||
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*` in an input stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
|
||||
{
|
||||
long value;
|
||||
void* pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_StreamDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stream ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* offset ::
|
||||
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer ::
|
||||
* The address of the read buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* count ::
|
||||
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation with
|
||||
* a `count` of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned long
|
||||
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
|
||||
unsigned long offset,
|
||||
unsigned char* buffer,
|
||||
unsigned long count );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A function used to close a given input stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* stream ::
|
||||
* A handle to the target stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void
|
||||
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_StreamRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* base ::
|
||||
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
|
||||
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to `NULL` for
|
||||
* disk-based streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size ::
|
||||
* The stream size in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
|
||||
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
|
||||
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
|
||||
* thus just a hint.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos ::
|
||||
* The current position within the stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* descriptor ::
|
||||
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
|
||||
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*`
|
||||
* pointers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pathname ::
|
||||
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
|
||||
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
|
||||
* (where available).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* read ::
|
||||
* The stream's input function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* close ::
|
||||
* The stream's close function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* memory ::
|
||||
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set internally
|
||||
* by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* cursor ::
|
||||
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
|
||||
* frames. In particular, the `FT_GET_XXX` macros use this instead of
|
||||
* the `pos` field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* limit ::
|
||||
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
|
||||
* frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* base;
|
||||
unsigned long size;
|
||||
unsigned long pos;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
|
||||
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
|
||||
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
|
||||
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Memory memory;
|
||||
unsigned char* cursor;
|
||||
unsigned char* limit;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_StreamRec;
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fttrigon.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
|
||||
#define FTTRIGON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* computations
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Angle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
|
||||
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ANGLE_PI
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Sin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The input angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The sinus value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
|
||||
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
|
||||
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Cos
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The input angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The cosinus value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
|
||||
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
|
||||
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Tan
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The input angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The tangent value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
|
||||
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Atan2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d
|
||||
* plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* x ::
|
||||
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* y ::
|
||||
* The vertical vector coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
|
||||
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
|
||||
FT_Fixed y );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Angle_Diff
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
|
||||
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle1 ::
|
||||
* First angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* angle2 ::
|
||||
* Second angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* Constrained value of `angle2-angle1`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
|
||||
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
|
||||
FT_Angle angle2 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Vector_Unit
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
|
||||
* call, the value of `vec.x` will be `cos(angle)`, and the value of
|
||||
* `vec.y` will be `sin(angle)`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
|
||||
* given angle quickly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* vec ::
|
||||
* The address of target vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The input angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
|
||||
FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Vector_Rotate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* vec ::
|
||||
* The address of target vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The input angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
|
||||
FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Vector_Length
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the length of a given vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* vec ::
|
||||
* The address of target vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
|
||||
* vector coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
|
||||
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Vector_Polarize
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* vec ::
|
||||
* The address of source vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* length ::
|
||||
* The vector length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The vector angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
|
||||
FT_Fixed *length,
|
||||
FT_Angle *angle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* vec ::
|
||||
* The address of source vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* length ::
|
||||
* The vector length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* angle ::
|
||||
* The vector angle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void )
|
||||
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
|
||||
FT_Fixed length,
|
||||
FT_Angle angle );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fttypes.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
|
||||
#define FTTYPES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
|
||||
#include FT_IMAGE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* basic_types
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Basic Data Types
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* The basic data types defined by the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,
|
||||
* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More
|
||||
* font-specific structures are defined in a different section.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* FT_Byte
|
||||
* FT_Bytes
|
||||
* FT_Char
|
||||
* FT_Int
|
||||
* FT_UInt
|
||||
* FT_Int16
|
||||
* FT_UInt16
|
||||
* FT_Int32
|
||||
* FT_UInt32
|
||||
* FT_Int64
|
||||
* FT_UInt64
|
||||
* FT_Short
|
||||
* FT_UShort
|
||||
* FT_Long
|
||||
* FT_ULong
|
||||
* FT_Bool
|
||||
* FT_Offset
|
||||
* FT_PtrDist
|
||||
* FT_String
|
||||
* FT_Tag
|
||||
* FT_Error
|
||||
* FT_Fixed
|
||||
* FT_Pointer
|
||||
* FT_Pos
|
||||
* FT_Vector
|
||||
* FT_BBox
|
||||
* FT_Matrix
|
||||
* FT_FWord
|
||||
* FT_UFWord
|
||||
* FT_F2Dot14
|
||||
* FT_UnitVector
|
||||
* FT_F26Dot6
|
||||
* FT_Data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_MAKE_TAG
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Generic
|
||||
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Bitmap
|
||||
* FT_Pixel_Mode
|
||||
* FT_Palette_Mode
|
||||
* FT_Glyph_Format
|
||||
* FT_IMAGE_TAG
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Bool
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual,
|
||||
* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_FWord
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
|
||||
* units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UFWord
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
|
||||
* units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Char
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed char FT_Char;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Byte
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Bytes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for constant memory areas.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Tag
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_String
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef char FT_String;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Short
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for signed short.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed short FT_Short;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UShort
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for unsigned short.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Int
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for the int type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed int FT_Int;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_UInt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for the unsigned int type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Long
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for signed long.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed long FT_Long;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_ULong
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A typedef for unsigned long.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_F2Dot14
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_F26Dot6
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Fixed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling
|
||||
* values or matrix coefficients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted as a
|
||||
* successful operation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int FT_Error;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_Offset
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t` type, i.e., the largest
|
||||
* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, or a
|
||||
* memory block size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_PtrDist
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t` type, i.e., the largest
|
||||
* _signed_ integer type used to express the distance between two
|
||||
* pointers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_UnitVector
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses
|
||||
* FT_F2Dot14 types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* x ::
|
||||
* Horizontal coordinate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* y ::
|
||||
* Vertical coordinate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_F2Dot14 x;
|
||||
FT_F2Dot14 y;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_UnitVector;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Matrix
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are in
|
||||
* 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* x' = x*xx + y*xy
|
||||
* y' = x*yx + y*yy
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* xx ::
|
||||
* Matrix coefficient.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xy ::
|
||||
* Matrix coefficient.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* yx ::
|
||||
* Matrix coefficient.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* yy ::
|
||||
* Matrix coefficient.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
|
||||
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Matrix;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* pointer ::
|
||||
* The data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* length ::
|
||||
* The length of the data in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Data_
|
||||
{
|
||||
const FT_Byte* pointer;
|
||||
FT_Int length;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Data;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @functype:
|
||||
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Describe a function used to destroy the 'client' data of any FreeType
|
||||
* object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for details of
|
||||
* usage.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. Its
|
||||
* client data is accessed through its `generic` field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void* object );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_Generic
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a
|
||||
* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API
|
||||
* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some FreeType object contains a `generic` field, of type `FT_Generic`,
|
||||
* which usage is left to client applications and font servers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as
|
||||
* the address of a 'finalizer' function, which will be called by
|
||||
* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous
|
||||
* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in
|
||||
* the `finalizer` field).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* data ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is
|
||||
* completely ignored by the FreeType library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* finalizer ::
|
||||
* A pointer to a 'generic finalizer' function, which will be called
|
||||
* when the object is destroyed. If this field is set to `NULL`, no
|
||||
* code will be called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_Generic_
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* data;
|
||||
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Generic;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @macro:
|
||||
* FT_MAKE_TAG
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label TrueType
|
||||
* tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The produced values **must** be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine this
|
||||
* macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
|
||||
(FT_Tag) \
|
||||
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
|
||||
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
|
||||
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
|
||||
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
/*************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* list_processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_ListNode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an @FT_List
|
||||
* record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a
|
||||
* handle to a single list element.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @type:
|
||||
* FT_List
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_ListNodeRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to hold a single list element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* prev ::
|
||||
* The previous element in the list. `NULL` if first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* next ::
|
||||
* The next element in the list. `NULL` if last.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data ::
|
||||
* A typeless pointer to the listed object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_ListNode prev;
|
||||
FT_ListNode next;
|
||||
void* data;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_ListNodeRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_ListRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are used
|
||||
* in many parts of FreeType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* head ::
|
||||
* The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tail ::
|
||||
* The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_ListNode head;
|
||||
FT_ListNode tail;
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_ListRec;
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
|
||||
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( (x) != 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/* concatenate C tokens */
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
|
||||
|
||||
/* see `ftmoderr.h` for descriptions of the following macros */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
|
||||
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
|
||||
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
|
||||
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
|
||||
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ftwinfnt.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
|
||||
#define FTWINFNT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* winfnt_fonts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Window FNT Files
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Windows FNT-specific API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT-specific
|
||||
* functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A list of valid values for the `charset` byte in @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.
|
||||
* Exact mapping tables for the various 'cpXXXX' encodings (except for
|
||||
* 'cp1361') can be found at 'ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public' in the
|
||||
* `MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS` subdirectory. 'cp1361' is roughly a
|
||||
* superset of `MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
|
||||
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a 'don't
|
||||
* care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. When
|
||||
* querying for information about the character set of the font that is
|
||||
* currently selected into a specified device context, this return
|
||||
* value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
|
||||
* There is no known mapping table available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
|
||||
* Mac Roman encoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
|
||||
* From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The 'Windows Font Mapping' article says that `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` is
|
||||
* used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon`,
|
||||
* `roman.fon`, and `script.fon` on Windows.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The 'CreateFont' documentation says: The `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` value
|
||||
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The 'IFIMETRICS' documentation from the 'Windows Driver Development
|
||||
* Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set. The
|
||||
* OEM character set is system dependent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., 'cp1252'), denotes the
|
||||
* second default codepage that most international versions of Windows
|
||||
* have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
|
||||
*
|
||||
* https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/intl/code-page-identifiers
|
||||
* ,
|
||||
*
|
||||
* and is used for the 'DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. A
|
||||
* German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252
|
||||
* and OEM codepage 850.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
|
||||
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
|
||||
* ordering and minor deviations).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different ordering
|
||||
* and minor deviations).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
|
||||
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
|
||||
* ordering and minor deviations).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
|
||||
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
|
||||
* ordering).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
|
||||
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
|
||||
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
|
||||
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
|
||||
* characters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
|
||||
* Korean (Johab).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
|
||||
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Windows FNT Header info.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UShort version;
|
||||
FT_ULong file_size;
|
||||
FT_Byte copyright[60];
|
||||
FT_UShort file_type;
|
||||
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
|
||||
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
|
||||
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
|
||||
FT_UShort ascent;
|
||||
FT_UShort internal_leading;
|
||||
FT_UShort external_leading;
|
||||
FT_Byte italic;
|
||||
FT_Byte underline;
|
||||
FT_Byte strike_out;
|
||||
FT_UShort weight;
|
||||
FT_Byte charset;
|
||||
FT_UShort pixel_width;
|
||||
FT_UShort pixel_height;
|
||||
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
|
||||
FT_UShort avg_width;
|
||||
FT_UShort max_width;
|
||||
FT_Byte first_char;
|
||||
FT_Byte last_char;
|
||||
FT_Byte default_char;
|
||||
FT_Byte break_char;
|
||||
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
|
||||
FT_ULong device_offset;
|
||||
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
|
||||
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
|
||||
FT_ULong bits_offset;
|
||||
FT_Byte reserved;
|
||||
FT_ULong flags;
|
||||
FT_UShort A_space;
|
||||
FT_UShort B_space;
|
||||
FT_UShort C_space;
|
||||
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
|
||||
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* FT_WinFNT_Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the input face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* aheader ::
|
||||
* The WinFNT header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local Variables: */
|
||||
/* coding: utf-8 */
|
||||
/* End: */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* t1tables.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification
|
||||
* only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
|
||||
#define T1TABLES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* type1_tables
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* Type 1 Tables
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* Type~1-specific font tables.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains the definition of Type~1-specific tables,
|
||||
* including structures related to other PostScript font formats.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* PS_FontInfoRec
|
||||
* PS_FontInfo
|
||||
* PS_PrivateRec
|
||||
* PS_Private
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CID_FaceDictRec
|
||||
* CID_FaceDict
|
||||
* CID_FaceInfoRec
|
||||
* CID_FaceInfo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* T1_Blend_Flags
|
||||
* T1_EncodingType
|
||||
* PS_Dict_Keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
|
||||
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* PS_FontInfoRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.
|
||||
* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own
|
||||
* FontInfo dictionary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_String* version;
|
||||
FT_String* notice;
|
||||
FT_String* full_name;
|
||||
FT_String* family_name;
|
||||
FT_String* weight;
|
||||
FT_Long italic_angle;
|
||||
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
|
||||
FT_Short underline_position;
|
||||
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
|
||||
|
||||
} PS_FontInfoRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* PS_FontInfo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* T1_FontInfo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
|
||||
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* PS_PrivateRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. Note
|
||||
* that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private
|
||||
* dictionary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Int unique_id;
|
||||
FT_Int lenIV;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
|
||||
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
|
||||
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
|
||||
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short blue_values[14];
|
||||
FT_Short other_blues[10];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short family_blues [14];
|
||||
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
|
||||
FT_Int blue_shift;
|
||||
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
|
||||
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
|
||||
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
|
||||
FT_Bool force_bold;
|
||||
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
|
||||
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Long language_group;
|
||||
FT_Long password;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short min_feature[2];
|
||||
|
||||
} PS_PrivateRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* PS_Private
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* T1_Private
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but kept
|
||||
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* T1_Blend_Flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given
|
||||
* blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support Multiple
|
||||
* Masters fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
|
||||
* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD ::
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
|
||||
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
|
||||
|
||||
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
|
||||
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
|
||||
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
|
||||
|
||||
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
|
||||
|
||||
} T1_Blend_Flags;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
|
||||
/* `T1_Blend_Flags` values instead */
|
||||
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
|
||||
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
|
||||
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
|
||||
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
|
||||
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
|
||||
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
|
||||
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
|
||||
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
|
||||
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
|
||||
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
|
||||
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
|
||||
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
|
||||
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
|
||||
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
|
||||
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
|
||||
|
||||
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
|
||||
|
||||
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
|
||||
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
|
||||
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Byte num_points;
|
||||
FT_Long* design_points;
|
||||
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
|
||||
|
||||
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
|
||||
|
||||
/* backward compatible definition */
|
||||
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UInt num_designs;
|
||||
FT_UInt num_axis;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
|
||||
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
|
||||
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
|
||||
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
|
||||
|
||||
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
|
||||
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* since 2.3.0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
|
||||
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
|
||||
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
|
||||
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
|
||||
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
|
||||
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
|
||||
|
||||
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* backward compatible definition */
|
||||
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_FaceDictRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. In
|
||||
* most cases, they are part of the font's '/FDArray' array. Within a
|
||||
* CID font file, such (internal) subfont dictionaries are enclosed by
|
||||
* '%ADOBeginFontDict' and '%ADOEndFontDict' comments.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that `CID_FaceDictRec` misses a field for the '/FontName'
|
||||
* keyword, specifying the subfont's name (the top-level font name is
|
||||
* given by the '/CIDFontName' keyword). This is an oversight, but it
|
||||
* doesn't limit the 'cid' font module's functionality because FreeType
|
||||
* neither needs this entry nor gives access to CID subfonts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
|
||||
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
|
||||
FT_Pos stroke_width;
|
||||
FT_Fixed expansion_factor; /* this is a duplicate of */
|
||||
/* `private_dict->expansion_factor' */
|
||||
FT_Byte paint_type;
|
||||
FT_Byte font_type;
|
||||
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
|
||||
FT_Vector font_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UInt num_subrs;
|
||||
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
|
||||
FT_Int sd_bytes;
|
||||
|
||||
} CID_FaceDictRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_FaceDict
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_FontDict
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but
|
||||
* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of
|
||||
* FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_FaceInfoRec
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to represent CID Face information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_String* cid_font_name;
|
||||
FT_Fixed cid_version;
|
||||
FT_Int cid_font_type;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_String* registry;
|
||||
FT_String* ordering;
|
||||
FT_Int supplement;
|
||||
|
||||
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
|
||||
FT_BBox font_bbox;
|
||||
FT_ULong uid_base;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Int num_xuid;
|
||||
FT_ULong xuid[16];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
|
||||
FT_Int fd_bytes;
|
||||
FT_Int gd_bytes;
|
||||
FT_ULong cid_count;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Int num_dicts;
|
||||
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong data_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_FaceInfo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* CID_Info
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
|
||||
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph names.
|
||||
* This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that
|
||||
* certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
|
||||
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* face handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
|
||||
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
|
||||
* PostScript font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* PostScript face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* afont_info ::
|
||||
* Output font info structure pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by the
|
||||
* face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries in
|
||||
* the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by `NULL` pointers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
|
||||
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
|
||||
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
|
||||
* PostScript font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* PostScript face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* afont_private ::
|
||||
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
|
||||
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
|
||||
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
|
||||
PS_Private afont_private );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* T1_EncodingType
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An enumeration describing the 'Encoding' entry in a Type 1 dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE ::
|
||||
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY ::
|
||||
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD ::
|
||||
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 ::
|
||||
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT ::
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
|
||||
{
|
||||
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
|
||||
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
|
||||
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
|
||||
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
|
||||
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
|
||||
|
||||
} T1_EncodingType;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* PS_Dict_Keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify the
|
||||
* Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_SUBR ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_STD_HW ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_STD_VW ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_LEN_IV ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_PASSWORD ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_VERSION ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_NOTICE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_WEIGHT ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE ::
|
||||
* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
|
||||
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
|
||||
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
|
||||
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
|
||||
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
|
||||
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
|
||||
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
|
||||
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
|
||||
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
|
||||
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
|
||||
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
|
||||
|
||||
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
|
||||
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
|
||||
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
|
||||
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
|
||||
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
|
||||
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
|
||||
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
|
||||
|
||||
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
|
||||
|
||||
} PS_Dict_Keys;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* PostScript face handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* key ::
|
||||
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* idx ::
|
||||
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* value ::
|
||||
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* valen_len ::
|
||||
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* value ::
|
||||
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested value
|
||||
* (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
|
||||
* the face, but are 'fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
|
||||
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
|
||||
* 'read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
|
||||
* used to manipulate the face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `value` is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
|
||||
* various types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If either `value` is `NULL` or `value_len` is too small, just the
|
||||
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The `idx` parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
|
||||
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
|
||||
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
|
||||
* is ignored for atomic values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE` returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
|
||||
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by 65536000.0
|
||||
* (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
|
||||
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, ND,
|
||||
* and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
|
||||
* available either.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
|
||||
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @since:
|
||||
* 2.4.8
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
|
||||
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
|
||||
PS_Dict_Keys key,
|
||||
FT_UInt idx,
|
||||
void *value,
|
||||
FT_Long value_len );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,856 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tttables.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface
|
||||
* (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
|
||||
#define TTTABLES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section:
|
||||
* truetype_tables
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @title:
|
||||
* TrueType Tables
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @abstract:
|
||||
* TrueType-specific table types and functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to
|
||||
* TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and
|
||||
* process them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @order:
|
||||
* TT_Header
|
||||
* TT_HoriHeader
|
||||
* TT_VertHeader
|
||||
* TT_OS2
|
||||
* TT_Postscript
|
||||
* TT_PCLT
|
||||
* TT_MaxProfile
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
|
||||
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
|
||||
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
|
||||
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
|
||||
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a TrueType font header table. All fields follow
|
||||
* the OpenType specification. The 64-bit timestamps are stored in
|
||||
* two-element arrays `Created` and `Modified`, first the upper then
|
||||
* the lower 32~bits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_Header_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
|
||||
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
|
||||
FT_Long Magic_Number;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort Flags;
|
||||
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong Created [2];
|
||||
FT_ULong Modified[2];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short xMin;
|
||||
FT_Short yMin;
|
||||
FT_Short xMax;
|
||||
FT_Short yMax;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
|
||||
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short Font_Direction;
|
||||
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
|
||||
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_Header;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_HoriHeader
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the 'hhea' table,
|
||||
* as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, 'hmtx'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* Version ::
|
||||
* The table version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ascender ::
|
||||
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
|
||||
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
|
||||
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
|
||||
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
|
||||
* if you want the correct one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Descender ::
|
||||
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
|
||||
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
|
||||
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
|
||||
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
|
||||
* instead if you want the correct one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Line_Gap ::
|
||||
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
|
||||
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
|
||||
* for the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* advance_Width_Max ::
|
||||
* This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font.
|
||||
* It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string
|
||||
* of text.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* min_Left_Side_Bearing ::
|
||||
* The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* min_Right_Side_Bearing ::
|
||||
* The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xMax_Extent ::
|
||||
* The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the 'width' of a glyph's
|
||||
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
|
||||
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
|
||||
* (slope=rise/run).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Slope_Run ::
|
||||
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Offset ::
|
||||
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reserved ::
|
||||
* 8~reserved bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* metric_Data_Format ::
|
||||
* Always~0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* number_Of_HMetrics ::
|
||||
* Number of HMetrics entries in the 'hmtx' table -- this value can be
|
||||
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* long_metrics ::
|
||||
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* short_metrics ::
|
||||
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
|
||||
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
|
||||
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise`,
|
||||
* `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed Version;
|
||||
FT_Short Ascender;
|
||||
FT_Short Descender;
|
||||
FT_Short Line_Gap;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
|
||||
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
|
||||
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Offset;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short Reserved[4];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
|
||||
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
|
||||
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
|
||||
/* 'hmtx' table. */
|
||||
|
||||
void* long_metrics;
|
||||
void* short_metrics;
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_HoriHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_VertHeader
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the 'vhea'
|
||||
* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, 'vmtx'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* Version ::
|
||||
* The table version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ascender ::
|
||||
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
|
||||
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
|
||||
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
|
||||
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
|
||||
* if you want the correct one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Descender ::
|
||||
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
|
||||
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
|
||||
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
|
||||
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
|
||||
* instead if you want the correct one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Line_Gap ::
|
||||
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
|
||||
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
|
||||
* for the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* advance_Height_Max ::
|
||||
* This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font.
|
||||
* It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string
|
||||
* of text.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* min_Top_Side_Bearing ::
|
||||
* The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing ::
|
||||
* The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* yMax_Extent ::
|
||||
* The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the 'height' of a glyph's
|
||||
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
|
||||
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
|
||||
* (slope=rise/run).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Slope_Run ::
|
||||
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* caret_Offset ::
|
||||
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reserved ::
|
||||
* 8~reserved bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* metric_Data_Format ::
|
||||
* Always~0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* number_Of_VMetrics ::
|
||||
* Number of VMetrics entries in the 'vmtx' table -- this value can be
|
||||
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* long_metrics ::
|
||||
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* short_metrics ::
|
||||
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
|
||||
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
|
||||
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `Ascender`, `Descender`,
|
||||
* `Line_Gap`, `caret_Slope_Rise`, `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed Version;
|
||||
FT_Short Ascender;
|
||||
FT_Short Descender;
|
||||
FT_Short Line_Gap;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum top-sb */
|
||||
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb */
|
||||
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* ymax extents */
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
|
||||
FT_Short caret_Offset;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short Reserved[4];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
|
||||
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
|
||||
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
|
||||
/* 'vmtx' table. */
|
||||
|
||||
void* long_metrics;
|
||||
void* short_metrics;
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_VertHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_OS2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a TrueType 'OS/2' table. All fields comply to
|
||||
* the OpenType specification.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an 'OS/2'
|
||||
* table. In this case, the `version` field is always set to 0xFFFF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
|
||||
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
|
||||
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `sCapHeight`, `sTypoAscender`,
|
||||
* `sTypoDescender`, `sTypoLineGap`, `sxHeight`, `usWinAscent`,
|
||||
* `usWinDescent`, `yStrikeoutPosition`, `yStrikeoutSize`,
|
||||
* `ySubscriptXOffset`, `ySubScriptXSize`, `ySubscriptYOffset`,
|
||||
* `ySubscriptYSize`, `ySuperscriptXOffset`, `ySuperscriptXSize`,
|
||||
* `ySuperscriptYOffset`, and `ySuperscriptYSize`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX` fields are given by
|
||||
* the @TT_UCR_XXX macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct TT_OS2_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
|
||||
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
|
||||
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
|
||||
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
|
||||
FT_UShort fsType;
|
||||
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
|
||||
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
|
||||
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
|
||||
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
|
||||
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
|
||||
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
|
||||
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
|
||||
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
|
||||
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
|
||||
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
|
||||
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Byte panose[10];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
|
||||
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
|
||||
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
|
||||
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Char achVendID[4];
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort fsSelection;
|
||||
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
|
||||
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
|
||||
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
|
||||
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
|
||||
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
|
||||
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
|
||||
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
|
||||
|
||||
/* only version 1 and higher: */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
|
||||
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* only version 2 and higher: */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_Short sxHeight;
|
||||
FT_Short sCapHeight;
|
||||
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
|
||||
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
|
||||
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* only version 5 and higher: */
|
||||
|
||||
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
|
||||
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_OS2;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_Postscript
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a TrueType 'post' table. All fields comply to
|
||||
* the OpenType specification. This structure does not reference a
|
||||
* font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to retrieve
|
||||
* them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
|
||||
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
|
||||
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `underlinePosition` and
|
||||
* `underlineThickness`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed FormatType;
|
||||
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
|
||||
FT_Short underlinePosition;
|
||||
FT_Short underlineThickness;
|
||||
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
|
||||
FT_ULong minMemType42;
|
||||
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
|
||||
FT_ULong minMemType1;
|
||||
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Glyph names follow in the 'post' table, but we don't */
|
||||
/* load them by default. */
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_Postscript;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_PCLT
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* A structure to model a TrueType 'PCLT' table. All fields comply to
|
||||
* the OpenType specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed Version;
|
||||
FT_ULong FontNumber;
|
||||
FT_UShort Pitch;
|
||||
FT_UShort xHeight;
|
||||
FT_UShort Style;
|
||||
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
|
||||
FT_UShort CapHeight;
|
||||
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
|
||||
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
|
||||
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
|
||||
FT_Char FileName[6];
|
||||
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
|
||||
FT_Char WidthType;
|
||||
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
|
||||
FT_Byte Reserved;
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_PCLT;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @struct:
|
||||
* TT_MaxProfile
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* The maximum profile ('maxp') table contains many max values, which can
|
||||
* be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading and
|
||||
* hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @fields:
|
||||
* version ::
|
||||
* The version number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* numGlyphs ::
|
||||
* The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxPoints ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See
|
||||
* also `maxCompositePoints`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxContours ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph.
|
||||
* See also `maxCompositeContours`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxCompositePoints ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph. See
|
||||
* also `maxPoints`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxCompositeContours ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph. See
|
||||
* also `maxContours`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxZones ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxTwilightPoints ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph
|
||||
* hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxStorage ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph
|
||||
* hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxFunctionDefs ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode
|
||||
* for this font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxInstructionDefs ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType
|
||||
* bytecode for this font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxStackElements ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode
|
||||
* interpretation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxSizeOfInstructions ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxComponentElements ::
|
||||
* The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-composite) glyphs in a
|
||||
* composite glyph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* maxComponentDepth ::
|
||||
* The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* This structure is only used during font loading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_Fixed version;
|
||||
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxPoints;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxContours;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxZones;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxStorage;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
|
||||
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
|
||||
|
||||
} TT_MaxProfile;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @enum:
|
||||
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed by
|
||||
* FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font. Used in the
|
||||
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @values:
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_HEAD ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_Header structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_MAXP ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_OS2 ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_HHEA ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_VHEA ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_POST ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FT_SFNT_PCLT ::
|
||||
* To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
|
||||
{
|
||||
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_OS2,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_POST,
|
||||
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
|
||||
|
||||
FT_SFNT_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
|
||||
|
||||
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag` */
|
||||
/* values instead */
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
|
||||
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tag ::
|
||||
* The index of the SFNT table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be `NULL` in case of
|
||||
* error, or if the corresponding table was not found **OR** loaded from
|
||||
* the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use a typecast according to `tag` to access the structure elements.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by
|
||||
* the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for a
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @example:
|
||||
* Here is an example demonstrating access to the 'vhea' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* TT_VertHeader* vert_header;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* vert_header =
|
||||
* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA );
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( void* )
|
||||
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Load any SFNT font table into client memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tag ::
|
||||
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use value~0 if you want to
|
||||
* access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
|
||||
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
|
||||
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* offset ::
|
||||
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* buffer ::
|
||||
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
|
||||
* array is big enough to hold the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* length ::
|
||||
* If the `length` parameter is `NULL`, try to load the whole table.
|
||||
* Return an error code if it fails.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Else, if `*length` is~0, exit immediately while returning the
|
||||
* table's (or file) full size in it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
|
||||
* starting offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
|
||||
* function with `*length` set to~0, as in the following example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* FT_ULong length = 0;
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
|
||||
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer = malloc( length );
|
||||
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
|
||||
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
|
||||
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
|
||||
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
|
||||
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_ULong tag,
|
||||
FT_Long offset,
|
||||
FT_Byte* buffer,
|
||||
FT_ULong* length );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return information on an SFNT table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* face ::
|
||||
* A handle to the source face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* table_index ::
|
||||
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
|
||||
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @inout:
|
||||
* tag ::
|
||||
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is `NULL`,
|
||||
* `table_index` is ignored, and `length` returns the number of SFNT
|
||||
* tables in the font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @output:
|
||||
* length ::
|
||||
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables,
|
||||
* depending on `tag`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note:
|
||||
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
|
||||
* missing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
|
||||
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
|
||||
FT_UInt table_index,
|
||||
FT_ULong *tag,
|
||||
FT_ULong *length );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard.
|
||||
* Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* charmap ::
|
||||
* The target charmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The language ID of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT
|
||||
* face, just return~0 as the default value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is
|
||||
* 0xFFFFFFFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
|
||||
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @function:
|
||||
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @description:
|
||||
* Return the format of an SFNT 'cmap' table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @input:
|
||||
* charmap ::
|
||||
* The target charmap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return:
|
||||
* The format of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT face,
|
||||
* return -1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
|
||||
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* tttags.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
|
||||
#define TTAGS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
|
||||
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
|
||||
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
|
||||
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CFF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_COLR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'O', 'L', 'R' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_CPAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'P', 'A', 'L' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_HVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_MVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_VVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
|
||||
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
|
||||
|
||||
/* used by "Keyboard.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
|
||||
#define TTAG_0xA5kbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )
|
||||
|
||||
/* used by "LastResort.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
|
||||
#define TTAG_0xA5lst FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FT_END_HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ft2build.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FreeType 2 build and setup macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
|
||||
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
|
||||
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
|
||||
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
|
||||
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
|
||||
* understand and accept it fully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is the 'entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is
|
||||
* the only header file which should be included directly; all other
|
||||
* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after
|
||||
* including `ft2build.h`).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typical example is
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
* #include <ft2build.h>
|
||||
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
|
||||
* ```
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
|
||||
#define FT2BUILD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* END */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
|
||||
// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Basic type. Arrays, vectors, sampler details, etc., are orthogonal to this.
|
||||
//
|
||||
enum TBasicType {
|
||||
EbtVoid,
|
||||
EbtFloat,
|
||||
EbtDouble,
|
||||
EbtFloat16,
|
||||
EbtInt8,
|
||||
EbtUint8,
|
||||
EbtInt16,
|
||||
EbtUint16,
|
||||
EbtInt,
|
||||
EbtUint,
|
||||
EbtInt64,
|
||||
EbtUint64,
|
||||
EbtBool,
|
||||
EbtAtomicUint,
|
||||
EbtSampler,
|
||||
EbtStruct,
|
||||
EbtBlock,
|
||||
EbtAccStruct,
|
||||
EbtReference,
|
||||
EbtRayQuery,
|
||||
|
||||
// HLSL types that live only temporarily.
|
||||
EbtString,
|
||||
|
||||
EbtNumTypes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Storage qualifiers. Should align with different kinds of storage or
|
||||
// resource or GLSL storage qualifier. Expansion is deprecated.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// N.B.: You probably DON'T want to add anything here, but rather just add it
|
||||
// to the built-in variables. See the comment above TBuiltInVariable.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// A new built-in variable will normally be an existing qualifier, like 'in', 'out', etc.
|
||||
// DO NOT follow the design pattern of, say EvqInstanceId, etc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
enum TStorageQualifier {
|
||||
EvqTemporary, // For temporaries (within a function), read/write
|
||||
EvqGlobal, // For globals read/write
|
||||
EvqConst, // User-defined constant values, will be semantically constant and constant folded
|
||||
EvqVaryingIn, // pipeline input, read only, also supercategory for all built-ins not included in this enum (see TBuiltInVariable)
|
||||
EvqVaryingOut, // pipeline output, read/write, also supercategory for all built-ins not included in this enum (see TBuiltInVariable)
|
||||
EvqUniform, // read only, shared with app
|
||||
EvqBuffer, // read/write, shared with app
|
||||
EvqShared, // compute shader's read/write 'shared' qualifier
|
||||
|
||||
EvqPayload,
|
||||
EvqPayloadIn,
|
||||
EvqHitAttr,
|
||||
EvqCallableData,
|
||||
EvqCallableDataIn,
|
||||
|
||||
// parameters
|
||||
EvqIn, // also, for 'in' in the grammar before we know if it's a pipeline input or an 'in' parameter
|
||||
EvqOut, // also, for 'out' in the grammar before we know if it's a pipeline output or an 'out' parameter
|
||||
EvqInOut,
|
||||
EvqConstReadOnly, // input; also other read-only types having neither a constant value nor constant-value semantics
|
||||
|
||||
// built-ins read by vertex shader
|
||||
EvqVertexId,
|
||||
EvqInstanceId,
|
||||
|
||||
// built-ins written by vertex shader
|
||||
EvqPosition,
|
||||
EvqPointSize,
|
||||
EvqClipVertex,
|
||||
|
||||
// built-ins read by fragment shader
|
||||
EvqFace,
|
||||
EvqFragCoord,
|
||||
EvqPointCoord,
|
||||
|
||||
// built-ins written by fragment shader
|
||||
EvqFragColor,
|
||||
EvqFragDepth,
|
||||
|
||||
// end of list
|
||||
EvqLast
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Subcategories of the TStorageQualifier, simply to give a direct mapping
|
||||
// between built-in variable names and an numerical value (the enum).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For backward compatibility, there is some redundancy between the
|
||||
// TStorageQualifier and these. Existing members should both be maintained accurately.
|
||||
// However, any new built-in variable (and any existing non-redundant one)
|
||||
// must follow the pattern that the specific built-in is here, and only its
|
||||
// general qualifier is in TStorageQualifier.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Something like gl_Position, which is sometimes 'in' and sometimes 'out'
|
||||
// shows up as two different built-in variables in a single stage, but
|
||||
// only has a single enum in TBuiltInVariable, so both the
|
||||
// TStorageQualifier and the TBuitinVariable are needed to distinguish
|
||||
// between them.
|
||||
//
|
||||
enum TBuiltInVariable {
|
||||
EbvNone,
|
||||
EbvNumWorkGroups,
|
||||
EbvWorkGroupSize,
|
||||
EbvWorkGroupId,
|
||||
EbvLocalInvocationId,
|
||||
EbvGlobalInvocationId,
|
||||
EbvLocalInvocationIndex,
|
||||
EbvNumSubgroups,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupID,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupSize,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupInvocation,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupEqMask,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupGeMask,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupGtMask,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupLeMask,
|
||||
EbvSubGroupLtMask,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupSize2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupInvocation2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupEqMask2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupGeMask2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupGtMask2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupLeMask2,
|
||||
EbvSubgroupLtMask2,
|
||||
EbvVertexId,
|
||||
EbvInstanceId,
|
||||
EbvVertexIndex,
|
||||
EbvInstanceIndex,
|
||||
EbvBaseVertex,
|
||||
EbvBaseInstance,
|
||||
EbvDrawId,
|
||||
EbvPosition,
|
||||
EbvPointSize,
|
||||
EbvClipVertex,
|
||||
EbvClipDistance,
|
||||
EbvCullDistance,
|
||||
EbvNormal,
|
||||
EbvVertex,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord0,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord1,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord2,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord3,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord4,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord5,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord6,
|
||||
EbvMultiTexCoord7,
|
||||
EbvFrontColor,
|
||||
EbvBackColor,
|
||||
EbvFrontSecondaryColor,
|
||||
EbvBackSecondaryColor,
|
||||
EbvTexCoord,
|
||||
EbvFogFragCoord,
|
||||
EbvInvocationId,
|
||||
EbvPrimitiveId,
|
||||
EbvLayer,
|
||||
EbvViewportIndex,
|
||||
EbvPatchVertices,
|
||||
EbvTessLevelOuter,
|
||||
EbvTessLevelInner,
|
||||
EbvBoundingBox,
|
||||
EbvTessCoord,
|
||||
EbvColor,
|
||||
EbvSecondaryColor,
|
||||
EbvFace,
|
||||
EbvFragCoord,
|
||||
EbvPointCoord,
|
||||
EbvFragColor,
|
||||
EbvFragData,
|
||||
EbvFragDepth,
|
||||
EbvFragStencilRef,
|
||||
EbvSampleId,
|
||||
EbvSamplePosition,
|
||||
EbvSampleMask,
|
||||
EbvHelperInvocation,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordNoPersp,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspCentroid,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspSample,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordSmooth,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordSmoothCentroid,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordSmoothSample,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordPullModel,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvViewIndex,
|
||||
EbvDeviceIndex,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvFragSizeEXT,
|
||||
EbvFragInvocationCountEXT,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvSecondaryFragDataEXT,
|
||||
EbvSecondaryFragColorEXT,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvViewportMaskNV,
|
||||
EbvSecondaryPositionNV,
|
||||
EbvSecondaryViewportMaskNV,
|
||||
EbvPositionPerViewNV,
|
||||
EbvViewportMaskPerViewNV,
|
||||
EbvFragFullyCoveredNV,
|
||||
EbvFragmentSizeNV,
|
||||
EbvInvocationsPerPixelNV,
|
||||
// ray tracing
|
||||
EbvLaunchId,
|
||||
EbvLaunchSize,
|
||||
EbvInstanceCustomIndex,
|
||||
EbvGeometryIndex,
|
||||
EbvWorldRayOrigin,
|
||||
EbvWorldRayDirection,
|
||||
EbvObjectRayOrigin,
|
||||
EbvObjectRayDirection,
|
||||
EbvRayTmin,
|
||||
EbvRayTmax,
|
||||
EbvHitT,
|
||||
EbvHitKind,
|
||||
EbvObjectToWorld,
|
||||
EbvObjectToWorld3x4,
|
||||
EbvWorldToObject,
|
||||
EbvWorldToObject3x4,
|
||||
EbvIncomingRayFlags,
|
||||
// barycentrics
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordNV,
|
||||
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspNV,
|
||||
// mesh shaders
|
||||
EbvTaskCountNV,
|
||||
EbvPrimitiveCountNV,
|
||||
EbvPrimitiveIndicesNV,
|
||||
EbvClipDistancePerViewNV,
|
||||
EbvCullDistancePerViewNV,
|
||||
EbvLayerPerViewNV,
|
||||
EbvMeshViewCountNV,
|
||||
EbvMeshViewIndicesNV,
|
||||
|
||||
// sm builtins
|
||||
EbvWarpsPerSM,
|
||||
EbvSMCount,
|
||||
EbvWarpID,
|
||||
EbvSMID,
|
||||
|
||||
// HLSL built-ins that live only temporarily, until they get remapped
|
||||
// to one of the above.
|
||||
EbvFragDepthGreater,
|
||||
EbvFragDepthLesser,
|
||||
EbvGsOutputStream,
|
||||
EbvOutputPatch,
|
||||
EbvInputPatch,
|
||||
|
||||
// structbuffer types
|
||||
EbvAppendConsume, // no need to differentiate append and consume
|
||||
EbvRWStructuredBuffer,
|
||||
EbvStructuredBuffer,
|
||||
EbvByteAddressBuffer,
|
||||
EbvRWByteAddressBuffer,
|
||||
|
||||
EbvLast
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// In this enum, order matters; users can assume higher precision is a bigger value
|
||||
// and EpqNone is 0.
|
||||
enum TPrecisionQualifier {
|
||||
EpqNone = 0,
|
||||
EpqLow,
|
||||
EpqMedium,
|
||||
EpqHigh
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
__inline const char* GetStorageQualifierString(TStorageQualifier q) { return ""; }
|
||||
__inline const char* GetPrecisionQualifierString(TPrecisionQualifier p) { return ""; }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// These will show up in error messages
|
||||
__inline const char* GetStorageQualifierString(TStorageQualifier q)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (q) {
|
||||
case EvqTemporary: return "temp"; break;
|
||||
case EvqGlobal: return "global"; break;
|
||||
case EvqConst: return "const"; break;
|
||||
case EvqConstReadOnly: return "const (read only)"; break;
|
||||
case EvqVaryingIn: return "in"; break;
|
||||
case EvqVaryingOut: return "out"; break;
|
||||
case EvqUniform: return "uniform"; break;
|
||||
case EvqBuffer: return "buffer"; break;
|
||||
case EvqShared: return "shared"; break;
|
||||
case EvqIn: return "in"; break;
|
||||
case EvqOut: return "out"; break;
|
||||
case EvqInOut: return "inout"; break;
|
||||
case EvqVertexId: return "gl_VertexId"; break;
|
||||
case EvqInstanceId: return "gl_InstanceId"; break;
|
||||
case EvqPosition: return "gl_Position"; break;
|
||||
case EvqPointSize: return "gl_PointSize"; break;
|
||||
case EvqClipVertex: return "gl_ClipVertex"; break;
|
||||
case EvqFace: return "gl_FrontFacing"; break;
|
||||
case EvqFragCoord: return "gl_FragCoord"; break;
|
||||
case EvqPointCoord: return "gl_PointCoord"; break;
|
||||
case EvqFragColor: return "fragColor"; break;
|
||||
case EvqFragDepth: return "gl_FragDepth"; break;
|
||||
case EvqPayload: return "rayPayloadNV"; break;
|
||||
case EvqPayloadIn: return "rayPayloadInNV"; break;
|
||||
case EvqHitAttr: return "hitAttributeNV"; break;
|
||||
case EvqCallableData: return "callableDataNV"; break;
|
||||
case EvqCallableDataIn: return "callableDataInNV"; break;
|
||||
default: return "unknown qualifier";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline const char* GetBuiltInVariableString(TBuiltInVariable v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (v) {
|
||||
case EbvNone: return "";
|
||||
case EbvNumWorkGroups: return "NumWorkGroups";
|
||||
case EbvWorkGroupSize: return "WorkGroupSize";
|
||||
case EbvWorkGroupId: return "WorkGroupID";
|
||||
case EbvLocalInvocationId: return "LocalInvocationID";
|
||||
case EbvGlobalInvocationId: return "GlobalInvocationID";
|
||||
case EbvLocalInvocationIndex: return "LocalInvocationIndex";
|
||||
case EbvNumSubgroups: return "NumSubgroups";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupID: return "SubgroupID";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupSize: return "SubGroupSize";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupInvocation: return "SubGroupInvocation";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupEqMask: return "SubGroupEqMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupGeMask: return "SubGroupGeMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupGtMask: return "SubGroupGtMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupLeMask: return "SubGroupLeMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubGroupLtMask: return "SubGroupLtMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupSize2: return "SubgroupSize";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupInvocation2: return "SubgroupInvocationID";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupEqMask2: return "SubgroupEqMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupGeMask2: return "SubgroupGeMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupGtMask2: return "SubgroupGtMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupLeMask2: return "SubgroupLeMask";
|
||||
case EbvSubgroupLtMask2: return "SubgroupLtMask";
|
||||
case EbvVertexId: return "VertexId";
|
||||
case EbvInstanceId: return "InstanceId";
|
||||
case EbvVertexIndex: return "VertexIndex";
|
||||
case EbvInstanceIndex: return "InstanceIndex";
|
||||
case EbvBaseVertex: return "BaseVertex";
|
||||
case EbvBaseInstance: return "BaseInstance";
|
||||
case EbvDrawId: return "DrawId";
|
||||
case EbvPosition: return "Position";
|
||||
case EbvPointSize: return "PointSize";
|
||||
case EbvClipVertex: return "ClipVertex";
|
||||
case EbvClipDistance: return "ClipDistance";
|
||||
case EbvCullDistance: return "CullDistance";
|
||||
case EbvNormal: return "Normal";
|
||||
case EbvVertex: return "Vertex";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord0: return "MultiTexCoord0";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord1: return "MultiTexCoord1";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord2: return "MultiTexCoord2";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord3: return "MultiTexCoord3";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord4: return "MultiTexCoord4";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord5: return "MultiTexCoord5";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord6: return "MultiTexCoord6";
|
||||
case EbvMultiTexCoord7: return "MultiTexCoord7";
|
||||
case EbvFrontColor: return "FrontColor";
|
||||
case EbvBackColor: return "BackColor";
|
||||
case EbvFrontSecondaryColor: return "FrontSecondaryColor";
|
||||
case EbvBackSecondaryColor: return "BackSecondaryColor";
|
||||
case EbvTexCoord: return "TexCoord";
|
||||
case EbvFogFragCoord: return "FogFragCoord";
|
||||
case EbvInvocationId: return "InvocationID";
|
||||
case EbvPrimitiveId: return "PrimitiveID";
|
||||
case EbvLayer: return "Layer";
|
||||
case EbvViewportIndex: return "ViewportIndex";
|
||||
case EbvPatchVertices: return "PatchVertices";
|
||||
case EbvTessLevelOuter: return "TessLevelOuter";
|
||||
case EbvTessLevelInner: return "TessLevelInner";
|
||||
case EbvBoundingBox: return "BoundingBox";
|
||||
case EbvTessCoord: return "TessCoord";
|
||||
case EbvColor: return "Color";
|
||||
case EbvSecondaryColor: return "SecondaryColor";
|
||||
case EbvFace: return "Face";
|
||||
case EbvFragCoord: return "FragCoord";
|
||||
case EbvPointCoord: return "PointCoord";
|
||||
case EbvFragColor: return "FragColor";
|
||||
case EbvFragData: return "FragData";
|
||||
case EbvFragDepth: return "FragDepth";
|
||||
case EbvFragStencilRef: return "FragStencilRef";
|
||||
case EbvSampleId: return "SampleId";
|
||||
case EbvSamplePosition: return "SamplePosition";
|
||||
case EbvSampleMask: return "SampleMaskIn";
|
||||
case EbvHelperInvocation: return "HelperInvocation";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordNoPersp: return "BaryCoordNoPersp";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspCentroid: return "BaryCoordNoPerspCentroid";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspSample: return "BaryCoordNoPerspSample";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordSmooth: return "BaryCoordSmooth";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordSmoothCentroid: return "BaryCoordSmoothCentroid";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordSmoothSample: return "BaryCoordSmoothSample";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordPullModel: return "BaryCoordPullModel";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvViewIndex: return "ViewIndex";
|
||||
case EbvDeviceIndex: return "DeviceIndex";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvFragSizeEXT: return "FragSizeEXT";
|
||||
case EbvFragInvocationCountEXT: return "FragInvocationCountEXT";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvSecondaryFragDataEXT: return "SecondaryFragDataEXT";
|
||||
case EbvSecondaryFragColorEXT: return "SecondaryFragColorEXT";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvViewportMaskNV: return "ViewportMaskNV";
|
||||
case EbvSecondaryPositionNV: return "SecondaryPositionNV";
|
||||
case EbvSecondaryViewportMaskNV: return "SecondaryViewportMaskNV";
|
||||
case EbvPositionPerViewNV: return "PositionPerViewNV";
|
||||
case EbvViewportMaskPerViewNV: return "ViewportMaskPerViewNV";
|
||||
case EbvFragFullyCoveredNV: return "FragFullyCoveredNV";
|
||||
case EbvFragmentSizeNV: return "FragmentSizeNV";
|
||||
case EbvInvocationsPerPixelNV: return "InvocationsPerPixelNV";
|
||||
case EbvLaunchId: return "LaunchIdNV";
|
||||
case EbvLaunchSize: return "LaunchSizeNV";
|
||||
case EbvInstanceCustomIndex: return "InstanceCustomIndexNV";
|
||||
case EbvGeometryIndex: return "GeometryIndexEXT";
|
||||
case EbvWorldRayOrigin: return "WorldRayOriginNV";
|
||||
case EbvWorldRayDirection: return "WorldRayDirectionNV";
|
||||
case EbvObjectRayOrigin: return "ObjectRayOriginNV";
|
||||
case EbvObjectRayDirection: return "ObjectRayDirectionNV";
|
||||
case EbvRayTmin: return "ObjectRayTminNV";
|
||||
case EbvRayTmax: return "ObjectRayTmaxNV";
|
||||
case EbvHitT: return "HitTNV";
|
||||
case EbvHitKind: return "HitKindNV";
|
||||
case EbvIncomingRayFlags: return "IncomingRayFlagsNV";
|
||||
case EbvObjectToWorld: return "ObjectToWorldNV";
|
||||
case EbvWorldToObject: return "WorldToObjectNV";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordNV: return "BaryCoordNV";
|
||||
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspNV: return "BaryCoordNoPerspNV";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvTaskCountNV: return "TaskCountNV";
|
||||
case EbvPrimitiveCountNV: return "PrimitiveCountNV";
|
||||
case EbvPrimitiveIndicesNV: return "PrimitiveIndicesNV";
|
||||
case EbvClipDistancePerViewNV: return "ClipDistancePerViewNV";
|
||||
case EbvCullDistancePerViewNV: return "CullDistancePerViewNV";
|
||||
case EbvLayerPerViewNV: return "LayerPerViewNV";
|
||||
case EbvMeshViewCountNV: return "MeshViewCountNV";
|
||||
case EbvMeshViewIndicesNV: return "MeshViewIndicesNV";
|
||||
|
||||
case EbvWarpsPerSM: return "WarpsPerSMNV";
|
||||
case EbvSMCount: return "SMCountNV";
|
||||
case EbvWarpID: return "WarpIDNV";
|
||||
case EbvSMID: return "SMIDNV";
|
||||
|
||||
default: return "unknown built-in variable";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline const char* GetPrecisionQualifierString(TPrecisionQualifier p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (p) {
|
||||
case EpqNone: return ""; break;
|
||||
case EpqLow: return "lowp"; break;
|
||||
case EpqMedium: return "mediump"; break;
|
||||
case EpqHigh: return "highp"; break;
|
||||
default: return "unknown precision qualifier";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
__inline bool isTypeSignedInt(TBasicType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline bool isTypeUnsignedInt(TBasicType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline bool isTypeInt(TBasicType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return isTypeSignedInt(type) || isTypeUnsignedInt(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline bool isTypeFloat(TBasicType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtFloat:
|
||||
case EbtDouble:
|
||||
case EbtFloat16:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__inline int getTypeRank(TBasicType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res = -1;
|
||||
switch(type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
res = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
res = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
res = 2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
res = 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
assert(false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _COMMON_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _COMMON_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__ANDROID__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1700)
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
namespace std {
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
std::string to_string(const T& val) {
|
||||
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||
os << val;
|
||||
return os.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900 /*vs2015*/) || defined MINGW_HAS_SECURE_API
|
||||
#include <basetsd.h>
|
||||
#ifndef snprintf
|
||||
#define snprintf sprintf_s
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf_s((buf), (max), (max), (format), (args))
|
||||
#elif defined (solaris)
|
||||
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf((buf), (max), (format), (args))
|
||||
#include <sys/int_types.h>
|
||||
#define UINT_PTR uintptr_t
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf((buf), (max), (format), (args))
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#define UINT_PTR uintptr_t
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
inline long long int strtoll (const char* str, char** endptr, int base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _strtoi64(str, endptr, base);
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline unsigned long long int strtoull (const char* str, char** endptr, int base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _strtoui64(str, endptr, base);
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline long long int atoll (const char* str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return strtoll(str, NULL, 10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#define strdup _strdup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* windows only pragma */
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4786) // Don't warn about too long identifiers
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4514) // unused inline method
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4201) // nameless union
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <set>
|
||||
#include <unordered_set>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
#include <unordered_map>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
#include <cstdlib>
|
||||
#include <cassert>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PoolAlloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Put POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE in base classes to make them use this scheme.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(A) \
|
||||
void* operator new(size_t s) { return (A).allocate(s); } \
|
||||
void* operator new(size_t, void *_Where) { return (_Where); } \
|
||||
void operator delete(void*) { } \
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, void *) { } \
|
||||
void* operator new[](size_t s) { return (A).allocate(s); } \
|
||||
void* operator new[](size_t, void *_Where) { return (_Where); } \
|
||||
void operator delete[](void*) { } \
|
||||
void operator delete[](void *, void *) { }
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Pool version of string.
|
||||
//
|
||||
typedef pool_allocator<char> TStringAllocator;
|
||||
typedef std::basic_string <char, std::char_traits<char>, TStringAllocator> TString;
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
// Repackage the std::hash for use by unordered map/set with a TString key.
|
||||
namespace std {
|
||||
|
||||
template<> struct hash<glslang::TString> {
|
||||
std::size_t operator()(const glslang::TString& s) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned _FNV_offset_basis = 2166136261U;
|
||||
const unsigned _FNV_prime = 16777619U;
|
||||
unsigned _Val = _FNV_offset_basis;
|
||||
size_t _Count = s.size();
|
||||
const char* _First = s.c_str();
|
||||
for (size_t _Next = 0; _Next < _Count; ++_Next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_Val ^= (unsigned)_First[_Next];
|
||||
_Val *= _FNV_prime;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return _Val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
inline TString* NewPoolTString(const char* s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* memory = GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(sizeof(TString));
|
||||
return new(memory) TString(s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T> inline T* NewPoolObject(T*)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new(GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(sizeof(T))) T;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T> inline T* NewPoolObject(T, int instances)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new(GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(instances * sizeof(T))) T[instances];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Pool allocator versions of vectors, lists, and maps
|
||||
//
|
||||
template <class T> class TVector : public std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> > {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
|
||||
typedef typename std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >::size_type size_type;
|
||||
TVector() : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >() {}
|
||||
TVector(const pool_allocator<T>& a) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(a) {}
|
||||
TVector(size_type i) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(i) {}
|
||||
TVector(size_type i, const T& val) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(i, val) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T> class TList : public std::list<T, pool_allocator<T> > {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <class K, class D, class CMP = std::less<K> >
|
||||
class TMap : public std::map<K, D, CMP, pool_allocator<std::pair<K const, D> > > {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <class K, class D, class HASH = std::hash<K>, class PRED = std::equal_to<K> >
|
||||
class TUnorderedMap : public std::unordered_map<K, D, HASH, PRED, pool_allocator<std::pair<K const, D> > > {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Persistent string memory. Should only be used for strings that survive
|
||||
// across compiles/links.
|
||||
//
|
||||
typedef std::basic_string<char> TPersistString;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// templatized min and max functions.
|
||||
//
|
||||
template <class T> T Min(const T a, const T b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
|
||||
template <class T> T Max(const T a, const T b) { return a > b ? a : b; }
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Create a TString object from an integer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if defined _MSC_VER || defined MINGW_HAS_SECURE_API
|
||||
inline const TString String(const int i, const int base = 10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char text[16]; // 32 bit ints are at most 10 digits in base 10
|
||||
_itoa_s(i, text, sizeof(text), base);
|
||||
return text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
inline const TString String(const int i, const int /*base*/ = 10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char text[16]; // 32 bit ints are at most 10 digits in base 10
|
||||
|
||||
// we assume base 10 for all cases
|
||||
snprintf(text, sizeof(text), "%d", i);
|
||||
|
||||
return text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct TSourceLoc {
|
||||
void init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
name = nullptr; string = 0; line = 0; column = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void init(int stringNum) { init(); string = stringNum; }
|
||||
// Returns the name if it exists. Otherwise, returns the string number.
|
||||
std::string getStringNameOrNum(bool quoteStringName = true) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (name != nullptr) {
|
||||
TString qstr = quoteStringName ? ("\"" + *name + "\"") : *name;
|
||||
std::string ret_str(qstr.c_str());
|
||||
return ret_str;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return std::to_string((long long)string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const char* getFilename() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (name == nullptr)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
return name->c_str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
const char* getFilenameStr() const { return name == nullptr ? "" : name->c_str(); }
|
||||
TString* name; // descriptive name for this string, when a textual name is available, otherwise nullptr
|
||||
int string;
|
||||
int line;
|
||||
int column;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TPragmaTable : public TMap<TString, TString> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const int MaxTokenLength = 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T> bool IsPow2(T powerOf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (powerOf2 <= 0)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return (powerOf2 & (powerOf2 - 1)) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Round number up to a multiple of the given powerOf2, which is not
|
||||
// a power, just a number that must be a power of 2.
|
||||
template <class T> void RoundToPow2(T& number, int powerOf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(IsPow2(powerOf2));
|
||||
number = (number + powerOf2 - 1) & ~(powerOf2 - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T> bool IsMultipleOfPow2(T number, int powerOf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(IsPow2(powerOf2));
|
||||
return ! (number & (powerOf2 - 1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _COMMON_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../Include/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "../Include/BaseTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
class TConstUnion {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion() : iConst(0), type(EbtInt) { }
|
||||
|
||||
void setI8Const(signed char i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i8Const = i;
|
||||
type = EbtInt8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setU8Const(unsigned char u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8Const = u;
|
||||
type = EbtUint8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setI16Const(signed short i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i16Const = i;
|
||||
type = EbtInt16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setU16Const(unsigned short u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16Const = u;
|
||||
type = EbtUint16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setIConst(int i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
iConst = i;
|
||||
type = EbtInt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setUConst(unsigned int u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uConst = u;
|
||||
type = EbtUint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setI64Const(long long i64)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i64Const = i64;
|
||||
type = EbtInt64;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setU64Const(unsigned long long u64)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u64Const = u64;
|
||||
type = EbtUint64;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setDConst(double d)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dConst = d;
|
||||
type = EbtDouble;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setBConst(bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bConst = b;
|
||||
type = EbtBool;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setSConst(const TString* s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sConst = s;
|
||||
type = EbtString;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
signed char getI8Const() const { return i8Const; }
|
||||
unsigned char getU8Const() const { return u8Const; }
|
||||
signed short getI16Const() const { return i16Const; }
|
||||
unsigned short getU16Const() const { return u16Const; }
|
||||
int getIConst() const { return iConst; }
|
||||
unsigned int getUConst() const { return uConst; }
|
||||
long long getI64Const() const { return i64Const; }
|
||||
unsigned long long getU64Const() const { return u64Const; }
|
||||
double getDConst() const { return dConst; }
|
||||
bool getBConst() const { return bConst; }
|
||||
const TString* getSConst() const { return sConst; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const signed char i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i == i8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const unsigned char u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (u == u8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const signed short i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i == i16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const unsigned short u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (u == u16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const int i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i == iConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const unsigned int u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (u == uConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const long long i64) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i64 == i64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const unsigned long long u64) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (u64 == u64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const double d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (d == dConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const bool b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b == bConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (constant.type != type)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
if (constant.iConst == iConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
if (constant.uConst == uConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtBool:
|
||||
if (constant.bConst == bConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtDouble:
|
||||
if (constant.dConst == dConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
if (constant.i16Const == i16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
if (constant.u16Const == u16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
if (constant.i8Const == i8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
if (constant.u8Const == u8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
if (constant.i64Const == i64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
if (constant.u64Const == u64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const signed char i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const unsigned char u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(u);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const signed short i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const unsigned short u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(u);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const int i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const unsigned int u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(u);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const long long i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const unsigned long long u) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(u);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const float f) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const bool b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !operator==(constant);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator>(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
if (iConst > constant.iConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
if (uConst > constant.uConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtDouble:
|
||||
if (dConst > constant.dConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
if (i8Const > constant.i8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
if (u8Const > constant.u8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
if (i16Const > constant.i16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
if (u16Const > constant.u16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
if (i64Const > constant.i64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
if (u64Const > constant.u64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator<(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
if (i8Const < constant.i8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
if (u8Const < constant.u8Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
if (i16Const < constant.i16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
if (u16Const < constant.u16Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
if (i64Const < constant.i64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
if (u64Const < constant.u64Const)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case EbtDouble:
|
||||
if (dConst < constant.dConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
if (iConst < constant.iConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
if (uConst < constant.uConst)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator+(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst + constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst + constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst + constant.dConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const + constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const + constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const + constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const + constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const + constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const + constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator-(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst - constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst - constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst - constant.dConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const - constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const - constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const - constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const - constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const - constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const - constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator*(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst * constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst * constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst * constant.dConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const * constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const * constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const * constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const * constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const * constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const * constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator%(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst % constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst % constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const % constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const % constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const % constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const % constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const % constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const % constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator>>(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator<<(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case EbtInt:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EbtUint:
|
||||
switch (constant.type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator&(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst & constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst & constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const & constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const & constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const & constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const & constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const & constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const & constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator|(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst | constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst | constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const | constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const | constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const | constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const | constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const | constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const | constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator^(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst ^ constant.iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst ^ constant.uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const ^ constant.i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const ^ constant.u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const ^ constant.i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const ^ constant.u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const ^ constant.i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const ^ constant.u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator~() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(~iConst); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(~uConst); break;
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(~i8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(~u8Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(~i16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(~u16Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(~i64Const); break;
|
||||
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(~u64Const); break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator&&(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtBool: returnValue.setBConst(bConst && constant.bConst); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnion operator||(const TConstUnion& constant) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TConstUnion returnValue;
|
||||
assert(type == constant.type);
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case EbtBool: returnValue.setBConst(bConst || constant.bConst); break;
|
||||
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TBasicType getType() const { return type; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
union {
|
||||
signed char i8Const; // used for i8vec, scalar int8s
|
||||
unsigned char u8Const; // used for u8vec, scalar uint8s
|
||||
signed short i16Const; // used for i16vec, scalar int16s
|
||||
unsigned short u16Const; // used for u16vec, scalar uint16s
|
||||
int iConst; // used for ivec, scalar ints
|
||||
unsigned int uConst; // used for uvec, scalar uints
|
||||
long long i64Const; // used for i64vec, scalar int64s
|
||||
unsigned long long u64Const; // used for u64vec, scalar uint64s
|
||||
bool bConst; // used for bvec, scalar bools
|
||||
double dConst; // used for vec, dvec, mat, dmat, scalar floats and doubles
|
||||
const TString* sConst; // string constant
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
TBasicType type;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Encapsulate having a pointer to an array of TConstUnion,
|
||||
// which only needs to be allocated if its size is going to be
|
||||
// bigger than 0.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// One convenience is being able to use [] to go inside the array, instead
|
||||
// of C++ assuming it as an array of pointers to vectors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// General usage is that the size is known up front, and it is
|
||||
// created once with the proper size.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TConstUnionArray {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
|
||||
TConstUnionArray() : unionArray(nullptr) { }
|
||||
virtual ~TConstUnionArray() { }
|
||||
|
||||
explicit TConstUnionArray(int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
unionArray = nullptr;
|
||||
else
|
||||
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
TConstUnionArray(const TConstUnionArray& a) = default;
|
||||
TConstUnionArray(const TConstUnionArray& a, int start, int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i)
|
||||
(*unionArray)[i] = a[start + i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Use this constructor for a smear operation
|
||||
TConstUnionArray(int size, const TConstUnion& val)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size, val);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int size() const { return unionArray ? (int)unionArray->size() : 0; }
|
||||
TConstUnion& operator[](size_t index) { return (*unionArray)[index]; }
|
||||
const TConstUnion& operator[](size_t index) const { return (*unionArray)[index]; }
|
||||
bool operator==(const TConstUnionArray& rhs) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// this includes the case that both are unallocated
|
||||
if (unionArray == rhs.unionArray)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! unionArray || ! rhs.unionArray)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return *unionArray == *rhs.unionArray;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator!=(const TConstUnionArray& rhs) const { return ! operator==(rhs); }
|
||||
|
||||
double dot(const TConstUnionArray& rhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(rhs.unionArray->size() == unionArray->size());
|
||||
double sum = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (size_t comp = 0; comp < unionArray->size(); ++comp)
|
||||
sum += (*this)[comp].getDConst() * rhs[comp].getDConst();
|
||||
|
||||
return sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool empty() const { return unionArray == nullptr; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
typedef TVector<TConstUnion> TConstUnionVector;
|
||||
TConstUnionVector* unionArray;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../Include/Common.h"
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TPrefixType is used to centralize how info log messages start.
|
||||
// See below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
enum TPrefixType {
|
||||
EPrefixNone,
|
||||
EPrefixWarning,
|
||||
EPrefixError,
|
||||
EPrefixInternalError,
|
||||
EPrefixUnimplemented,
|
||||
EPrefixNote
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum TOutputStream {
|
||||
ENull = 0,
|
||||
EDebugger = 0x01,
|
||||
EStdOut = 0x02,
|
||||
EString = 0x04,
|
||||
};
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Encapsulate info logs for all objects that have them.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The methods are a general set of tools for getting a variety of
|
||||
// messages and types inserted into the log.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TInfoSinkBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase() : outputStream(4) {}
|
||||
void erase() { sink.erase(); }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const TPersistString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(char c) { append(1, c); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const char* s) { append(s); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(int n) { append(String(n)); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(unsigned int n) { append(String(n)); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(float n) { const int size = 40; char buf[size];
|
||||
snprintf(buf, size, (fabs(n) > 1e-8 && fabs(n) < 1e8) || n == 0.0f ? "%f" : "%g", n);
|
||||
append(buf);
|
||||
return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const TPersistString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const TString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const TString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
|
||||
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const char* s) { append(s); return *this; }
|
||||
const char* c_str() const { return sink.c_str(); }
|
||||
void prefix(TPrefixType message) {
|
||||
switch(message) {
|
||||
case EPrefixNone: break;
|
||||
case EPrefixWarning: append("WARNING: "); break;
|
||||
case EPrefixError: append("ERROR: "); break;
|
||||
case EPrefixInternalError: append("INTERNAL ERROR: "); break;
|
||||
case EPrefixUnimplemented: append("UNIMPLEMENTED: "); break;
|
||||
case EPrefixNote: append("NOTE: "); break;
|
||||
default: append("UNKNOWN ERROR: "); break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
void location(const TSourceLoc& loc) {
|
||||
const int maxSize = 24;
|
||||
char locText[maxSize];
|
||||
snprintf(locText, maxSize, ":%d", loc.line);
|
||||
append(loc.getStringNameOrNum(false).c_str());
|
||||
append(locText);
|
||||
append(": ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
void message(TPrefixType message, const char* s) {
|
||||
prefix(message);
|
||||
append(s);
|
||||
append("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
void message(TPrefixType message, const char* s, const TSourceLoc& loc) {
|
||||
prefix(message);
|
||||
location(loc);
|
||||
append(s);
|
||||
append("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setOutputStream(int output = 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
outputStream = output;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void append(const char* s);
|
||||
|
||||
void append(int count, char c);
|
||||
void append(const TPersistString& t);
|
||||
void append(const TString& t);
|
||||
|
||||
void checkMem(size_t growth) { if (sink.capacity() < sink.size() + growth + 2)
|
||||
sink.reserve(sink.capacity() + sink.capacity() / 2); }
|
||||
void appendToStream(const char* s);
|
||||
TPersistString sink;
|
||||
int outputStream;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
class TInfoSink {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
glslang::TInfoSinkBase info;
|
||||
glslang::TInfoSinkBase debug;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
bool InitializePoolIndex();
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
# define GUARD_BLOCKS // define to enable guard block sanity checking
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This header defines an allocator that can be used to efficiently
|
||||
// allocate a large number of small requests for heap memory, with the
|
||||
// intention that they are not individually deallocated, but rather
|
||||
// collectively deallocated at one time.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This simultaneously
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * Makes each individual allocation much more efficient; the
|
||||
// typical allocation is trivial.
|
||||
// * Completely avoids the cost of doing individual deallocation.
|
||||
// * Saves the trouble of tracking down and plugging a large class of leaks.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual classes can use this allocator by supplying their own
|
||||
// new and delete methods.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// STL containers can use this allocator by using the pool_allocator
|
||||
// class as the allocator (second) template argument.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstddef>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
// If we are using guard blocks, we must track each individual
|
||||
// allocation. If we aren't using guard blocks, these
|
||||
// never get instantiated, so won't have any impact.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class TAllocation {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TAllocation(size_t size, unsigned char* mem, TAllocation* prev = 0) :
|
||||
size(size), mem(mem), prevAlloc(prev) {
|
||||
// Allocations are bracketed:
|
||||
// [allocationHeader][initialGuardBlock][userData][finalGuardBlock]
|
||||
// This would be cleaner with if (guardBlockSize)..., but that
|
||||
// makes the compiler print warnings about 0 length memsets,
|
||||
// even with the if() protecting them.
|
||||
# ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
memset(preGuard(), guardBlockBeginVal, guardBlockSize);
|
||||
memset(data(), userDataFill, size);
|
||||
memset(postGuard(), guardBlockEndVal, guardBlockSize);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void check() const {
|
||||
checkGuardBlock(preGuard(), guardBlockBeginVal, "before");
|
||||
checkGuardBlock(postGuard(), guardBlockEndVal, "after");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void checkAllocList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return total size needed to accommodate user buffer of 'size',
|
||||
// plus our tracking data.
|
||||
inline static size_t allocationSize(size_t size) {
|
||||
return size + 2 * guardBlockSize + headerSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset from surrounding buffer to get to user data buffer.
|
||||
inline static unsigned char* offsetAllocation(unsigned char* m) {
|
||||
return m + guardBlockSize + headerSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void checkGuardBlock(unsigned char* blockMem, unsigned char val, const char* locText) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find offsets to pre and post guard blocks, and user data buffer
|
||||
unsigned char* preGuard() const { return mem + headerSize(); }
|
||||
unsigned char* data() const { return preGuard() + guardBlockSize; }
|
||||
unsigned char* postGuard() const { return data() + size; }
|
||||
|
||||
size_t size; // size of the user data area
|
||||
unsigned char* mem; // beginning of our allocation (pts to header)
|
||||
TAllocation* prevAlloc; // prior allocation in the chain
|
||||
|
||||
const static unsigned char guardBlockBeginVal;
|
||||
const static unsigned char guardBlockEndVal;
|
||||
const static unsigned char userDataFill;
|
||||
|
||||
const static size_t guardBlockSize;
|
||||
# ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
inline static size_t headerSize() { return sizeof(TAllocation); }
|
||||
# else
|
||||
inline static size_t headerSize() { return 0; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// There are several stacks. One is to track the pushing and popping
|
||||
// of the user, and not yet implemented. The others are simply a
|
||||
// repositories of free pages or used pages.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Page stacks are linked together with a simple header at the beginning
|
||||
// of each allocation obtained from the underlying OS. Multi-page allocations
|
||||
// are returned to the OS. Individual page allocations are kept for future
|
||||
// re-use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "page size" used is not, nor must it match, the underlying OS
|
||||
// page size. But, having it be about that size or equal to a set of
|
||||
// pages is likely most optimal.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TPoolAllocator {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TPoolAllocator(int growthIncrement = 8*1024, int allocationAlignment = 16);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Don't call the destructor just to free up the memory, call pop()
|
||||
//
|
||||
~TPoolAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Call push() to establish a new place to pop memory too. Does not
|
||||
// have to be called to get things started.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void push();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Call pop() to free all memory allocated since the last call to push(),
|
||||
// or if no last call to push, frees all memory since first allocation.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void pop();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Call popAll() to free all memory allocated.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void popAll();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Call allocate() to actually acquire memory. Returns 0 if no memory
|
||||
// available, otherwise a properly aligned pointer to 'numBytes' of memory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void* allocate(size_t numBytes);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// There is no deallocate. The point of this class is that
|
||||
// deallocation can be skipped by the user of it, as the model
|
||||
// of use is to simultaneously deallocate everything at once
|
||||
// by calling pop(), and to not have to solve memory leak problems.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend struct tHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
struct tHeader {
|
||||
tHeader(tHeader* nextPage, size_t pageCount) :
|
||||
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
lastAllocation(0),
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
nextPage(nextPage), pageCount(pageCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
~tHeader() {
|
||||
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
if (lastAllocation)
|
||||
lastAllocation->checkAllocList();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
TAllocation* lastAllocation;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
tHeader* nextPage;
|
||||
size_t pageCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct tAllocState {
|
||||
size_t offset;
|
||||
tHeader* page;
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef std::vector<tAllocState> tAllocStack;
|
||||
|
||||
// Track allocations if and only if we're using guard blocks
|
||||
#ifndef GUARD_BLOCKS
|
||||
void* initializeAllocation(tHeader*, unsigned char* memory, size_t) {
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void* initializeAllocation(tHeader* block, unsigned char* memory, size_t numBytes) {
|
||||
new(memory) TAllocation(numBytes, memory, block->lastAllocation);
|
||||
block->lastAllocation = reinterpret_cast<TAllocation*>(memory);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This is optimized entirely away if GUARD_BLOCKS is not defined.
|
||||
return TAllocation::offsetAllocation(memory);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t pageSize; // granularity of allocation from the OS
|
||||
size_t alignment; // all returned allocations will be aligned at
|
||||
// this granularity, which will be a power of 2
|
||||
size_t alignmentMask;
|
||||
size_t headerSkip; // amount of memory to skip to make room for the
|
||||
// header (basically, size of header, rounded
|
||||
// up to make it aligned
|
||||
size_t currentPageOffset; // next offset in top of inUseList to allocate from
|
||||
tHeader* freeList; // list of popped memory
|
||||
tHeader* inUseList; // list of all memory currently being used
|
||||
tAllocStack stack; // stack of where to allocate from, to partition pool
|
||||
|
||||
int numCalls; // just an interesting statistic
|
||||
size_t totalBytes; // just an interesting statistic
|
||||
private:
|
||||
TPoolAllocator& operator=(const TPoolAllocator&); // don't allow assignment operator
|
||||
TPoolAllocator(const TPoolAllocator&); // don't allow default copy constructor
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// There could potentially be many pools with pops happening at
|
||||
// different times. But a simple use is to have a global pop
|
||||
// with everyone using the same global allocator.
|
||||
//
|
||||
extern TPoolAllocator& GetThreadPoolAllocator();
|
||||
void SetThreadPoolAllocator(TPoolAllocator* poolAllocator);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This STL compatible allocator is intended to be used as the allocator
|
||||
// parameter to templatized STL containers, like vector and map.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// It will use the pools for allocation, and not
|
||||
// do any deallocation, but will still do destruction.
|
||||
//
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class pool_allocator {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef size_t size_type;
|
||||
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
|
||||
typedef T *pointer;
|
||||
typedef const T *const_pointer;
|
||||
typedef T& reference;
|
||||
typedef const T& const_reference;
|
||||
typedef T value_type;
|
||||
template<class Other>
|
||||
struct rebind {
|
||||
typedef pool_allocator<Other> other;
|
||||
};
|
||||
pointer address(reference x) const { return &x; }
|
||||
const_pointer address(const_reference x) const { return &x; }
|
||||
|
||||
pool_allocator() : allocator(GetThreadPoolAllocator()) { }
|
||||
pool_allocator(TPoolAllocator& a) : allocator(a) { }
|
||||
pool_allocator(const pool_allocator<T>& p) : allocator(p.allocator) { }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class Other>
|
||||
pool_allocator(const pool_allocator<Other>& p) : allocator(p.getAllocator()) { }
|
||||
|
||||
pointer allocate(size_type n) {
|
||||
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n * sizeof(T))); }
|
||||
pointer allocate(size_type n, const void*) {
|
||||
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n * sizeof(T))); }
|
||||
|
||||
void deallocate(void*, size_type) { }
|
||||
void deallocate(pointer, size_type) { }
|
||||
|
||||
pointer _Charalloc(size_t n) {
|
||||
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n)); }
|
||||
|
||||
void construct(pointer p, const T& val) { new ((void *)p) T(val); }
|
||||
void destroy(pointer p) { p->T::~T(); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const pool_allocator& rhs) const { return &getAllocator() == &rhs.getAllocator(); }
|
||||
bool operator!=(const pool_allocator& rhs) const { return &getAllocator() != &rhs.getAllocator(); }
|
||||
|
||||
size_type max_size() const { return static_cast<size_type>(-1) / sizeof(T); }
|
||||
size_type max_size(int size) const { return static_cast<size_type>(-1) / size; }
|
||||
|
||||
TPoolAllocator& getAllocator() const { return allocator; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
pool_allocator& operator=(const pool_allocator&) { return *this; }
|
||||
TPoolAllocator& allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
struct TLimits {
|
||||
bool nonInductiveForLoops;
|
||||
bool whileLoops;
|
||||
bool doWhileLoops;
|
||||
bool generalUniformIndexing;
|
||||
bool generalAttributeMatrixVectorIndexing;
|
||||
bool generalVaryingIndexing;
|
||||
bool generalSamplerIndexing;
|
||||
bool generalVariableIndexing;
|
||||
bool generalConstantMatrixVectorIndexing;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct TBuiltInResource {
|
||||
int maxLights;
|
||||
int maxClipPlanes;
|
||||
int maxTextureUnits;
|
||||
int maxTextureCoords;
|
||||
int maxVertexAttribs;
|
||||
int maxVertexUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxVaryingFloats;
|
||||
int maxVertexTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxCombinedTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxFragmentUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxDrawBuffers;
|
||||
int maxVertexUniformVectors;
|
||||
int maxVaryingVectors;
|
||||
int maxFragmentUniformVectors;
|
||||
int maxVertexOutputVectors;
|
||||
int maxFragmentInputVectors;
|
||||
int minProgramTexelOffset;
|
||||
int maxProgramTexelOffset;
|
||||
int maxClipDistances;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountX;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountY;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountZ;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeX;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeY;
|
||||
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeZ;
|
||||
int maxComputeUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxComputeTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxComputeImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxComputeAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxComputeAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxVaryingComponents;
|
||||
int maxVertexOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxGeometryInputComponents;
|
||||
int maxGeometryOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxFragmentInputComponents;
|
||||
int maxImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxCombinedImageUnitsAndFragmentOutputs;
|
||||
int maxCombinedShaderOutputResources;
|
||||
int maxImageSamples;
|
||||
int maxVertexImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxTessControlImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxGeometryImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxFragmentImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxCombinedImageUniforms;
|
||||
int maxGeometryTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxGeometryOutputVertices;
|
||||
int maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxGeometryUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxGeometryVaryingComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessControlInputComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessControlOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessControlTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxTessControlUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessControlTotalOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationInputComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationOutputComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationTextureImageUnits;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationUniformComponents;
|
||||
int maxTessPatchComponents;
|
||||
int maxPatchVertices;
|
||||
int maxTessGenLevel;
|
||||
int maxViewports;
|
||||
int maxVertexAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxTessControlAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxGeometryAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxFragmentAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxCombinedAtomicCounters;
|
||||
int maxAtomicCounterBindings;
|
||||
int maxVertexAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxTessControlAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxTessEvaluationAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxGeometryAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxFragmentAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxCombinedAtomicCounterBuffers;
|
||||
int maxAtomicCounterBufferSize;
|
||||
int maxTransformFeedbackBuffers;
|
||||
int maxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents;
|
||||
int maxCullDistances;
|
||||
int maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances;
|
||||
int maxSamples;
|
||||
int maxMeshOutputVerticesNV;
|
||||
int maxMeshOutputPrimitivesNV;
|
||||
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeX_NV;
|
||||
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeY_NV;
|
||||
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeZ_NV;
|
||||
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeX_NV;
|
||||
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeY_NV;
|
||||
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeZ_NV;
|
||||
int maxMeshViewCountNV;
|
||||
int maxDualSourceDrawBuffersEXT;
|
||||
|
||||
TLimits limits;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Machine independent part of the compiler private objects
|
||||
// sent as ShHandle to the driver.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This should not be included by driver code.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#define SH_EXPORTING
|
||||
#include "../Public/ShaderLang.h"
|
||||
#include "../MachineIndependent/Versions.h"
|
||||
#include "InfoSink.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class TCompiler;
|
||||
class TLinker;
|
||||
class TUniformMap;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The base class used to back handles returned to the driver.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TShHandleBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TShHandleBase() { pool = new glslang::TPoolAllocator; }
|
||||
virtual ~TShHandleBase() { delete pool; }
|
||||
virtual TCompiler* getAsCompiler() { return 0; }
|
||||
virtual TLinker* getAsLinker() { return 0; }
|
||||
virtual TUniformMap* getAsUniformMap() { return 0; }
|
||||
virtual glslang::TPoolAllocator* getPool() const { return pool; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
glslang::TPoolAllocator* pool;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The base class for the machine dependent linker to derive from
|
||||
// for managing where uniforms live.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TUniformMap : public TShHandleBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TUniformMap() { }
|
||||
virtual ~TUniformMap() { }
|
||||
virtual TUniformMap* getAsUniformMap() { return this; }
|
||||
virtual int getLocation(const char* name) = 0;
|
||||
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
|
||||
TInfoSink infoSink;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TIntermNode;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The base class for the machine dependent compiler to derive from
|
||||
// for managing object code from the compile.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TCompiler : public TShHandleBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TCompiler(EShLanguage l, TInfoSink& sink) : infoSink(sink) , language(l), haveValidObjectCode(false) { }
|
||||
virtual ~TCompiler() { }
|
||||
EShLanguage getLanguage() { return language; }
|
||||
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool compile(TIntermNode* root, int version = 0, EProfile profile = ENoProfile) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual TCompiler* getAsCompiler() { return this; }
|
||||
virtual bool linkable() { return haveValidObjectCode; }
|
||||
|
||||
TInfoSink& infoSink;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TCompiler& operator=(TCompiler&);
|
||||
|
||||
EShLanguage language;
|
||||
bool haveValidObjectCode;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Link operations are based on a list of compile results...
|
||||
//
|
||||
typedef glslang::TVector<TCompiler*> TCompilerList;
|
||||
typedef glslang::TVector<TShHandleBase*> THandleList;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The base class for the machine dependent linker to derive from
|
||||
// to manage the resulting executable.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class TLinker : public TShHandleBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TLinker(EShExecutable e, TInfoSink& iSink) :
|
||||
infoSink(iSink),
|
||||
executable(e),
|
||||
haveReturnableObjectCode(false),
|
||||
appAttributeBindings(0),
|
||||
fixedAttributeBindings(0),
|
||||
excludedAttributes(0),
|
||||
excludedCount(0),
|
||||
uniformBindings(0) { }
|
||||
virtual TLinker* getAsLinker() { return this; }
|
||||
virtual ~TLinker() { }
|
||||
virtual bool link(TCompilerList&, TUniformMap*) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool link(THandleList&) { return false; }
|
||||
virtual void setAppAttributeBindings(const ShBindingTable* t) { appAttributeBindings = t; }
|
||||
virtual void setFixedAttributeBindings(const ShBindingTable* t) { fixedAttributeBindings = t; }
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeBindings(ShBindingTable const **t) const = 0;
|
||||
virtual void setExcludedAttributes(const int* attributes, int count) { excludedAttributes = attributes; excludedCount = count; }
|
||||
virtual ShBindingTable* getUniformBindings() const { return uniformBindings; }
|
||||
virtual const void* getObjectCode() const { return 0; } // a real compiler would be returning object code here
|
||||
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
|
||||
TInfoSink& infoSink;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TLinker& operator=(TLinker&);
|
||||
EShExecutable executable;
|
||||
bool haveReturnableObjectCode; // true when objectCode is acceptable to send to driver
|
||||
|
||||
const ShBindingTable* appAttributeBindings;
|
||||
const ShBindingTable* fixedAttributeBindings;
|
||||
const int* excludedAttributes;
|
||||
int excludedCount;
|
||||
ShBindingTable* uniformBindings; // created by the linker
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is the interface between the machine independent code
|
||||
// and the machine dependent code.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The machine dependent code should derive from the classes
|
||||
// above. Then Construct*() and Delete*() will create and
|
||||
// destroy the machine dependent objects, which contain the
|
||||
// above machine independent information.
|
||||
//
|
||||
TCompiler* ConstructCompiler(EShLanguage, int);
|
||||
|
||||
TShHandleBase* ConstructLinker(EShExecutable, int);
|
||||
TShHandleBase* ConstructBindings();
|
||||
void DeleteLinker(TShHandleBase*);
|
||||
void DeleteBindingList(TShHandleBase* bindingList);
|
||||
|
||||
TUniformMap* ConstructUniformMap();
|
||||
void DeleteCompiler(TCompiler*);
|
||||
|
||||
void DeleteUniformMap(TUniformMap*);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Implement types for tracking GLSL arrays, arrays of arrays, etc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _ARRAYS_INCLUDED
|
||||
#define _ARRAYS_INCLUDED
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
// This is used to mean there is no size yet (unsized), it is waiting to get a size from somewhere else.
|
||||
const int UnsizedArraySize = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
class TIntermTyped;
|
||||
extern bool SameSpecializationConstants(TIntermTyped*, TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specialization constants need both a nominal size and a node that defines
|
||||
// the specialization constant being used. Array types are the same when their
|
||||
// size and specialization constant nodes are the same.
|
||||
struct TArraySize {
|
||||
unsigned int size;
|
||||
TIntermTyped* node; // nullptr means no specialization constant node
|
||||
bool operator==(const TArraySize& rhs) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (size != rhs.size)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (node == nullptr || rhs.node == nullptr)
|
||||
return node == rhs.node;
|
||||
|
||||
return SameSpecializationConstants(node, rhs.node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TSmallArrayVector is used as the container for the set of sizes in TArraySizes.
|
||||
// It has generic-container semantics, while TArraySizes has array-of-array semantics.
|
||||
// That is, TSmallArrayVector should be more focused on mechanism and TArraySizes on policy.
|
||||
//
|
||||
struct TSmallArrayVector {
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TODO: memory: TSmallArrayVector is intended to be smaller.
|
||||
// Almost all arrays could be handled by two sizes each fitting
|
||||
// in 16 bits, needing a real vector only in the cases where there
|
||||
// are more than 3 sizes or a size needing more than 16 bits.
|
||||
//
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
|
||||
TSmallArrayVector() : sizes(nullptr) { }
|
||||
virtual ~TSmallArrayVector() { dealloc(); }
|
||||
|
||||
// For breaking into two non-shared copies, independently modifiable.
|
||||
TSmallArrayVector& operator=(const TSmallArrayVector& from)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (from.sizes == nullptr)
|
||||
sizes = nullptr;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
alloc();
|
||||
*sizes = *from.sizes;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizes == nullptr)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return (int)sizes->size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int frontSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
|
||||
return sizes->front().size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TIntermTyped* frontNode() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
|
||||
return sizes->front().node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void changeFront(unsigned int s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr);
|
||||
// this should only happen for implicitly sized arrays, not specialization constants
|
||||
assert(sizes->front().node == nullptr);
|
||||
sizes->front().size = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void push_back(unsigned int e, TIntermTyped* n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alloc();
|
||||
TArraySize pair = { e, n };
|
||||
sizes->push_back(pair);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void push_back(const TSmallArrayVector& newDims)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alloc();
|
||||
sizes->insert(sizes->end(), newDims.sizes->begin(), newDims.sizes->end());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void pop_front()
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
|
||||
if (sizes->size() == 1)
|
||||
dealloc();
|
||||
else
|
||||
sizes->erase(sizes->begin());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 'this' should currently not be holding anything, and copyNonFront
|
||||
// will make it hold a copy of all but the first element of rhs.
|
||||
// (This would be useful for making a type that is dereferenced by
|
||||
// one dimension.)
|
||||
void copyNonFront(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes == nullptr);
|
||||
if (rhs.size() > 1) {
|
||||
alloc();
|
||||
sizes->insert(sizes->begin(), rhs.sizes->begin() + 1, rhs.sizes->end());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int getDimSize(int i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
|
||||
return (*sizes)[i].size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setDimSize(int i, unsigned int size) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
|
||||
assert((*sizes)[i].node == nullptr);
|
||||
(*sizes)[i].size = size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TIntermTyped* getDimNode(int i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
|
||||
return (*sizes)[i].node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizes == nullptr && rhs.sizes == nullptr)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (sizes == nullptr || rhs.sizes == nullptr)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return *sizes == *rhs.sizes;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator!=(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs) const { return ! operator==(rhs); }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TSmallArrayVector(const TSmallArrayVector&);
|
||||
|
||||
void alloc()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizes == nullptr)
|
||||
sizes = new TVector<TArraySize>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void dealloc()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete sizes;
|
||||
sizes = nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TVector<TArraySize>* sizes; // will either hold such a pointer, or in the future, hold the two array sizes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Represent an array, or array of arrays, to arbitrary depth. This is not
|
||||
// done through a hierarchy of types in a type tree, rather all contiguous arrayness
|
||||
// in the type hierarchy is localized into this single cumulative object.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The arrayness in TTtype is a pointer, so that it can be non-allocated and zero
|
||||
// for the vast majority of types that are non-array types.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Order Policy: these are all identical:
|
||||
// - left to right order within a contiguous set of ...[..][..][..]... in the source language
|
||||
// - index order 0, 1, 2, ... within the 'sizes' member below
|
||||
// - outer-most to inner-most
|
||||
//
|
||||
struct TArraySizes {
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
|
||||
TArraySizes() : implicitArraySize(1), variablyIndexed(false) { }
|
||||
|
||||
// For breaking into two non-shared copies, independently modifiable.
|
||||
TArraySizes& operator=(const TArraySizes& from)
|
||||
{
|
||||
implicitArraySize = from.implicitArraySize;
|
||||
variablyIndexed = from.variablyIndexed;
|
||||
sizes = from.sizes;
|
||||
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// translate from array-of-array semantics to container semantics
|
||||
int getNumDims() const { return sizes.size(); }
|
||||
int getDimSize(int dim) const { return sizes.getDimSize(dim); }
|
||||
TIntermTyped* getDimNode(int dim) const { return sizes.getDimNode(dim); }
|
||||
void setDimSize(int dim, int size) { sizes.setDimSize(dim, size); }
|
||||
int getOuterSize() const { return sizes.frontSize(); }
|
||||
TIntermTyped* getOuterNode() const { return sizes.frontNode(); }
|
||||
int getCumulativeSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int size = 1;
|
||||
for (int d = 0; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
|
||||
// this only makes sense in paths that have a known array size
|
||||
assert(sizes.getDimSize(d) != UnsizedArraySize);
|
||||
size *= sizes.getDimSize(d);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void addInnerSize() { addInnerSize((unsigned)UnsizedArraySize); }
|
||||
void addInnerSize(int s) { addInnerSize((unsigned)s, nullptr); }
|
||||
void addInnerSize(int s, TIntermTyped* n) { sizes.push_back((unsigned)s, n); }
|
||||
void addInnerSize(TArraySize pair) {
|
||||
sizes.push_back(pair.size, pair.node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void addInnerSizes(const TArraySizes& s) { sizes.push_back(s.sizes); }
|
||||
void changeOuterSize(int s) { sizes.changeFront((unsigned)s); }
|
||||
int getImplicitSize() const { return implicitArraySize; }
|
||||
void updateImplicitSize(int s) { implicitArraySize = std::max(implicitArraySize, s); }
|
||||
bool isInnerUnsized() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
|
||||
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) == (unsigned)UnsizedArraySize)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool clearInnerUnsized()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
|
||||
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) == (unsigned)UnsizedArraySize)
|
||||
setDimSize(d, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool isInnerSpecialization() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
|
||||
if (sizes.getDimNode(d) != nullptr)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool isOuterSpecialization()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sizes.getDimNode(0) != nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasUnsized() const { return getOuterSize() == UnsizedArraySize || isInnerUnsized(); }
|
||||
bool isSized() const { return getOuterSize() != UnsizedArraySize; }
|
||||
void dereference() { sizes.pop_front(); }
|
||||
void copyDereferenced(const TArraySizes& rhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(sizes.size() == 0);
|
||||
if (rhs.sizes.size() > 1)
|
||||
sizes.copyNonFront(rhs.sizes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool sameInnerArrayness(const TArraySizes& rhs) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizes.size() != rhs.sizes.size())
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
|
||||
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) != rhs.sizes.getDimSize(d) ||
|
||||
sizes.getDimNode(d) != rhs.sizes.getDimNode(d))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setVariablyIndexed() { variablyIndexed = true; }
|
||||
bool isVariablyIndexed() const { return variablyIndexed; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==(const TArraySizes& rhs) const { return sizes == rhs.sizes; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(const TArraySizes& rhs) const { return sizes != rhs.sizes; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TSmallArrayVector sizes;
|
||||
|
||||
TArraySizes(const TArraySizes&);
|
||||
|
||||
// For tracking maximum referenced compile-time constant index.
|
||||
// Applies only to the outer-most dimension. Potentially becomes
|
||||
// the implicit size of the array, if not variably indexed and
|
||||
// otherwise legal.
|
||||
int implicitArraySize;
|
||||
bool variablyIndexed; // true if array is indexed with a non compile-time constant
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _ARRAYS_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
This code is based on the glslang_c_interface implementation by Viktor Latypov
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
BSD 2-Clause License
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2019, Viktor Latypov
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_C_IFACE_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
#define GLSLANG_C_IFACE_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "glslang_c_shader_types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct glslang_shader_s glslang_shader_t;
|
||||
typedef struct glslang_program_s glslang_program_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TLimits counterpart */
|
||||
typedef struct glslang_limits_s {
|
||||
bool non_inductive_for_loops;
|
||||
bool while_loops;
|
||||
bool do_while_loops;
|
||||
bool general_uniform_indexing;
|
||||
bool general_attribute_matrix_vector_indexing;
|
||||
bool general_varying_indexing;
|
||||
bool general_sampler_indexing;
|
||||
bool general_variable_indexing;
|
||||
bool general_constant_matrix_vector_indexing;
|
||||
} glslang_limits_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TBuiltInResource counterpart */
|
||||
typedef struct glslang_resource_s {
|
||||
int max_lights;
|
||||
int max_clip_planes;
|
||||
int max_texture_units;
|
||||
int max_texture_coords;
|
||||
int max_vertex_attribs;
|
||||
int max_vertex_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_varying_floats;
|
||||
int max_vertex_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_combined_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_fragment_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_draw_buffers;
|
||||
int max_vertex_uniform_vectors;
|
||||
int max_varying_vectors;
|
||||
int max_fragment_uniform_vectors;
|
||||
int max_vertex_output_vectors;
|
||||
int max_fragment_input_vectors;
|
||||
int min_program_texel_offset;
|
||||
int max_program_texel_offset;
|
||||
int max_clip_distances;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_count_x;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_count_y;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_count_z;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_size_x;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_size_y;
|
||||
int max_compute_work_group_size_z;
|
||||
int max_compute_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_compute_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_compute_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_compute_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_compute_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_varying_components;
|
||||
int max_vertex_output_components;
|
||||
int max_geometry_input_components;
|
||||
int max_geometry_output_components;
|
||||
int max_fragment_input_components;
|
||||
int max_image_units;
|
||||
int max_combined_image_units_and_fragment_outputs;
|
||||
int max_combined_shader_output_resources;
|
||||
int max_image_samples;
|
||||
int max_vertex_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_geometry_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_fragment_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_combined_image_uniforms;
|
||||
int max_geometry_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_geometry_output_vertices;
|
||||
int max_geometry_total_output_components;
|
||||
int max_geometry_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_geometry_varying_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_input_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_output_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_total_output_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_input_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_output_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_texture_image_units;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_uniform_components;
|
||||
int max_tess_patch_components;
|
||||
int max_patch_vertices;
|
||||
int max_tess_gen_level;
|
||||
int max_viewports;
|
||||
int max_vertex_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_geometry_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_fragment_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_combined_atomic_counters;
|
||||
int max_atomic_counter_bindings;
|
||||
int max_vertex_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_tess_control_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_tess_evaluation_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_geometry_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_fragment_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_combined_atomic_counter_buffers;
|
||||
int max_atomic_counter_buffer_size;
|
||||
int max_transform_feedback_buffers;
|
||||
int max_transform_feedback_interleaved_components;
|
||||
int max_cull_distances;
|
||||
int max_combined_clip_and_cull_distances;
|
||||
int max_samples;
|
||||
int max_mesh_output_vertices_nv;
|
||||
int max_mesh_output_primitives_nv;
|
||||
int max_mesh_work_group_size_x_nv;
|
||||
int max_mesh_work_group_size_y_nv;
|
||||
int max_mesh_work_group_size_z_nv;
|
||||
int max_task_work_group_size_x_nv;
|
||||
int max_task_work_group_size_y_nv;
|
||||
int max_task_work_group_size_z_nv;
|
||||
int max_mesh_view_count_nv;
|
||||
int maxDualSourceDrawBuffersEXT;
|
||||
|
||||
glslang_limits_t limits;
|
||||
} glslang_resource_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct glslang_input_s {
|
||||
glslang_source_t language;
|
||||
glslang_stage_t stage;
|
||||
glslang_client_t client;
|
||||
glslang_target_client_version_t client_version;
|
||||
glslang_target_language_t target_language;
|
||||
glslang_target_language_version_t target_language_version;
|
||||
/** Shader source code */
|
||||
const char* code;
|
||||
int default_version;
|
||||
glslang_profile_t default_profile;
|
||||
int force_default_version_and_profile;
|
||||
int forward_compatible;
|
||||
glslang_messages_t messages;
|
||||
const glslang_resource_t* resource;
|
||||
} glslang_input_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inclusion result structure allocated by C include_local/include_system callbacks */
|
||||
typedef struct glsl_include_result_s {
|
||||
/* Header file name or NULL if inclusion failed */
|
||||
const char* header_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header contents or NULL */
|
||||
const char* header_data;
|
||||
size_t header_length;
|
||||
|
||||
} glsl_include_result_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callback for local file inclusion */
|
||||
typedef glsl_include_result_t* (*glsl_include_local_func)(void* ctx, const char* header_name, const char* includer_name,
|
||||
size_t include_depth);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callback for system file inclusion */
|
||||
typedef glsl_include_result_t* (*glsl_include_system_func)(void* ctx, const char* header_name,
|
||||
const char* includer_name, size_t include_depth);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callback for include result destruction */
|
||||
typedef int (*glsl_free_include_result_func)(void* ctx, glsl_include_result_t* result);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Collection of callbacks for GLSL preprocessor */
|
||||
typedef struct glsl_include_callbacks_s {
|
||||
glsl_include_system_func include_system;
|
||||
glsl_include_local_func include_local;
|
||||
glsl_free_include_result_func free_include_result;
|
||||
} glsl_include_callbacks_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int glslang_initialize_process();
|
||||
void glslang_finalize_process();
|
||||
|
||||
glslang_shader_t* glslang_shader_create(const glslang_input_t* input);
|
||||
void glslang_shader_delete(glslang_shader_t* shader);
|
||||
int glslang_shader_preprocess(glslang_shader_t* shader, const glslang_input_t* input);
|
||||
int glslang_shader_parse(glslang_shader_t* shader, const glslang_input_t* input);
|
||||
const char* glslang_shader_get_preprocessed_code(glslang_shader_t* shader);
|
||||
const char* glslang_shader_get_info_log(glslang_shader_t* shader);
|
||||
const char* glslang_shader_get_info_debug_log(glslang_shader_t* shader);
|
||||
|
||||
glslang_program_t* glslang_program_create();
|
||||
void glslang_program_delete(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
void glslang_program_add_shader(glslang_program_t* program, glslang_shader_t* shader);
|
||||
int glslang_program_link(glslang_program_t* program, int messages); // glslang_messages_t
|
||||
void glslang_program_SPIRV_generate(glslang_program_t* program, glslang_stage_t stage);
|
||||
size_t glslang_program_SPIRV_get_size(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
void glslang_program_SPIRV_get(glslang_program_t* program, unsigned int*);
|
||||
unsigned int* glslang_program_SPIRV_get_ptr(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
const char* glslang_program_SPIRV_get_messages(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
const char* glslang_program_get_info_log(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
const char* glslang_program_get_info_debug_log(glslang_program_t* program);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifdef GLSLANG_C_IFACE_INCLUDED */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
This code is based on the glslang_c_interface implementation by Viktor Latypov
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
BSD 2-Clause License
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2019, Viktor Latypov
|
||||
All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef C_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
#define C_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
|
||||
#define LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(x) x
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShLanguage counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV,
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_STAGE_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_stage_t; // would be better as stage, but this is ancient now
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShLanguageMask counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV),
|
||||
GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV),
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_STAGE_MASK_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_stage_mask_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShSource counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_SOURCE_NONE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_SOURCE_GLSL,
|
||||
GLSLANG_SOURCE_HLSL,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_SOURCE_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_source_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShClient counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_CLIENT_NONE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_CLIENT_VULKAN,
|
||||
GLSLANG_CLIENT_OPENGL,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_CLIENT_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_client_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShTargetLanguage counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_NONE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_target_language_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* SH_TARGET_ClientVersion counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_VULKAN_1_0 = (1 << 22),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_VULKAN_1_1 = (1 << 22) | (1 << 12),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_OPENGL_450 = 450,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_CLIENT_VERSION_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_target_client_version_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* SH_TARGET_LanguageVersion counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_0 = (1 << 16),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8),
|
||||
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8),
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_LANGUAGE_VERSION_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_target_language_version_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShExecutable counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum { GLSLANG_EX_VERTEX_FRAGMENT, GLSLANG_EX_FRAGMENT } glslang_executable_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShOptimizationLevel counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_OPT_NO_GENERATION,
|
||||
GLSLANG_OPT_NONE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_OPT_SIMPLE,
|
||||
GLSLANG_OPT_FULL,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_OPT_LEVEL_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_optimization_level_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShTextureSamplerTransformMode counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_KEEP,
|
||||
GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_UPGRADE_TEXTURE_REMOVE_SAMPLER,
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_texture_sampler_transform_mode_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShMessages counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_DEFAULT_BIT = 0,
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_RELAXED_ERRORS_BIT = (1 << 0),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_SUPPRESS_WARNINGS_BIT = (1 << 1),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_AST_BIT = (1 << 2),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_SPV_RULES_BIT = (1 << 3),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_VULKAN_RULES_BIT = (1 << 4),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_ONLY_PREPROCESSOR_BIT = (1 << 5),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_READ_HLSL_BIT = (1 << 6),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_CASCADING_ERRORS_BIT = (1 << 7),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_KEEP_UNCALLED_BIT = (1 << 8),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_OFFSETS_BIT = (1 << 9),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_DEBUG_INFO_BIT = (1 << 10),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_ENABLE_16BIT_TYPES_BIT = (1 << 11),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_LEGALIZATION_BIT = (1 << 12),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_DX9_COMPATIBLE_BIT = (1 << 13),
|
||||
GLSLANG_MSG_BUILTIN_SYMBOL_TABLE_BIT = (1 << 14),
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_MSG_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_messages_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EShReflectionOptions counterpart */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_DEFAULT_BIT = 0,
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_STRICT_ARRAY_SUFFIX_BIT = (1 << 0),
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_BASIC_ARRAY_SUFFIX_BIT = (1 << 1),
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_INTERMEDIATE_IOO_BIT = (1 << 2),
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_SEPARATE_BUFFERS_BIT = (1 << 3),
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_ALL_BLOCK_VARIABLES_BIT = (1 << 4),
|
||||
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_UNWRAP_IO_BLOCKS_BIT = (1 << 5),
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_REFLECTION_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_reflection_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EProfile counterpart (from Versions.h) */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
GLSLANG_BAD_PROFILE = 0,
|
||||
GLSLANG_NO_PROFILE = (1 << 0),
|
||||
GLSLANG_CORE_PROFILE = (1 << 1),
|
||||
GLSLANG_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE = (1 << 2),
|
||||
GLSLANG_ES_PROFILE = (1 << 3),
|
||||
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_PROFILE_COUNT),
|
||||
} glslang_profile_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
|||
// This header is generated by the make-revision script.
|
||||
|
||||
#define GLSLANG_PATCH_LEVEL 3743
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2013-2016 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../Include/ResourceLimits.h"
|
||||
#include "../Include/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "../Include/ShHandle.h"
|
||||
#include "SymbolTable.h"
|
||||
#include "Versions.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is made to hold parseable strings for almost all the built-in
|
||||
// functions and variables for one specific combination of version
|
||||
// and profile. (Some still need to be added programmatically.)
|
||||
// This is a base class for language-specific derivations, which
|
||||
// can be used for language independent builtins.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The strings are organized by
|
||||
// commonBuiltins: intersection of all stages' built-ins, processed just once
|
||||
// stageBuiltins[]: anything a stage needs that's not in commonBuiltins
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TBuiltInParseables {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
TBuiltInParseables();
|
||||
virtual ~TBuiltInParseables();
|
||||
virtual void initialize(int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void initialize(const TBuiltInResource& resources, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage) = 0;
|
||||
virtual const TString& getCommonString() const { return commonBuiltins; }
|
||||
virtual const TString& getStageString(EShLanguage language) const { return stageBuiltins[language]; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable, const TBuiltInResource &resources) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TString commonBuiltins;
|
||||
TString stageBuiltins[EShLangCount];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is a GLSL specific derivation of TBuiltInParseables. To present a stable
|
||||
// interface and match other similar code, it is called TBuiltIns, rather
|
||||
// than TBuiltInParseablesGlsl.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TBuiltIns : public TBuiltInParseables {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
|
||||
TBuiltIns();
|
||||
virtual ~TBuiltIns();
|
||||
void initialize(int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
|
||||
void initialize(const TBuiltInResource& resources, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage);
|
||||
|
||||
void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable);
|
||||
void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable, const TBuiltInResource &resources);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void addTabledBuiltins(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
|
||||
void relateTabledBuiltins(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage, TSymbolTable&);
|
||||
void add2ndGenerationSamplingImaging(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
|
||||
void addSubpassSampling(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
|
||||
void addQueryFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
|
||||
void addImageFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
|
||||
void addSamplingFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
|
||||
void addGatherFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
|
||||
|
||||
// Helpers for making textual representations of the permutations
|
||||
// of texturing/imaging functions.
|
||||
const char* postfixes[5];
|
||||
const char* prefixes[EbtNumTypes];
|
||||
int dimMap[EsdNumDims];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2016 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../Include/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "reflection.h"
|
||||
#include "localintermediate.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gl_types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <unordered_set>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The traverser: mostly pass through, except
|
||||
// - processing function-call nodes to push live functions onto the stack of functions to process
|
||||
// - processing selection nodes to trim semantically dead code
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is in the glslang namespace directly so it can be a friend of TReflection.
|
||||
// This can be derived from to implement reflection database traversers or
|
||||
// binding mappers: anything that wants to traverse the live subset of the tree.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
class TLiveTraverser : public TIntermTraverser {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TLiveTraverser(const TIntermediate& i, bool traverseAll = false,
|
||||
bool preVisit = true, bool inVisit = false, bool postVisit = false) :
|
||||
TIntermTraverser(preVisit, inVisit, postVisit),
|
||||
intermediate(i), traverseAll(traverseAll)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Given a function name, find its subroot in the tree, and push it onto the stack of
|
||||
// functions left to process.
|
||||
//
|
||||
void pushFunction(const TString& name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TIntermSequence& globals = intermediate.getTreeRoot()->getAsAggregate()->getSequence();
|
||||
for (unsigned int f = 0; f < globals.size(); ++f) {
|
||||
TIntermAggregate* candidate = globals[f]->getAsAggregate();
|
||||
if (candidate && candidate->getOp() == EOpFunction && candidate->getName() == name) {
|
||||
functions.push_back(candidate);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::list<TIntermAggregate*> TFunctionStack;
|
||||
TFunctionStack functions;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// To catch which function calls are not dead, and hence which functions must be visited.
|
||||
virtual bool visitAggregate(TVisit, TIntermAggregate* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!traverseAll)
|
||||
if (node->getOp() == EOpFunctionCall)
|
||||
addFunctionCall(node);
|
||||
|
||||
return true; // traverse this subtree
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// To prune semantically dead paths.
|
||||
virtual bool visitSelection(TVisit /* visit */, TIntermSelection* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (traverseAll)
|
||||
return true; // traverse all code
|
||||
|
||||
TIntermConstantUnion* constant = node->getCondition()->getAsConstantUnion();
|
||||
if (constant) {
|
||||
// cull the path that is dead
|
||||
if (constant->getConstArray()[0].getBConst() == true && node->getTrueBlock())
|
||||
node->getTrueBlock()->traverse(this);
|
||||
if (constant->getConstArray()[0].getBConst() == false && node->getFalseBlock())
|
||||
node->getFalseBlock()->traverse(this);
|
||||
|
||||
return false; // don't traverse any more, we did it all above
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return true; // traverse the whole subtree
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Track live functions as well as uniforms, so that we don't visit dead functions
|
||||
// and only visit each function once.
|
||||
void addFunctionCall(TIntermAggregate* call)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// // just use the map to ensure we process each function at most once
|
||||
if (liveFunctions.find(call->getName()) == liveFunctions.end()) {
|
||||
liveFunctions.insert(call->getName());
|
||||
pushFunction(call->getName());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const TIntermediate& intermediate;
|
||||
typedef std::unordered_set<TString> TLiveFunctions;
|
||||
TLiveFunctions liveFunctions;
|
||||
bool traverseAll;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// prevent copy & copy construct
|
||||
TLiveTraverser(TLiveTraverser&);
|
||||
TLiveTraverser& operator=(TLiveTraverser&);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace glslang
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This header defines a two-level parse-helper hierarchy, derived from
|
||||
// TParseVersions:
|
||||
// - TParseContextBase: sharable across multiple parsers
|
||||
// - TParseContext: GLSL specific helper
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_
|
||||
#define _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstdarg>
|
||||
#include <functional>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "parseVersions.h"
|
||||
#include "../Include/ShHandle.h"
|
||||
#include "SymbolTable.h"
|
||||
#include "localintermediate.h"
|
||||
#include "Scan.h"
|
||||
#include "attribute.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
struct TPragma {
|
||||
TPragma(bool o, bool d) : optimize(o), debug(d) { }
|
||||
bool optimize;
|
||||
bool debug;
|
||||
TPragmaTable pragmaTable;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TScanContext;
|
||||
class TPpContext;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::set<int> TIdSetType;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sharable code (as well as what's in TParseVersions) across
|
||||
// parse helpers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TParseContextBase : public TParseVersions {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TParseContextBase(TSymbolTable& symbolTable, TIntermediate& interm, bool parsingBuiltins, int version,
|
||||
EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language,
|
||||
TInfoSink& infoSink, bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages,
|
||||
const TString* entryPoint = nullptr)
|
||||
: TParseVersions(interm, version, profile, spvVersion, language, infoSink, forwardCompatible, messages),
|
||||
scopeMangler("::"),
|
||||
symbolTable(symbolTable),
|
||||
statementNestingLevel(0), loopNestingLevel(0), structNestingLevel(0), controlFlowNestingLevel(0),
|
||||
postEntryPointReturn(false),
|
||||
contextPragma(true, false),
|
||||
beginInvocationInterlockCount(0), endInvocationInterlockCount(0),
|
||||
parsingBuiltins(parsingBuiltins), scanContext(nullptr), ppContext(nullptr),
|
||||
limits(resources.limits),
|
||||
globalUniformBlock(nullptr),
|
||||
globalUniformBinding(TQualifier::layoutBindingEnd),
|
||||
globalUniformSet(TQualifier::layoutSetEnd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entryPoint != nullptr)
|
||||
sourceEntryPointName = *entryPoint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual ~TParseContextBase() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(GLSLANG_WEB) || defined(GLSLANG_WEB_DEVEL)
|
||||
virtual void C_DECL error(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
|
||||
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
|
||||
virtual void C_DECL warn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
|
||||
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
|
||||
virtual void C_DECL ppError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
|
||||
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
|
||||
virtual void C_DECL ppWarn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
|
||||
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setLimits(const TBuiltInResource&) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void checkIndex(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, int& index);
|
||||
|
||||
EShLanguage getLanguage() const { return language; }
|
||||
void setScanContext(TScanContext* c) { scanContext = c; }
|
||||
TScanContext* getScanContext() const { return scanContext; }
|
||||
void setPpContext(TPpContext* c) { ppContext = c; }
|
||||
TPpContext* getPpContext() const { return ppContext; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setLineCallback(const std::function<void(int, int, bool, int, const char*)>& func) { lineCallback = func; }
|
||||
virtual void setExtensionCallback(const std::function<void(int, const char*, const char*)>& func) { extensionCallback = func; }
|
||||
virtual void setVersionCallback(const std::function<void(int, int, const char*)>& func) { versionCallback = func; }
|
||||
virtual void setPragmaCallback(const std::function<void(int, const TVector<TString>&)>& func) { pragmaCallback = func; }
|
||||
virtual void setErrorCallback(const std::function<void(int, const char*)>& func) { errorCallback = func; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reservedPpErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* name, const char* op) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool lineContinuationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool endOfComment) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool lineDirectiveShouldSetNextLine() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual void handlePragma(const TSourceLoc&, const TVector<TString>&) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool parseShaderStrings(TPpContext&, TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError = false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void notifyVersion(int line, int version, const char* type_string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (versionCallback)
|
||||
versionCallback(line, version, type_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual void notifyErrorDirective(int line, const char* error_message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errorCallback)
|
||||
errorCallback(line, error_message);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual void notifyLineDirective(int curLineNo, int newLineNo, bool hasSource, int sourceNum, const char* sourceName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lineCallback)
|
||||
lineCallback(curLineNo, newLineNo, hasSource, sourceNum, sourceName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual void notifyExtensionDirective(int line, const char* extension, const char* behavior)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (extensionCallback)
|
||||
extensionCallback(line, extension, behavior);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_HLSL
|
||||
// Manage the global uniform block (default uniforms in GLSL, $Global in HLSL)
|
||||
virtual void growGlobalUniformBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TType&, const TString& memberName, TTypeList* typeList = nullptr);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Potentially rename shader entry point function
|
||||
void renameShaderFunction(TString*& name) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Replace the entry point name given in the shader with the real entry point name,
|
||||
// if there is a substitution.
|
||||
if (name != nullptr && *name == sourceEntryPointName && intermediate.getEntryPointName().size() > 0)
|
||||
name = NewPoolTString(intermediate.getEntryPointName().c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool lValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
virtual void rValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
|
||||
const char* const scopeMangler;
|
||||
|
||||
// Basic parsing state, easily accessible to the grammar
|
||||
|
||||
TSymbolTable& symbolTable; // symbol table that goes with the current language, version, and profile
|
||||
int statementNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all flow control or compound statements
|
||||
int loopNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all loops
|
||||
int structNestingLevel; // 0 if outside blocks and structures
|
||||
int controlFlowNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all flow control
|
||||
const TType* currentFunctionType; // the return type of the function that's currently being parsed
|
||||
bool functionReturnsValue; // true if a non-void function has a return
|
||||
// if inside a function, true if the function is the entry point and this is after a return statement
|
||||
bool postEntryPointReturn;
|
||||
// case, node, case, case, node, ...; ensure only one node between cases; stack of them for nesting
|
||||
TList<TIntermSequence*> switchSequenceStack;
|
||||
// the statementNestingLevel the current switch statement is at, which must match the level of its case statements
|
||||
TList<int> switchLevel;
|
||||
struct TPragma contextPragma;
|
||||
int beginInvocationInterlockCount;
|
||||
int endInvocationInterlockCount;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TParseContextBase(TParseContextBase&);
|
||||
TParseContextBase& operator=(TParseContextBase&);
|
||||
|
||||
const bool parsingBuiltins; // true if parsing built-in symbols/functions
|
||||
TVector<TSymbol*> linkageSymbols; // will be transferred to 'linkage', after all editing is done, order preserving
|
||||
TScanContext* scanContext;
|
||||
TPpContext* ppContext;
|
||||
TBuiltInResource resources;
|
||||
TLimits& limits;
|
||||
TString sourceEntryPointName;
|
||||
|
||||
// These, if set, will be called when a line, pragma ... is preprocessed.
|
||||
// They will be called with any parameters to the original directive.
|
||||
std::function<void(int, int, bool, int, const char*)> lineCallback;
|
||||
std::function<void(int, const TVector<TString>&)> pragmaCallback;
|
||||
std::function<void(int, int, const char*)> versionCallback;
|
||||
std::function<void(int, const char*, const char*)> extensionCallback;
|
||||
std::function<void(int, const char*)> errorCallback;
|
||||
|
||||
// see implementation for detail
|
||||
const TFunction* selectFunction(const TVector<const TFunction*>, const TFunction&,
|
||||
std::function<bool(const TType&, const TType&, TOperator, int arg)>,
|
||||
std::function<bool(const TType&, const TType&, const TType&)>,
|
||||
/* output */ bool& tie);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void parseSwizzleSelector(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, int size,
|
||||
TSwizzleSelectors<TVectorSelector>&);
|
||||
|
||||
// Manage the global uniform block (default uniforms in GLSL, $Global in HLSL)
|
||||
TVariable* globalUniformBlock; // the actual block, inserted into the symbol table
|
||||
unsigned int globalUniformBinding; // the block's binding number
|
||||
unsigned int globalUniformSet; // the block's set number
|
||||
int firstNewMember; // the index of the first member not yet inserted into the symbol table
|
||||
// override this to set the language-specific name
|
||||
virtual const char* getGlobalUniformBlockName() const { return ""; }
|
||||
virtual void setUniformBlockDefaults(TType&) const { }
|
||||
virtual void finalizeGlobalUniformBlockLayout(TVariable&) { }
|
||||
virtual void outputMessage(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
|
||||
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, TPrefixType prefix,
|
||||
va_list args);
|
||||
virtual void trackLinkage(TSymbol& symbol);
|
||||
virtual void makeEditable(TSymbol*&);
|
||||
virtual TVariable* getEditableVariable(const char* name);
|
||||
virtual void finish();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Manage the state for when to respect precision qualifiers and when to warn about
|
||||
// the defaults being different than might be expected.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TPrecisionManager {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TPrecisionManager() : obey(false), warn(false), explicitIntDefault(false), explicitFloatDefault(false){ }
|
||||
virtual ~TPrecisionManager() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void respectPrecisionQualifiers() { obey = true; }
|
||||
bool respectingPrecisionQualifiers() const { return obey; }
|
||||
bool shouldWarnAboutDefaults() const { return warn; }
|
||||
void defaultWarningGiven() { warn = false; }
|
||||
void warnAboutDefaults() { warn = true; }
|
||||
void explicitIntDefaultSeen()
|
||||
{
|
||||
explicitIntDefault = true;
|
||||
if (explicitFloatDefault)
|
||||
warn = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void explicitFloatDefaultSeen()
|
||||
{
|
||||
explicitFloatDefault = true;
|
||||
if (explicitIntDefault)
|
||||
warn = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool obey; // respect precision qualifiers
|
||||
bool warn; // need to give a warning about the defaults
|
||||
bool explicitIntDefault; // user set the default for int/uint
|
||||
bool explicitFloatDefault; // user set the default for float
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GLSL-specific parse helper. Should have GLSL in the name, but that's
|
||||
// too big of a change for comparing branches at the moment, and perhaps
|
||||
// impacts downstream consumers as well.
|
||||
//
|
||||
class TParseContext : public TParseContextBase {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TParseContext(TSymbolTable&, TIntermediate&, bool parsingBuiltins, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage, TInfoSink&,
|
||||
bool forwardCompatible = false, EShMessages messages = EShMsgDefault,
|
||||
const TString* entryPoint = nullptr);
|
||||
virtual ~TParseContext();
|
||||
|
||||
bool obeyPrecisionQualifiers() const { return precisionManager.respectingPrecisionQualifiers(); }
|
||||
void setPrecisionDefaults();
|
||||
|
||||
void setLimits(const TBuiltInResource&) override;
|
||||
bool parseShaderStrings(TPpContext&, TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError = false) override;
|
||||
void parserError(const char* s); // for bison's yyerror
|
||||
|
||||
void reservedErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&);
|
||||
void reservedPpErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* name, const char* op) override;
|
||||
bool lineContinuationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool endOfComment) override;
|
||||
bool lineDirectiveShouldSetNextLine() const override;
|
||||
bool builtInName(const TString&);
|
||||
|
||||
void handlePragma(const TSourceLoc&, const TVector<TString>&) override;
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleVariable(const TSourceLoc&, TSymbol* symbol, const TString* string);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleBracketDereference(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index);
|
||||
void handleIndexLimits(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
void makeEditable(TSymbol*&) override;
|
||||
void ioArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
bool isIoResizeArray(const TType&) const;
|
||||
void fixIoArraySize(const TSourceLoc&, TType&);
|
||||
void handleIoResizeArrayAccess(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base);
|
||||
void checkIoArraysConsistency(const TSourceLoc&, bool tailOnly = false);
|
||||
int getIoArrayImplicitSize(const TQualifier&, TString* featureString = nullptr) const;
|
||||
void checkIoArrayConsistency(const TSourceLoc&, int requiredSize, const char* feature, TType&, const TString&);
|
||||
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleBinaryMath(const TSourceLoc&, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* left, TIntermTyped* right);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleUnaryMath(const TSourceLoc&, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* childNode);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleDotDereference(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleDotSwizzle(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field);
|
||||
void blockMemberExtensionCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped* base, int member, const TString& memberName);
|
||||
TFunction* handleFunctionDeclarator(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction& function, bool prototype);
|
||||
TIntermAggregate* handleFunctionDefinition(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction&);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleFunctionCall(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction*, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleBuiltInFunctionCall(TSourceLoc, TIntermNode* arguments, const TFunction& function);
|
||||
void computeBuiltinPrecisions(TIntermTyped&, const TFunction&);
|
||||
TIntermNode* handleReturnValue(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
void checkLocation(const TSourceLoc&, TOperator);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* handleLengthMethod(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction*, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
void addInputArgumentConversions(const TFunction&, TIntermNode*&) const;
|
||||
TIntermTyped* addOutputArgumentConversions(const TFunction&, TIntermAggregate&) const;
|
||||
void builtInOpCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, TIntermOperator&);
|
||||
void nonOpBuiltInCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, TIntermAggregate&);
|
||||
void userFunctionCallCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermAggregate&);
|
||||
void samplerConstructorLocationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* token, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
TFunction* handleConstructorCall(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
|
||||
void handlePrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&, TPrecisionQualifier);
|
||||
void checkPrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPrecisionQualifier);
|
||||
void memorySemanticsCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, const TIntermOperator& callNode);
|
||||
|
||||
void assignError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString left, TString right);
|
||||
void unaryOpError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString operand);
|
||||
void binaryOpError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString left, TString right);
|
||||
void variableCheck(TIntermTyped*& nodePtr);
|
||||
bool lValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*) override;
|
||||
void rValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*) override;
|
||||
void constantValueCheck(TIntermTyped* node, const char* token);
|
||||
void integerCheck(const TIntermTyped* node, const char* token);
|
||||
void globalCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* token);
|
||||
bool constructorError(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode*, TFunction&, TOperator, TType&);
|
||||
bool constructorTextureSamplerError(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&);
|
||||
void arraySizeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* expr, TArraySize&, const char *sizeType);
|
||||
bool arrayQualifierError(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
|
||||
bool arrayError(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&);
|
||||
void arraySizeRequiredCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TArraySizes&);
|
||||
void structArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType& structure);
|
||||
void arraySizesCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, TArraySizes*, const TIntermTyped* initializer, bool lastMember);
|
||||
void arrayOfArrayVersionCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TArraySizes*);
|
||||
bool voidErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, TBasicType);
|
||||
void boolCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
void boolCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
|
||||
void samplerCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier, TIntermTyped* initializer);
|
||||
void atomicUintCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
|
||||
void accStructCheck(const TSourceLoc & loc, const TType & type, const TString & identifier);
|
||||
void transparentOpaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
|
||||
void memberQualifierCheck(glslang::TPublicType&);
|
||||
void globalQualifierFixCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&);
|
||||
void globalQualifierTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, const TPublicType&);
|
||||
bool structQualifierErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType& pType);
|
||||
void mergeQualifiers(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier& dst, const TQualifier& src, bool force);
|
||||
void setDefaultPrecision(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TPrecisionQualifier);
|
||||
int computeSamplerTypeIndex(TSampler&);
|
||||
TPrecisionQualifier getDefaultPrecision(TPublicType&);
|
||||
void precisionQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TBasicType, TQualifier&);
|
||||
void parameterTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TStorageQualifier qualifier, const TType& type);
|
||||
bool containsFieldWithBasicType(const TType& type ,TBasicType basicType);
|
||||
TSymbol* redeclareBuiltinVariable(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, const TQualifier&, const TShaderQualifiers&);
|
||||
void redeclareBuiltinBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TTypeList& typeList, const TString& blockName, const TString* instanceName, TArraySizes* arraySizes);
|
||||
void paramCheckFixStorage(const TSourceLoc&, const TStorageQualifier&, TType& type);
|
||||
void paramCheckFix(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, TType& type);
|
||||
void nestedBlockCheck(const TSourceLoc&);
|
||||
void nestedStructCheck(const TSourceLoc&);
|
||||
void arrayObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
|
||||
void opaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
|
||||
void referenceCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
|
||||
void storage16BitAssignmentCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
|
||||
void specializationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
|
||||
void structTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&);
|
||||
void inductiveLoopCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode* init, TIntermLoop* loop);
|
||||
void arrayLimitCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, int size);
|
||||
void limitCheck(const TSourceLoc&, int value, const char* limit, const char* feature);
|
||||
|
||||
void inductiveLoopBodyCheck(TIntermNode*, int loopIndexId, TSymbolTable&);
|
||||
void constantIndexExpressionCheck(TIntermNode*);
|
||||
|
||||
void setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TString&);
|
||||
void setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TString&, const TIntermTyped*);
|
||||
void mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(TQualifier& dest, const TQualifier& src, bool inheritOnly);
|
||||
void layoutObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TSymbol&);
|
||||
void layoutMemberLocationArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool memberWithLocation, TArraySizes* arraySizes);
|
||||
void layoutTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&);
|
||||
void layoutQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
|
||||
void checkNoShaderLayouts(const TSourceLoc&, const TShaderQualifiers&);
|
||||
void fixOffset(const TSourceLoc&, TSymbol&);
|
||||
|
||||
const TFunction* findFunction(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
|
||||
const TFunction* findFunctionExact(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
|
||||
const TFunction* findFunction120(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
|
||||
const TFunction* findFunction400(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
|
||||
const TFunction* findFunctionExplicitTypes(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
|
||||
void declareTypeDefaults(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
|
||||
TIntermNode* declareVariable(const TSourceLoc&, TString& identifier, const TPublicType&, TArraySizes* typeArray = 0, TIntermTyped* initializer = 0);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* addConstructor(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode*, const TType&);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* constructAggregate(TIntermNode*, const TType&, int, const TSourceLoc&);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* constructBuiltIn(const TType&, TOperator, TIntermTyped*, const TSourceLoc&, bool subset);
|
||||
void inheritMemoryQualifiers(const TQualifier& from, TQualifier& to);
|
||||
void declareBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TTypeList& typeList, const TString* instanceName = 0, TArraySizes* arraySizes = 0);
|
||||
void blockStageIoCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
|
||||
void blockQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, bool instanceName);
|
||||
void fixBlockLocations(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&, TTypeList&, bool memberWithLocation, bool memberWithoutLocation);
|
||||
void fixXfbOffsets(TQualifier&, TTypeList&);
|
||||
void fixBlockUniformOffsets(TQualifier&, TTypeList&);
|
||||
void addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier, const TString& identifier);
|
||||
void addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier, TIdentifierList&);
|
||||
void invariantCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
|
||||
void updateStandaloneQualifierDefaults(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
|
||||
void wrapupSwitchSubsequence(TIntermAggregate* statements, TIntermNode* branchNode);
|
||||
TIntermNode* addSwitch(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* expression, TIntermAggregate* body);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
TAttributeType attributeFromName(const TString& name) const;
|
||||
TAttributes* makeAttributes(const TString& identifier) const;
|
||||
TAttributes* makeAttributes(const TString& identifier, TIntermNode* node) const;
|
||||
TAttributes* mergeAttributes(TAttributes*, TAttributes*) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine selection control from attributes
|
||||
void handleSelectionAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
void handleSwitchAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
// Determine loop control from attributes
|
||||
void handleLoopAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void checkAndResizeMeshViewDim(const TSourceLoc&, TType&, bool isBlockMember);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void nonInitConstCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TString& identifier, TType& type);
|
||||
void inheritGlobalDefaults(TQualifier& dst) const;
|
||||
TVariable* makeInternalVariable(const char* name, const TType&) const;
|
||||
TVariable* declareNonArray(const TSourceLoc&, const TString& identifier, const TType&);
|
||||
void declareArray(const TSourceLoc&, const TString& identifier, const TType&, TSymbol*&);
|
||||
void checkRuntimeSizable(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped&);
|
||||
bool isRuntimeLength(const TIntermTyped&) const;
|
||||
TIntermNode* executeInitializer(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* initializer, TVariable* variable);
|
||||
TIntermTyped* convertInitializerList(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, TIntermTyped* initializer);
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
void finish() override;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generally, bison productions, the scanner, and the PP need read/write access to these; just give them direct access
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// Current state of parsing
|
||||
bool inMain; // if inside a function, true if the function is main
|
||||
const TString* blockName;
|
||||
TQualifier currentBlockQualifier;
|
||||
TPrecisionQualifier defaultPrecision[EbtNumTypes];
|
||||
TBuiltInResource resources;
|
||||
TLimits& limits;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TParseContext(TParseContext&);
|
||||
TParseContext& operator=(TParseContext&);
|
||||
|
||||
static const int maxSamplerIndex = EsdNumDims * (EbtNumTypes * (2 * 2 * 2 * 2 * 2)); // see computeSamplerTypeIndex()
|
||||
TPrecisionQualifier defaultSamplerPrecision[maxSamplerIndex];
|
||||
TPrecisionManager precisionManager;
|
||||
TQualifier globalBufferDefaults;
|
||||
TQualifier globalUniformDefaults;
|
||||
TQualifier globalInputDefaults;
|
||||
TQualifier globalOutputDefaults;
|
||||
TString currentCaller; // name of last function body entered (not valid when at global scope)
|
||||
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
|
||||
int* atomicUintOffsets; // to become an array of the right size to hold an offset per binding point
|
||||
bool anyIndexLimits;
|
||||
TIdSetType inductiveLoopIds;
|
||||
TVector<TIntermTyped*> needsIndexLimitationChecking;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Geometry shader input arrays:
|
||||
// - array sizing is based on input primitive and/or explicit size
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Tessellation control output arrays:
|
||||
// - array sizing is based on output layout(vertices=...) and/or explicit size
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Both:
|
||||
// - array sizing is retroactive
|
||||
// - built-in block redeclarations interact with this
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Design:
|
||||
// - use a per-context "resize-list", a list of symbols whose array sizes
|
||||
// can be fixed
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - the resize-list starts empty at beginning of user-shader compilation, it does
|
||||
// not have built-ins in it
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - on built-in array use: copyUp() symbol and add it to the resize-list
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - on user array declaration: add it to the resize-list
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - on block redeclaration: copyUp() symbol and add it to the resize-list
|
||||
// * note, that appropriately gives an error if redeclaring a block that
|
||||
// was already used and hence already copied-up
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - on seeing a layout declaration that sizes the array, fix everything in the
|
||||
// resize-list, giving errors for mismatch
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - on seeing an array size declaration, give errors on mismatch between it and previous
|
||||
// array-sizing declarations
|
||||
//
|
||||
TVector<TSymbol*> ioArraySymbolResizeList;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
|||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
|
||||
// All rights reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
// are met:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
|
||||
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
|
||||
// with the distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
|
||||
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
|
||||
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
|
||||
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
|
||||
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
|
||||
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
namespace glslang {
|
||||
|
||||
void RemoveAllTreeNodes(TIntermNode*);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace glslang
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue